<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" >

<channel>
	<title>View interface &#8211; XVRAID XVR-DVR-NVR CCTV DESK</title>
	<atom:link href="https://www.xvraid.com/tag/view-interface/feed" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://www.xvraid.com</link>
	<description>security and surveillance blog</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Mon, 15 Jan 2024 18:25:39 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=7.1.3</generator>

<image>
	<url>https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/ipcam.png</url>
	<title>View interface &#8211; XVRAID XVR-DVR-NVR CCTV DESK</title>
	<link>https://www.xvraid.com</link>
	<width>32</width>
	<height>32</height>
</image> 
	<item>
		<title>Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/vivotek-nvr-linux-based-user-guide.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/vivotek-nvr-linux-based-user-guide.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 15 Jan 2024 18:24:32 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[admin]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[analyze]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[chrome]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[default]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Downloads]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[enable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[h.264]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[h.265]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[HDD]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ios]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip cam]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IPC]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[latest firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Monitor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVRs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[opera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[plugin]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[plugins]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[poe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Snapshot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[View interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VIVOTEK]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[vms]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VMS software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[with]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[XVR]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=4627</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide, VIVOTEK’s ND9425P is a H.265 Linux-based standalone NVR that supports up to 4K IP camera video...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #3c3c3c; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide, VIVOTEK’s ND9425P is a H.265 Linux-based standalone NVR that supports up to 4K IP camera video decoding and local 4K video display. With advanced H.265 compression technology, users are able to experience Full HD quality video while expending less HDD capacity than H.264.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #3c3c3c; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">The NVR features embedded 16x 802.3 at/af PoE ports to provide users easy and convenient IP camera installation, and also supports remote and mobile access via VIVOCloud and iViewer apps for both iOS and Android devices. The VIVOCloud app provides instant push notification and direct video playback functions when triggered by an alarm notification and provides users a flexible and intelligent NVR for seamless use in small to medium sized video surveillance applications.</span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #1877ff; font-size: 25.5pt;">Highlight Feature</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #a0a0a0; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 30pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #202020; font-size: 11pt;">New Web UI Available for Plug-in Free Browser</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="800" height="450" class="wp-image-4628 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-55.png" alt="C:\Users\msalihaslan\Downloads\nvr_plug-in_free.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 28" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-55.png 800w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-55-300x169.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-55-768x432.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Actively adopting current trends and simultaneously protecting your cybersecurity, VIVOTEK&#8217;s new web UI supports Chrome browsers without the need for web plugins. It lets users login and operate with ease, and solves issues related to system administrator authority, safety risks, browser, and OS updates. Furthermore, it now supports H.265 technology meaning that users can attain higher and more efficient image compression rates than previous H.264 systems while maintaining high image quality.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><a href="https://www.vivotek.com/news/press-releases/334/nvr-new-web-ui" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #ffffff; background-color: #1877ff; font-size: 18pt;">More</span></a></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 30pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #202020; font-size: 11pt;">Smart VCA Event Search</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">The NVR supports alarm management and event search of VIVOTEK&#8217;s deep-learning video analytics technology, Smart VCA. The user can search by single or multiple event types, playback triggered events and then export these search results to video clips.</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 30pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #202020; font-size: 11pt;">PoE Management</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Allow users to quickly troubleshoot problems and monitor power use for better operation. When overloaded, some PoE ports will auto power-off until system power is falls below the threshold for system protection.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 30pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #202020; font-size: 11pt;">Integration with Genetec<img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2122.png" alt="™" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> Security Center</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">VIVOTEK NVR’s are not only fully integrated with our own VMS software &#8211; VAST 2, now they are also able to connect with Genetec<img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2122.png" alt="™" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> Security Center via ONVIF, offering various functions including NVR search &amp; add, video/audio display, video streaming configuration, edge playback, and NVR firmware upgrades. With the connection to Genetec<img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2122.png" alt="™" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> Security Center, reliable video surveillance solutions can be delivered to address small, medium, and large surveillance implementations.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 30pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #202020; font-size: 11pt;">Customer Support</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Customer support allows VIVOTEK technical support to rapidly debug your NVR, users only need to export logs by pressing one key and providing the logs to the technical support team to get customer support.</span><br />
<span style="font-size: 11pt;">In addition, you can get an access ID while connected to the internet. By keeping the remote access button on and providing the access ID to the technical support team, we can remote access your NVR to analyze the cause of errors and then debug it.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 30pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #202020; font-size: 11pt;">Better Video Quality with Lower Bandwidth</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">With H.265 standard and VIVOTEK’s Smart Stream technology, VIVOTEK NVR is not only able to provide the high quality video, also save the usage of network bandwidth and recording capacity more than regular H.264 standard.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 30pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #202020; font-size: 11pt;">4K IP Camera Video Input and 4K Local Video Output</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Supporting 4K IP camera video input and 4K local video output, VIVOTEK’s NVR can provide users extra high definition video resolution ensuring they will never miss a single detail in both video monitoring and recording.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 30pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #202020; font-size: 11pt;">VIVOCloud App &amp; Portal for 24/7 Viewing</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">The free VIVOCloud app makes surveillance lightweight and portable, ensuring efficient operation. The latest P2P technology makes remote access even more convenient, by simply scanning the QR-code and installing the app, users can view live streams and play recorded clips with the intuitive interface anytime, anywhere. Armed with the Push Notification function, users will directly get an alert message on their Android/iOS mobile device and directly playback the video to check for any suspicious activity.</span></p>
<h2>Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide</h2>
<p>Read Also : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/firmware/vivotek-firmware-dvr-nvr-ipc-software-download.html">Vivotek firmware DVR NVR IPC Software download</a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">What information of the ND/NV-Series NVR should I provide to contact technical support for help?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please provide the following information while contacting technical support for help:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Model name, MAC address, Firmware version and Device pack version.</span><br />
<a href="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/en-001/articles/4404877160985" target="_self" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">How to know the MAC address, model name, firmware version and device pack version of the ND/NV-Series NVR(Linux-based)?</span></a></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Problem description.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">3.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Snapshots or video clips to show the problem.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">4.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Date and time when the problem happened.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">5.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">NVR configuration file with the password of the admin account.</span><br />
<a href="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/en-001/articles/4404877532441" target="_self" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">How to get the configuration file of the ND/NV-Series NVR(Linux-based)?</span></a></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">6.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Logs.(Debug log/Archive log/System log/Recording log/User log/Error log)</span><br />
<a href="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/en-001/articles/900005538006" target="_self" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">How to collect logs for Linux-based NVR and provide to VIVOTEK support team?</span></a></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">7.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Information of the added camera.(Model name/MAC address/Firmware version)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">8.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Enable remote access.(If VIVOTEK support engineer needs to connect NVR)</span><br />
<a href="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/en-001/articles/4404909710489" target="_self" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">How to export debug logs and enable remote access function from ND/NV-Series NVR(Linux-based)?</span></a></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">We might need the following information, but they are not compulsory:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Public IP (with port if any).</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Port forwarding for FTP port(port 21),SSH port(22), telnet port (port 23).</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">3.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Reproducing steps/ history.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">4.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">HDD model name and storage capacity.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">[Linux-based NVRs] How to upgrade the ND-series NVR?</span></h1>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Enhancing the functionality and security of your ND/NV-Series NVR is crucial, and firmware upgrades play a pivotal role in this process. Please follow the steps below to upgrade the ND/NV-Series NVR:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Before starting the upgrade, it&#8217;s recommended to back up your current settings and data to prevent any potential loss.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 1.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Search for your NVR model on the VIVOTEK official website: </span><a href="https://www.vivotek.com/" target="_new" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">https://www.vivotek.com/.</span></a></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img decoding="async" width="756" height="566" class="wp-image-4629 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-1-756w566h.png" alt="001.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 29" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-1-756w566h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-1-756w566h-300x225.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 2.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Click on the webpage of your specific NVR model.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 3.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Select &#8216;Downloads&#8217; to find and download the latest firmware version (for example, ND9425P, as shown in the picture).</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img decoding="async" width="756" height="428" class="wp-image-4630 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-2-756w428h.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 30" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-2-756w428h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-2-756w428h-300x170.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 4.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> After downloading, unzip the file to find a .img file.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 5.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> To update the firmware, access the NVR and import the .img file via Settings &gt; System &gt; Maintenance &gt; Update Firmware.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="500" class="wp-image-4631 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-3-756w500h.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 31" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-3-756w500h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-3-756w500h-300x198.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">There are two ways to access the NVR: via a Web console or a Local console. Please choose the appropriate method for accessing your NVR.</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000099; font-size: 11pt;">Web console</span></h3>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Navigate to Settings &gt; System &gt; Maintenance &gt; Update Firmware and follow the previously mentioned steps.</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="337" class="wp-image-4632 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-4-756w337h.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 32" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-4-756w337h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-4-756w337h-300x134.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></h3>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000099; font-size: 11pt;">Local console</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Firstly, place the .img file on a USB drive and insert it into the NVR.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="364" height="346" class="wp-image-4633 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-5-364w346h.png" alt="USB.PNG" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 33" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-5-364w346h.png 364w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-5-364w346h-300x285.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 364px) 100vw, 364px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Then, access the system settings by clicking on the gear icon in the local view.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="175" height="378" class="wp-image-4634 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-6-1.png" alt="mceclip3.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 34" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-6-1.png 175w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-6-1-139x300.png 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 175px) 100vw, 175px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Once in the &#8216;Settings&#8217; interface, go to System &gt; Maintenance &gt; Update firmware and proceed as described earlier.  </span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How to export debug logs and enable remote access function from ND-Series NVR(Linux-based)?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Starts from firmware version v4.1 of ND/NV-Series NVR, VIVOTEK add remote access function on the customer support page.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please follow the step below to export debug logs and enable remote access</span><strong><span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 18pt;">*</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> function to get access ID:</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
There are two ways to access the NVR, please choose which one you access to NVR. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/en-001/articles/4404909710489-How-to-export-debug-logs-and-enable-remote-access-function-from-ND-Series-NVR-Linux-based-#h_01FDGSKDG5YAWMCHCBN4JNMC87" target="_self" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">Web console</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/en-001/articles/4404909710489-How-to-export-debug-logs-and-enable-remote-access-function-from-ND-Series-NVR-Linux-based-#h_01FDGSKM6614DBSTG50NH1QHJB" target="_self" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">Local console</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;">Note 1</span></strong><span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;">:</span><br />
<span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;">1.Remember to provide MAC address of ND-Series NVR at the same time when providing the access ID.</span><br />
<span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;">2. Remote access has 14 days validity.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;">Note 2:</span></strong><br />
<strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;">* Important Notice *</span></strong><br />
<span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;">The </span><span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;"><em>ND9213P, ND9323P and ND9425P</em></span><span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;"> NVR remote access service for customer support will be temporarily stopped starting from Feb. 7th, 2022 until the middle of April, 2022 due to service maintenance and firmware tunning. After the proper changes have been done in the cloud platform and the firmware, VIVOTEK will release an statement informing the new NVR firmware v4.1 release and will resume the remote services for those specific models.</span><br />
<span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;">For </span><span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;"><em>ND9441. ND9541, ND9441P, ND9541P, ND9322P, ND9424P, ND9322P-v2 </em></span><span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;">and </span><span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;"><em>ND9424P-v2</em></span><span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;">, remote cloud service will NOT be supported. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">Web console.</span></h2>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Go to setting&gt;System&gt;Customer support page</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
(A). Export debug logs.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
(B). Enable remote access.(OFF-&gt;ON)</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
(C). Cope Access ID.</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="337" class="wp-image-4635 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-13-756w337h.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 35" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-13-756w337h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-13-756w337h-300x134.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="504" class="wp-image-4636 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-14-756w504h.png" alt="Access_1.PNG" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 36" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-14-756w504h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-14-756w504h-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;"><br />
Local console.</span></h2>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Go to setting&gt;System&gt;Customer support page</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
(A). Export debug logs.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
(B). Enable remote access.(OFF-&gt;ON)</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
(C). Cope Access ID.</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="175" height="378" class="wp-image-4637 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-15.png" alt="mceclip3.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 37" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-15.png 175w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-15-139x300.png 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 175px) 100vw, 175px" /></span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="426" class="wp-image-4638 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-16-756w426h.png" alt="Access2.PNG" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 38" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-16-756w426h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-16-756w426h-300x169.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How to export the backup/configuration file of the ND/NV-Series NVR(Linux-based)?</span></h1>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The NVR backup file contains the device configuration files, usually this file is exported as a security measure in case the device needs to be reset to defaults and then be restored with a predetermined configuration or previous configuration. This file can also be used by VIVOTEK Technical Support in case they require to reproduce an issue (using the same configuration parameters). In order to export the backup file of the ND/NV-Series NVR please follow the next guide:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Chose your interface:</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
There are two ways to access the NVR, please choose which one you access to NVR. </span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><a href="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/en-001/articles/4404877532441-How-to-export-the-backup-configuration-file-of-the-ND-NV-Series-NVR-Linux-based-#h_01FDGSACBNBW6V5AFYHBAXBV4S" target="_self" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">Web console</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><a href="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/en-001/articles/4404877532441-How-to-export-the-backup-configuration-file-of-the-ND-NV-Series-NVR-Linux-based-#h_01FDGSAM9PB5F2Y9ZZGE64CKNE" target="_self" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">Local console</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;">: If you are planning to provide the configuration file to Technical Support for analysis/troubleshooting please remember to provide the password of the admin account as well.</span><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Web console:</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 1.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Using a browser, access the NVR using the username and password.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="453" height="334" class="wp-image-4639 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-21-453w334h.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 39" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-21-453w334h.png 453w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-21-453w334h-300x221.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 453px) 100vw, 453px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 2.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Click on the gear icon to access the NVR configuration page.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="748" height="309" class="wp-image-4640 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-22-748w309h.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 40" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-22-748w309h.png 748w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-22-748w309h-300x124.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 748px) 100vw, 748px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 3. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click on the &#8220;System&#8221; tab and select &#8220;Maintenance&#8221;.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="596" class="wp-image-4641 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-23-756w596h.png" alt="mceclip2.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 41" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-23-756w596h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-23-756w596h-300x237.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 4. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">In the &#8220;Maintenance&#8221; interface click on the &#8220;Backup&#8221; button to export the backup/configuration file of the NVR. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="596" class="wp-image-4642 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-24-756w596h.png" alt="mceclip3.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 42" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-24-756w596h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-24-756w596h-300x237.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 5.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">When the download promp appears, click on &#8220;Save&#8221; to save the backup file to the computer.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="680" height="496" class="wp-image-4643 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-25-680w496h.png" alt="mceclip4.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 43" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-25-680w496h.png 680w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-25-680w496h-300x219.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 680px) 100vw, 680px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 6.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Be sure that the file was correctly stored.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="926" height="216" class="wp-image-4644 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-26.png" alt="mceclip5.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 44" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-26.png 926w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-26-300x70.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-26-768x179.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 926px) 100vw, 926px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Local console:</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 1.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Prepare and insert the USB into the NVR USB port. You can use either the back panel USB and frontal panel USB ports (if any) to extract the files. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="270" height="257" class="wp-image-4645 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-27-270w257h.png" alt="USB.PNG" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 45"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 2.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> In the Live View interface, click on the gear icon to access the device configuration page. </span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="175" height="378" class="wp-image-4646 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-28.png" alt="mceclip3.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 46" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-28.png 175w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-28-139x300.png 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 175px) 100vw, 175px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 3.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Go to the system tab, select the maintenance section and click on the &#8220;Backup&#8221; button to copy the configuration file in the USB. </span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="419" class="wp-image-4647 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-29-756w419h.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 47" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-29-756w419h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-29-756w419h-300x166.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How to know the MAC address, model name, firmware version and device pack version of the ND/NV-Series NVR(Linux-based)?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please follow the steps below to check the </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">MAC address</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">, </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">model name</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">, </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">firmware version</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">, and </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">device pack version</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> of the ND/NV-Series NVR:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">There are two ways to access the NVR, please choose which one you access to NVR. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/en-001/articles/4404877160985-How-to-know-the-MAC-address-model-name-firmware-version-and-device-pack-version-of-the-ND-NV-Series-NVR-Linux-based-#h_01FDGRW45Y8FB7WAK1683CWY0T" target="_self" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">Web console</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/en-001/articles/4404877160985-How-to-know-the-MAC-address-model-name-firmware-version-and-device-pack-version-of-the-ND-NV-Series-NVR-Linux-based-#h_01FDGRWBWX4FF9YK3C1VK4F68G" target="_self" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">Local console</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">Web console.</span></h2>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">MAC Address:</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Please open the Shepherd on your PC to find the MAC address of NVR.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
(Refer to </span><a href="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/en-001/articles/900006715983" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">How to get camera list with camera model name, firmware version and MAC addresses via Shepherd?</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">)</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="188" height="72" class="wp-image-4648 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-39.png" alt="shepherd.PNG" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 48"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="249" class="wp-image-4649 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-40-756w249h.png" alt="MAC.PNG" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 49" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-40-756w249h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-40-756w249h-300x99.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Model name, Firmware version and Device pack version:</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Go to setting&gt;Information&gt;Information</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="337" class="wp-image-4650 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-41-756w337h.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 50" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-41-756w337h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-41-756w337h-300x134.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="540" class="wp-image-4651 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-42-756w540h.png" alt="mceclip2.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 51" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-42-756w540h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-42-756w540h-300x214.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">Local console.</span></h2>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">MAC Address:</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Please find the MAC label on the top of cover or bottom cover of ND/NV-Series NVR.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
If there are 2 MACs on the MAC label, please provide us 2 MACs.</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="402" height="196" class="wp-image-4652 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-43.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 52" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-43.png 402w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-43-300x146.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 402px) 100vw, 402px" /></span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Model name, Firmware version and Device pack version:</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Go to setting&gt;Information&gt;Information</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="175" height="378" class="wp-image-4653 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-44.png" alt="mceclip3.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 53" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-44.png 175w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-44-139x300.png 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 175px) 100vw, 175px" /></span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="395" class="wp-image-4654 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-45-756w395h.png" alt="mceclip4.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 54" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-45-756w395h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-45-756w395h-300x157.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How to get camera list with camera model name, firmware version and MAC addresses via Shepherd?</span></h1>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">Question</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How to get camera list with camera model name, firmware version and MAC addresses via Shepherd?</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">Answer</span></h2>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" title="How to get camera list with camera model name, firmware version and MAC addresses via Shepherd?" width="500" height="281" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/3XGsiv6jHfE?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/vivotek-nvr-linux-based-user-guide.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<media:content url="https://www.youtube.com/embed/3XGsiv6jHfE" medium="video" width="1280" height="720">
			<media:player url="https://www.youtube.com/embed/3XGsiv6jHfE" />
			<media:title type="plain">How to get camera list with camera model name, firmware version and MAC addresses via Shepherd?</media:title>
			<media:description type="html"><![CDATA[This video introduces how to get camera list with camera model name, firmware version and MAC addresses via Shepherd at one time.Shepherd download link https...]]></media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/how-to-get-camera-list-with-came.jpg" />
			<media:rating scheme="urn:simple">nonadult</media:rating>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/cp-plus-xvr-complete-setup-guide.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/cp-plus-xvr-complete-setup-guide.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 28 Jul 2023 18:39:42 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[4G Solar Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Check for Updates]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Client Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Initialization]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Manager]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR user]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Eseecloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Face Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Forgot Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[hilook]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ios]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest version]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[motion detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz activation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[reset the password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[View interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=2037</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide, CP Plus has introduced the new and impactful range of DVRs under the Lite Series which...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide, CP Plus has introduced the new and impactful range of DVRs under the Lite Series which has been integrated with the 4K and H.265 encoding technology that provides you with an outstanding at a reasonably pocket-friendly price.</p>
<p>The 4K resolution processors present in this product help in bringing out every little detail in the image.</p>
<p>Along with that, this <a href="https://www.cpplusworld.com/cp-uvr-0401f1-ic" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank">DVR</a> uses the intuitive shortcut operation menu which lets you control and manage the system remotely as well and can work as edge storage, central storage, backup storage .</p>
<h2>CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide</h2>
<p>Read Next :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/software/juan-cctv-firmware-software-new.html" rel="nofollow">JUAN CCTV Firmware Software NEW</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/eseecloud-4g-solar-camera-guide.html" rel="nofollow">Eseecloud 4G Solar Camera Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/hilook-dvr-user-manual.html" rel="nofollow">Hilook DVR User Manual</a></li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark0"></a> Introduction
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark2"></a> Overview</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>The Device is an excellent digital monitor product for security industry. The embedded LINUX OS assures the stable operation. The H.264 and G.711 technologies assure the high-quality image and low bit stream. The frame-by-frame play function displays more details for analysis, and provides the functions such as record, playback, and monitor and assures the synchronization for audio and video. The Device also adopts the advanced control technology and great network data transmission capability.</p>
<p>The Device adopts embedded design to achieve high security and reliability. It can work in the local end and, with strong networking capability it can get connected to the professional surveillance software (Smart PSS) to form a security network to show its powerful remote monitoring function.</p>
<p>The Device is applicable to the areas such as bank, telecom, electricity, traffic, intelligent residential district, factory, warehouse, resources, and water conservancy facilities.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark4"></a> Functions</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>The functions might be different depending on the software and hardware version of the model you purchased.</p>
<p><strong>Real-time Surveillance</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Support VGA port and HDMI port to realize the surveillance through monitors.</li>
<li>Support HDMI, VGA, and TV output at the same time.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>IoT Management</strong></p>
<p>Provide specific management module for IoT features including humidity and temperature data reports and alarms linkage.</p>
<p><strong>Sensor Integration</strong></p>
<p>Integrate coaxial cameras with diverse array of sensors such as temperature, humidity and wireless alarm devices.</p>
<p><strong>Storage Management</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Special data format to guarantee data security and avoid the risk of modifying data viciously.</li>
<li>Support digital watermark.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Compression Format</strong></p>
<p>Support multiple-channel audio and video signal. An independent hardware decodes the audio and video signal from each channel to maintain video and audio synchronization.</p>
<p><strong>Backup Function</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Support backup operation through USB port (such as USB storage disk, portable HDD, and burner).</li>
<li>Client-end user can download the file from local HDD through network to backup.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Record &amp; Playback</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Support each channel real-time record independently, and simultaneously support the functions such as search, backward play, network monitor, record search, and download.</li>
<li>Support various playback modes: slow play, fast play, backward play and frame by frame play.</li>
<li>Support time title overlay so that you can view event accurate occurred time.</li>
<li>Support zooming in the selected area in the live view.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Network Operation</strong></p>
<p>Support network remote real-time monitor, remote record search and remote PTZ control.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm Activation</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Several relay alarm outputs to realize alarm activation and on-site light control.</li>
<li>The alarm input port and output port have the protection circuit to guarantee the Device safety.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Communication Port</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>RS485 port can realize alarm input and PTZ control.</li>
<li>RS232 port can connect to keyboard, COM port of PC or the matrix control.</li>
<li>Standard Ethernet port can realize network remote access function.</li>
<li>The dual-network port has the multiple-address, fault tolerance, load balance setup mode.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>PTZ Control</strong></p>
<p>Support PTZ decoder through RS485 port.</p>
<p><strong>Intelligent Operation</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Support mouse operation function.</li>
<li>Support &#8220;copy and paste&#8221; function for the same settings.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>UPnP (Universal Plug and Play)</strong></p>
<p>Establish mapping connection between LAN and WAN through UPnP protocol.</p>
<p><strong>Camera Self-adaptive</strong></p>
<p>Auto-recognize and work with the PAL or NTSC camera and HD camera.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark6"></a> Getting Started
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark8"></a> Checking the Components</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>When you receive the Device, please check against the following checking list. If any of the items are missing or damaged, contact the local retailer or after-sales engineer immediately.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Sequence</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Checking items</strong></td>
<td><strong>Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">1</td>
<td rowspan="2">Package</td>
<td>Appearance</td>
<td>No obvious damage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Packing materials</td>
<td>No broken or distorted positions that could be caused by hit.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Not torn up. EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Do not tear up or throw away the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">2</td>
<td rowspan="2">Labels</td>
<td rowspan="2">Labels on the device</td>
<td>labels; otherwise the warranty</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>services are not ensured. You need</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>to provide the serial number of the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>product when you call the after-sales service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">3</td>
<td rowspan="2">Device</td>
<td>Appearance</td>
<td>No obvious damage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Data cables, power cables, fan cables, mainboard</td>
<td>No connection loose.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark10"></a> Installing HDD</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Please check if the HDD is already installed in the Device when you first time using the Device.</p>
<p>It is suggested to use the HDD recommended officially. Do not use the PC HDD.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="60" class="wp-image-2038" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-1.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 1" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 410"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<p>Shut down the device and then unplug the power cable before you open the case to replace the HDD.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="276" height="205" class="wp-image-2039" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-2.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 2" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 411"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="272" height="215" class="wp-image-2040" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-3.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 3" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 412"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="187" class="wp-image-2041" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-4.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 4" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 413"></p>
<p>1. Remove the screws to<br />
take off the cover.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>Fix the screws on the HDD but do not fasten them.</p>
<ol>
<li>Match the screws with the holes on the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) (WITHOUT HDD) to place the HDD.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="242" height="191" class="wp-image-2042" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-5.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 5" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 414"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="280" height="188" class="wp-image-2043" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-6.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 6" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 415"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="237" height="213" class="wp-image-2044" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-7.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 7" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 416"></p>
<ol>
<li>Turn the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) upside down to see the screws and then</li>
<li>Use the HDD cable and power cable to connect HDD and mainboard.</li>
<li>Put back the cover and<br />
fasten the screws.</li>
</ol>
<p>fasten them.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark12"></a> 2.2.2 E Model</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark14"></a> Installing Battery</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The battery is only provided with some models.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="414" height="295" class="wp-image-2045" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-8.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 8" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 417" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-8.jpeg 414w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-8-300x214.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 414px) 100vw, 414px" /></p>
<p>1. Put the battery cable through the hole.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="415" height="301" class="wp-image-2046" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-9.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 9" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 418" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-9.jpeg 415w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-9-300x218.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 415px) 100vw, 415px" /></p>
<p>2. Connect to the cable into the port.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark16"></a> Installing HDD</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>Skip step 6 if the battery is not equipped with the model you purchased.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="175" class="wp-image-2047" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-10.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 10" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 419"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="170" class="wp-image-2048" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-11.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 11" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 420"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="176" class="wp-image-2049" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-12.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 12" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 421" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-12.jpeg 256w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-12-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 256px) 100vw, 256px" /></p>
<p>1. Remove the screws to 2.</p>
<p>take off the cover.</p>
<p>Remove the screws to 3.</p>
<p>Put the HDD onto the bracket.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="182" class="wp-image-2050" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-13.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 13" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 422"></p>
<p>take off the bracket.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="179" class="wp-image-2051" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-14.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 14" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 423"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="185" class="wp-image-2052" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-15.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 15" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 424"></p>
<p>4. Match the holes on the</p>
<p>5. Use screws to fix the</p>
<p>6.</p>
<p>bracket with the screw</p>
<p>HDD onto the bracket.</p>
<p>holes on HDD.</p>
<p>(Optional) Put the battery cable through the hole to connect into the cable port.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="292" height="185" class="wp-image-2053" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-16.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 16" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 425"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="176" class="wp-image-2054" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-17.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 17" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 426"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="167" class="wp-image-2055" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-18.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 18" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 427"></p>
<ol>
<li>Use the HDD cable and power cable to connect HDD and mainboard.</li>
<li>Install the bracket back and then fasten the screws.</li>
<li>Put back the cover and fasten the screws.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark18"></a> MINI 1U and Compact 1U</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="176" class="wp-image-2056" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-19.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 19" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 428"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="285" height="226" class="wp-image-2057" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-20.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 20" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 429"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="214" class="wp-image-2058" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-21.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 21" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 430"></p>
<ol>
<li>Remove the screws on the rear panel.</li>
<li>Fix the screws on the</li>
<li>Place the HDD onto</li>
</ol>
<p>HDD but do not be</p>
<p>the Device.</p>
<p>fastened.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="906" height="190" class="wp-image-2059" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-22.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 22" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 431" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-22.jpeg 906w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-22-300x63.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-22-768x161.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-22-810x170.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 906px) 100vw, 906px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Turn the device to see the back side of it. Aim the screws of the HDD at the holes on the back of the device and fix the screws.</li>
<li>Use the HDD cable and power cable to connect HDD and mainboard.</li>
<li>Put back the cover and fix the screws.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark20"></a> 1U</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="295" height="171" class="wp-image-2060" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-23.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 23" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 432"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="295" height="215" class="wp-image-2061" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-24.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 24" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 433"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="295" height="205" class="wp-image-2062" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-25.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 25" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 434" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-25.jpeg 295w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-25-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 295px) 100vw, 295px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Remove the screws on</li>
<li>Fix the screws onto the</li>
<li>Put the HDD into the</li>
</ol>
<p>the cover.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="290" height="219" class="wp-image-2063" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-26.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 26" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 435"></p>
<p>4. Turn the device to see the back side of it. Aim the screws of the HDD at the</p>
<p>HDD, but do not be Device.</p>
<p>fastened.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="290" height="219" class="wp-image-2064" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-27.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 27" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 436"></p>
<p>5. Use the HDD cable and power cable to connect HDD and mainboard.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="284" height="154" class="wp-image-2065" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-28.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 28" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 437"></p>
<p>6. Put back the cover and fix the screws.</p>
<p>holes on the back of the</p>
<p>device, and then fix the</p>
<p>screws.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark22"></a> 3 Installing Device into Rack</li>
</ol>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>Only 1.5U and 2U Devices support this installation.</p>
<p>To install the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) into Rack, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Check if the in-house temperature is lower than 35°C(95T) and make sure the 15cm (6in.) spacing around the Device for ventilation.</p>
<p>Step 1 Use six screws to fix the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) on each side.</p>
<p>Step 2 Install from the bottom up.</p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<p>If you want to install more accessories to the rack, take preventive measures to avoid power socket overload.</p>
<p>Step 3 Install more accessories to the rack if needed.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark24"></a> General Details</li>
</ol>
<p>This chapter introduces various components of the Device, remote control and mouse operations, and typical connection.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark26"></a> Front Panel</li>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark28"></a> .1 Smart 1U</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="157" height="132" class="wp-image-2066" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-29.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 29" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 438"></p>
<p>Figure 3-1</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>0</td>
<td>HDD status indicator</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>The indicator is off when the HDD is running normally.</li>
<li>The indicator glows blue when the HDD is in</li>
</ul>
<p>malfunction.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>©</td>
<td>Power status indicator</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>The indicator is off when the power is connected</li>
</ul>
<p>abnormally.</p>
<ul>
<li>The indicator glows blue when the power is connected</li>
</ul>
<p>normally.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Network status indicator</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>The indicator is off when the network connection is</li>
</ul>
<p>correct.</p>
<ul>
<li>The indicator glows blue when the network connection</li>
</ul>
<p>is abnormal.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-1</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark30"></a> 3.1.2 E Model</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>1 I</td>
<td></td>
<td>2</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>1</td>
<td>5</td>
<td>5 7</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□ □ □ e</td>
<td>A</td>
<td>□ □</td>
<td>1 □ 1</td>
<td></td>
<td>1 □ 1</td>
<td>1 □ 1</td>
<td>i □ n n d □ □□□ □□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□! □□□□□</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ □ □</strong></p>
<p><strong>□ □ □</strong></td>
<td>©</td>
<td></td>
<td>3 »</td>
<td>!»</td>
<td>■I</td>
<td></td>
<td>□ n n □ □□□□□ ei □□□ ei □□□ □ □□ r ^<sub>1</sub><sup>LJLJ</sup>A&#8217; i □ ei □ □</p>
<p>• □□ □□□□□ □ □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ □ □□□</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>□ □ </strong>□ □ □ e</li>
<li>□ □ e</li>
<li>□ □ E</li>
<li><strong>□ □ C</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>□ □ □ E</strong></p>
<p><strong>□ D □</strong></p>
<p>□ □ □ E</p>
<p>□ DDE</p>
<p><strong>□ □ □</strong></p>
<p><strong>□ □ □ E</strong></td>
<td colspan="2">□ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □</p>
<p>□ □</p>
<p>□ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ O El □ □ □ □</p>
<p>□ □</p>
<p>□ □ □ □ □ □</td>
<td>□ □</p>
<p>□ □</p>
<p>□</p>
<p>□ □</p>
<p>□</td>
<td colspan="3">□ □ □ □ □ □ □</p>
<p>□ □ □ nr</p>
<p>□ □ □ □</p>
<p>c □ □ □ [</p>
<p>□ □ □ □</p>
<p>□ □ □</p>
<p>□ □ □ nr</p>
<ul>
<li>□ □ □</li>
<li>□ □</li>
</ul>
<p>□ □ □ □</td>
<td>inn □ nun onn □□□ □ onn n □□□ □ nnn n uu</p>
<p>□ □ODD □□□□□□□ □ □ □ □ □ □□□□□ □ □ □ D El □ □ El El □</p>
<p>□ □ □ n □ □ □ □ □ □ □ ei □ □ □□□□□ □□□□□ ei □ ei □ □ nnn</p>
<p>□ □□□ □ □ □ □□ El □ □ □ □ □□□ El HDD □ □ El EI □</p>
<p>□ □ □ □□□□□ □ □ □ C □ □ □□□□□ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □□□</p>
<ul>
<li>□□□□ □□□□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ o □ □</li>
</ul>
<p>inn o □□□ □□□ □□□ □ □□□ □ nnn □ non □ □□ □ □ □ n □ □ □ □ □ □ □ ei □ □ □ □ n □ □ □□□□□ ei □ □ □ □ □□□ □ nnn □ □ ei □ □ □ ei □□□ □ □□□ □ □ □ ei □ □□□ □ □ □ □ nun ei □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ nnn e □□□ □ uu</p>
<ul>
<li>□□□□ □□□ □□□ □ □ □ □ □ o o □ □ □ □□non □ □ □ Q □</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 3-2</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Button/Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>POWER</td>
<td>Turns on/off the DVR (WITHOUT HDD). The indicator glows blue when the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) is turned on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>HDD status indicator</td>
<td>The indicator glows blue when the HDD is in malfunction.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Network status indicator</td>
<td>The indicator glows blue when the network connection is abnormal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4,5,6</td>
<td>Battery status indicator</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>When the battery remains full or no less than sixty percent,</li>
</ul>
<p>the No.4 indicator is on, and the No.5 and No.6 are out.</p>
<ul>
<li>When the battery remains between thirty percent and sixty</li>
</ul>
<p>percent, the No.5 indicator is on and the others are out.</p>
<ul>
<li>When the battery remains between one percent and thirty</li>
</ul>
<p>percent, the No.6 indicator is on and the others are out.</p>
<ul>
<li>When the battery is exhausted, the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) is</li>
</ul>
<p>turned off, or there is no battery attached to the DVR (WITHOUT HDD), all the three indicators are out.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to external devices such as USB storage device, keyboard and mouse.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-2</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark32"></a> 3.1.3 Compact 1U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="111" class="wp-image-2067" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-30.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 30" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 439" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-30.jpeg 624w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-30-300x53.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-3</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>HDD</td>
<td>Glows blue when HDD status is abnormal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>NET</td>
<td>Glows blue when network status is abnormal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>POWER</td>
<td>Glows blue when the power is connected properly.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to peripheral devices such as USB storage device, keyboard and mouse.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-3</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark34"></a> 3.1.4 MINI 1U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="612" height="180" class="wp-image-2068" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-31.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 31" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 440" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-31.jpeg 612w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-31-300x88.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 612px) 100vw, 612px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="99" height="23" class="wp-image-2069" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-32.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 32" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 441"></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Icon</td>
<td>Function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Power button</td>
<td><strong>0</strong></td>
<td>Power button, press this button for three seconds to boot up or shut down DVR (WITHOUT HDD).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Up Down</td>
<td rowspan="3"><strong>A, ▼</strong></td>
<td>Activate current control, modify setup, and then move up and down.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Increase/decrease numeral.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Assistant function such as PTZ menu.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Left</p>
<p>Right</td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>◄ ►</strong></td>
<td>Shift current activated control,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>When playback, click these buttons to control playback bar..</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">ESC</td>
<td rowspan="2">ESC</td>
<td>Go to previous menu, or cancel current operation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>When playback, click it to restore real-time monitor mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Enter</td>
<td rowspan="3">ENTER</td>
<td>Confirm current operation</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Go to default button</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Go to menu</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="5">Assistant</td>
<td rowspan="5">Fn</td>
<td>One-window monitor mode, click this button to display assistant <s> funct</s>i<s>on: PTZ contro</s>l <s>and</s> i<s>man</s>e <s>co</s>l<s>or </s></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Backspace function: in numeral control or text control, press it for 1.5seconds to delete the previous character before the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>In motion detection setup, working with Fn and direction keys to realize setup.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>In text mode, click it to switch between numeral, English character(small/capitalized) and etc.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Realize other special functions.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>USB port</td>
<td></td>
<td>To connect USB storage device, USB mouse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network abnormal indication light</td>
<td>Net</td>
<td>Network error occurs or there is no network connection, the light becomes red to alert you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD abnormal</p>
<p>indication light</td>
<td>HDD</td>
<td>HDD error occurs or HDD capacity is below specified threshold value, the light becomes red to alert you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IR Receiver</td>
<td>IR</td>
<td>It is to receive the signal from the remote control.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark36"></a> 3.1.5 1U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="633" height="170" class="wp-image-2070" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-33.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 33" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 442" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-33.jpeg 633w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-33-300x81.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 633px) 100vw, 633px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-5</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Icon</td>
<td>Function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Power button</td>
<td><strong>o</strong></td>
<td>Power button, press this button for three seconds to boot up or shut down DVR (WITHOUT HDD).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Up Down</td>
<td rowspan="3"><strong>A, ▼</strong></td>
<td>Activate current control, modify setup, and then move up and down.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Increase/decrease numeral.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Assistant function such as PTZ menu.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Left</p>
<p>Right</td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>◄ ►</strong></td>
<td>Shift current activated control,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>When playback, click these buttons to control playback bar..</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">ESC</td>
<td rowspan="2">ESC</td>
<td>Go to previous menu, or cancel current operation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>When playback, click it to restore real-time monitor mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Enter</td>
<td rowspan="3">ENTER</td>
<td>Confirm current operation</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Go to default button</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Go to menu</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Slow play</td>
<td><strong>h</strong></td>
<td>Multiple slow play speeds or normal playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Assistant</td>
<td rowspan="2">Fn</td>
<td>One-window monitor mode, click this button to display <s> ass</s>i<s>stant funct</s>i<s>on: pt</s><sub><s>7</s></sub><s> contro</s>l <s>and</s> i<s>man</s>e <s>co</s>l<s>or </s></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Backspace function: in numeral control or text control, press it for 1.5seconds to delete the previous character before the</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3"></td>
<td rowspan="3"></td>
<td>In motion detection setup, working with Fn and direction keys to realize setup.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>In text mode, click it to switch between numeral, English character(small/capitalized) and etc.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Realize other special functions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>USB port</td>
<td></td>
<td>To connect USB storage device, USB mouse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network abnormal indication</td>
<td>Net</td>
<td>Network error occurs or there is no network connection, the light becomes red to alert you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD abnormal indication l^ht</td>
<td>HDD</td>
<td>HDD error occurs or HDD capacity is below specified threshold value, the light becomes red to alert you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IR Receiver</td>
<td>IR</td>
<td>It is to receive the signal from the remote control.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-4</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark38"></a> 3.2 Rear Panel</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark40"></a> 3.2.1 Smart 1U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="828" height="228" class="wp-image-2071" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-34.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 34" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 443" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-34.jpeg 828w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-34-300x83.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-34-768x211.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-34-810x223.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 828px) 100vw, 828px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-6</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Video input port</td>
<td>Connects to analog camera to input video signal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to external devices such as USB storage device, keyboard and mouse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>VGA port</td>
<td>Outputs analog video data to the connected display with VGA port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>HDMI port</td>
<td>High definition audio and video signal output port.</p>
<p>The port outputs the uncompressed high definition video and multi-channel audio data to the connected display with HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Network port</td>
<td>Connects to Ethernet port.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>Power input port</td>
<td>Inputs DC 12V power.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td>Ground terminal.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-5</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark42"></a> 3.2.2 E Model</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="311" class="wp-image-2072" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-35.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 35" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 444" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-35.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-35-300x113.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-35-768x289.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-35-810x305.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-7</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="313" class="wp-image-2073" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-36.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 36" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 445" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-36.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-36-300x114.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-36-768x291.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-36-810x307.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-8</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Video input port</td>
<td>Connects to analog camera to input video signal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Audio input port</td>
<td>Receives audio signal output from the devices such as microphone.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Audio output port</td>
<td>Outputs audio signal to the devices such as the sound box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>RS485 communication port</td>
<td>Connects to the control devices such as speed dome PTZ. RS485_A port is connected by the cable A and RS485_B is connected to the cable B.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>HDMI port</td>
<td>High definition audio and video signal output port.</p>
<p>The port outputs the uncompressed high definition video and multi-channel audio data to the connected display with HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>VGA port</td>
<td>Outputs analog video data to the connected display with VGA port.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7, 8</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to external devices such as USB storage device, keyboard and mouse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9</td>
<td>Network port</td>
<td>Connects to Ethernet port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>Power input port</td>
<td>Inputs DC 12V power.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td>Power output port</td>
<td>Outputs DC 12V power.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td>Ground</td>
<td>Ground terminal.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-6</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark44"></a> 3.2.3 Compact 1U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="188" class="wp-image-2074" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-37.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 37" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 446" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-37.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-37-300x68.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-37-768x175.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-37-810x184.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-9</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Video input port</td>
<td>Connects to analog camera to input video signal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Audio input port</td>
<td>Receives audio signal output from the devices such as microphone.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Audio output port</td>
<td>Outputs audio signal to the devices such as the sound box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>HDMI port</td>
<td>High definition audio and video signal output port.</p>
<p>The port outputs the uncompressed high definition video and multi-channel audio data to the connected display with HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Network port</td>
<td>Connects to Ethernet port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>RS485 communication port</td>
<td>Connects to the control devices such as speed dome PTZ. RS485_A port is connected by the cable A and RS485_B is connected to the cable B.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to external devices such as USB storage device, keyboard and mouse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8</td>
<td>VGA port</td>
<td>Outputs analog video data to the connected display with VGA port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9</td>
<td>Power input port</td>
<td>Inputs DC 12V power.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>Power button</td>
<td>Turns on/off the DVR (WITHOUT HDD).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td>Ground terminal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td>Power cable fastener</td>
<td>Use clamp to secure the power cable on the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) in case there is any loss.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-7</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark46"></a> 3.2.4 MINI 1 U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="229" class="wp-image-2075" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-38.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 38" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 447" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-38.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-38-300x83.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-38-768x213.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-38-810x224.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-10</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">1</td>
<td>Alarm input port 1-16</td>
<td>4 groups of alarm input ports (Group 1: port 1 to port 4; Group 2: port 5 to port 8; Group 3: port 9 to port 12; Group 4: port 13 to port 16). These ports receive the signal from the external alarm source. There are two types: NO (normal open) and NC (normal close).</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>When your alarm input device is using external power, please make sure the alarm input device and the Device have the same ground.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm output port 1-3 (NO1-NO3;</p>
<p>C1-C3)</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>3 groups of alarm output ports (Group 1: port NO1-C1,</li>
</ul>
<p>Group 2: port NO2-C2, Group 3: port NO3-C3). These ports output alarm signal to the alarm device. Please make sure power supply to the external alarm device.</p>
<ul>
<li>NO: Normal open alarm output port.</li>
<li>C: Alarm output public end.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>J_</td>
<td>Ground.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Video input port</td>
<td>Connects to analog camera to input video signal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Audio input port</td>
<td>Receives audio signal output from the devices such as microphone. It corresponds to video input port 1.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>DB25 port</td>
<td>Connects to the audio splitter taken from the package to convert to audio input port which receives the audio signal from devices such as microphone. It corresponds to video input ports 2-16.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Audio output port</td>
<td>Outputs audio signal to the devices such as the sound box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>HDMI port</td>
<td>High definition audio and video signal output port.</p>
<p>The port outputs the uncompressed high definition video and multi-channel audio data to the connected display with HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to external devices such as USB storage device, keyboard and mouse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8</td>
<td>Network port</td>
<td>Connects to Ethernet port.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9</td>
<td>RS485 communication port</td>
<td>Connects to the control devices such as speed dome PTZ. RS485_A port is connected by the cable A and RS485_B is connected to the cable B.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>Power input port</td>
<td>Inputs DC 12V power.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td>VGA port</td>
<td>Outputs analog video data to the connected display with VGA port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td>Power button</td>
<td>Turns on/off the DVR (WITHOUT HDD).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>13</td>
<td>Power cable fastener</td>
<td>Use a cable tie to secure the power cable on the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) to prevent loss.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>14</td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td>Ground terminal.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-8</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark48"></a> 3.2.5 1U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="209" class="wp-image-2076" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-39.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 39" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 448" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-39.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-39-300x76.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-39-768x194.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-39-810x205.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-11</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td>Ground terminal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">2</td>
<td>Alarm input port 1-16</td>
<td>4 groups of alarm input ports (Group 1: port 1 to port 4; Group 2: port 5 to port 8; Group 3: port 9 to port 12; Group 4: port 13 to port 16). These ports receive the signal from the external alarm source. There are two types: NO (normal open) and NC (normal close).</p>
<p>Cfl NOTE</p>
<p>When your alarm input device is using external power, please make sure the alarm input device and the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) connect to the same ground.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm output port 1-3 (NO1-NO3;</p>
<p>C1-C3)</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>3 groups of alarm output ports. (Group 1: port NO1-</li>
</ul>
<p>C1,Group 2:port NO2-C2,Group 3:port NO3-C3) ). These</p>
<p>ports output alarm signal to the alarm device. Please make sure power supply to the external alarm device.</p>
<ul>
<li>NO : Normal open alarm output port.</li>
<li>C : Alarm output public end.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Ground.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Video input port</td>
<td>Connects to analog camera to input video signal.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>Audio input port</td>
<td>Receives audio signal output from the devices such as microphone.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Audio output port</td>
<td>Outputs audio signal to the devices such as the sound box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>HDMI port</td>
<td>High definition audio and video signal output port.</p>
<p>The port outputs the uncompressed high definition video and multi-channel audio data to the connected display with HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to the external devices such as keyboard, mouse, and USB storage device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8</td>
<td>Network port</td>
<td>Connects to Ethernet port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9</td>
<td>RS485 communication port</td>
<td>Connects to the control devices such as speed dome PTZ. RS485_A port is connected by the cable A and RS485_B is connected to the cable B.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>Power input port</td>
<td>Inputs DC 12V power.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td>VGA port</td>
<td>Outputs analog video data to the connected display with VGA port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td>Power button</td>
<td>Turns on/off the DVR (WITHOUT HDD).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>13</td>
<td>Power cable fastener</td>
<td>Use clamp to secure the power cable on the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) in case there is any loss.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-9</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark50"></a> Remote Control Operations</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>Please note the remote control is not our standard accessory and might not be included in the</p>
<p>accessary bag. It is supplied dependent on the model you purchased.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="532" height="634" class="wp-image-2077" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-40.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 40" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 449" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-40.jpeg 532w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-40-252x300.jpeg 252w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 532px) 100vw, 532px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-12</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Power button</td>
<td>Press this button to boot up or shut down the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Address</td>
<td>Press this button to input device serial number, so that you can control the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Forward</td>
<td>Multi-step forward speed and normal speed playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>Slow motion</td>
<td>Multi-step slow motion speed or normal playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Next record</td>
<td>In playback state, press this button to play back the next video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>Previous record</td>
<td>In playback state, press this button to play back the previous video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>Play/Pause</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>In normal playback state, press this button to pause</li>
</ul>
<p>playback.</p>
<ul>
<li>In pause state, press this button to resume to normal</li>
</ul>
<p>playback.</p>
<ul>
<li>In live view window interface, press this button to enter video</li>
</ul>
<p>search menu.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">8</td>
<td rowspan="2">Reverse/pause</td>
<td>In the reverse playback state, press this button to pause reverse playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>In the reverse playback pause state, press this button to resume to playback reversing state.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9</td>
<td>Esc.</td>
<td>Go back to previous menu or cancel current operation (close front interface or control).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>Record</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Start or stop record manually.</li>
<li>In record interface, use the direction buttons to select the</li>
</ul>
<p>channel that you want to record.</p>
<ul>
<li>Press this button for at least 1.5 seconds, and the manual</li>
</ul>
<p>record interface will be displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td>Direction keys</td>
<td>Switch between current activated controls by going left or right. In playback state, the keys control the playback progress bar. Aux function (such as operating the PTZ menu).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td>Enter/menu key</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Confirms an operation.</li>
<li>Go to the <strong>OK </strong>button.</li>
<li>Go to the menu.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>13</td>
<td>Multiple-window switch</td>
<td>Switch between multiple-window and one-window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>14</td>
<td>Fn</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>In single-channel monitoring mode, press this button to</li>
</ul>
<p>display the PTZ control and color setting functions.</p>
<ul>
<li>Switch the PTZ control menu in PTZ control interface.</li>
<li>In motion detection interface, press this button with direction</li>
</ul>
<p>keys to complete setup.</p>
<ul>
<li>In text mode, press and hold this button to delete the last</li>
</ul>
<p>character. To use the clearing function: Long press this button for 1.5 seconds.</p>
<ul>
<li>In HDD menu, switch HDD recording time and other</li>
</ul>
<p>information (as indicated in the pop-up message.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>15</td>
<td>Alphanumeric keys</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Input password, numbers.</li>
<li>Switch channel.</li>
<li>Press Shift to switch the input method.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-10</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark52"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark53"></a> Mouse Operations</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Q3 NOTE</p>
<p>The operations are based on the considerations for right-handed users.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="6">Click left mouse button</td>
<td>Password input dialogue box pops up if you have not logged in yet. In live view window interface, you can go to the main menu.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>When you have selected one menu item, click it to view menu content.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Implement the control operation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Modify checkbox or motion detection status.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Click combo box to pop up drop-down list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>In text box, click the corresponding button on the panel to enter a numeral or English character (small/capitalized).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>In English input mode: Click =1 to enter a backspace and click a</p>
<p><strong>Operation</strong></p>
<p><strong>Function</strong></p>
<p>to delete the previous character.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="125" class="wp-image-2078" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-41.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 41" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 450" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-41.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-41-300x63.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>In numeral input mode: Click =1 to clear and click a to delete</p>
<p>the previous character.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="134" height="135" class="wp-image-2079" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-42.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 42" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 451"></p>
<p>Double-click left</p>
<p>mouse button</p>
<p>Right-click</p>
<p>Implement special control operations such as double-click one item in the file list to play back the video.</p>
<p>In multiple-window mode, double-click one channel to view in full-window. Double-click current video again to go back to previous multiple-window mode.</p>
<p>Right-click in live view window interface, the shortcut menu is displayed. For different series product, the shortcut menu may vary.</p>
<p>Exit current menu without saving the modification.</p>
<p>In numeral input box: Increase or decrease numeral value.</p>
<p>Click scroll wheel button</p>
<p>Switch the items in the check box.</p>
<p>Page up or page down.</p>
<p>Point to select and move</p>
<p>Select current control and move it.</p>
<p>Dragging selection with left button</p>
<p>a box</p>
<p>mouse</p>
<p>Select motion detection zone.</p>
<p>Select privacy mask zone.</p>
<p>Table 3-11</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="657" height="488" class="wp-image-2080" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-43.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 43" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 452" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-43.jpeg 657w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-43-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 657px) 100vw, 657px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark55"></a> Connecting Basics</li>
</ol>
<p>This chapter introduces various components of the Device, remote control and mouse operations, and typical connection.</p>
<p>Typical Connection Diagram</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The following figure is for reference only. The actual product shall govern.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="512" class="wp-image-2081" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-44.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 44" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 453" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-44.jpeg 886w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-44-300x173.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-44-768x444.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-44-810x468.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="592" class="wp-image-2082" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-45.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 45" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 454" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-45.jpeg 886w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-45-300x200.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-45-768x513.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-45-810x541.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4-2</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="656" class="wp-image-2083" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-46.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 46" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 455" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-46.jpeg 886w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-46-300x222.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-46-768x569.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-46-810x600.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4-3</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark57"></a> Connecting to Video and Audio Input and Output
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark59"></a> Video Input</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The video input interface is BNC. The input video format includes: PAL/NTSC BNC (1.0VP-P, 75Q.).</p>
<p>The video signal should comply with your national standards.</p>
<p>The input video signal shall have high SNR, low distortion; low interference, natural color and suitable lightness.</p>
<p><strong>Guarantee the stability and reliability of the camera signal</strong></p>
<p>The camera shall be installed in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight, inflammable, explosive substances and etc.</p>
<p>The camera and the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) should have the same grounding to ensure the normal operation of the camera.</p>
<p><strong>Guarantee stability and reliability of the transmission line</strong></p>
<p>Please use high quality, sound shielded BNC. Please select suitable BNC model according to the transmission distance.</p>
<p>If the distance is too long, you should use twisted pair cable, and you can add video compensation devices or use optical fiber to ensure video quality.</p>
<p>You should keep the video signal away from the strong electromagnetic interference, especially the high-tension current.</p>
<p><strong>Keep connection lugs in well contact</strong></p>
<p>The signal line and shielded wire should be fixed firmly and in well connection. Avoid dry joint, lap welding and oxidation.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark61"></a> Video Output</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Video output includes a BNC (PAL/NTSC1.0Vp-p, 75Q) output, a VGA output and HDMI output. System supports BNC, VGA and HDMI output at the same time.</p>
<p>When you are using pc-type monitor to replace the monitor, please pay attention to the following points:</p>
<ul>
<li>To defer aging, do not allow the pc monitor to run for a long time.</li>
<li>Regular demagnetization will keep device maintain proper status.</li>
<li>Keep it away from strong electromagnetic interference devices.</li>
</ul>
<p>Using TV as video output device is not a reliable substitution method. You also need to reduce the working hour and control the interference from power supply and other devices. The low- quality TV may result in device damage.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark63"></a> Audio Input</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>These series Product audio input port adopt BNC port.</p>
<p>Due to high impedance of audio input, please use active sound pick-up.</p>
<p>Audio transmission is like video transmission. Try to avoid interference, dry joint, loose contact and it shall be away from high tension current.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark65"></a> Audio Output</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The audio output signal parameter is usually over 200mv 1KQ (BNC or RCA). It can directly connect to low impedance earphone, active sound box or amplifier-drive audio output device. If the sound box and the pick-up cannot be separated spatially, it is easy to arouse squeaking. In this case you can adopt the following measures:</p>
<ul>
<li>Use better sound pick-up with better directing property.</li>
<li>Reduce the volume of the sound box.</li>
<li>Using more sound-absorbing materials in decoration can reduce voice echo and improve acoustics environment.</li>
<li>Adjust the layout to reduce happening of the squeaking.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark67"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark68"></a> Connecting to Alarm Input and Output</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Please read the followings before connecting.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm input</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Please make sure alarm input mode is grounding alarm input.</li>
<li>Grounding signal is needed for alarm input.</li>
<li>Alarm input needs the low-level voltage signal.</li>
<li>Alarm input mode can be either NC (normal Open) or NO (Normal Close)</li>
<li>When you are connecting two DVR (WITHOUT HDD)s or you are connecting one DVR</li>
</ul>
<p>(WITHOUT HDD) and one other device, please use a relay to separate them.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm output</strong></p>
<p>The alarm output port should not be connected to high power load directly (It shall be less than 1A) to avoid high current which may result in relay damage. Please use the contactor to realize the connection between the alarm output port and the load.</p>
<p><strong>How to connect PTZ decoder</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Ensure the decoder has the same grounding with DVR (WITHOUT HDD), otherwise you may not control the PTZ. Shielded twisted wire is recommended and the shielded layer is used to connect to the grounding.</li>
<li>Avoid high voltage. Ensure proper wiring and some thunder protection measures.</li>
<li>For too long signal wires, 120Q should be parallel connected between A, B lines on the far end to reduce reflection and guarantee the signal quality.</li>
<li>“485 A, B” of DVR (WITHOUT HDD) cannot parallel connect with “485 port” of another</li>
</ul>
<p>device.</p>
<ul>
<li>The voltage between of A, B lines of the decoder should be less than 5V.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark70"></a> Please make sure the front-end device has soundly earthed</p>
<p>Improper grounding may result in chip damage.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark72"></a> .3.1 Introducing Alarm Port</li>
</ul>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The alarm input ports are dependent on the model you purchased.</p>
<p>I 4 NOT C1 4 NO2 C2 4 NO3 C3 4 NO4 C4 4- NO5 C5 NC5 4- <sup>C</sup>&lt;2V~ T* T- R+ R- |</p>
<p>[BBHMBBBBBBiaiilIRffBBBBBïHïBBRI I 1 2 3 445 6 7 8 4 A B 4 9 10 11 12 4 13 14 15 16 4 4 |</p>
<p>Figure 4-4</p>
<p><strong>Icon Description</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,</p>
<p>7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16</td>
<td>ALARM 1 to ALARM 16. The alarm becomes active in low voltage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>NO1 C1, NO2 C2, NO3 C3, NO4 C4</td>
<td>There are four groups of normal open activation output (on/off button).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>NO5 C5 NC5,</td>
<td>There is one group of normal open activation output (on/off button).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CTRL 12V</td>
<td>Control power output of the 6<strong><sup>th</sup> </strong>alarm output channel. Voltage current: 500mA.</p>
<ul>
<li>When there is an alarm output, close the power output.</li>
<li>When the alarm is cancelled, open the power output.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>+12V</td>
<td>Rated current.</p>
<p>Voltage current: 500mA.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Ground cable.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>485 A/B</td>
<td>485 communication port. They are used to control devices such as decoder. 1200 should be parallel connected between A, B lines if there are too many PTZ decoders.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>T+,T-,R+,R-</td>
<td>Four-wire full-duplex RS485 port.</p>
<p>T+ T-: output wire.</p>
<p>R+ R-: input wire.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 4-1</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark74"></a> .3.2 Alarm Input</li>
</ul>
<p>Please refer to the following figure for more information.</p>
<ul>
<li>Grounding alarm inputs which includes Normal open and Normal close type.</li>
<li>Please parallel connect COM end and GND end of the alarm detector (Provide external power to the alarm detector).</li>
<li>Please parallel connect the Ground of the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) and the ground of the alarm detector.</li>
<li>Please connect the NC port of the alarm sensor to the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) alarm input(ALARM)</li>
<li>Use the same ground with that of DVR (WITHOUT HDD) if you use external power to the alarm device.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="521" height="307" class="wp-image-2084" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-47.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 47" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 456" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-47.jpeg 521w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-47-300x177.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 521px) 100vw, 521px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4-5</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark76"></a> .3.3 Alarm Output</li>
<li>Provide external power to external alarm device.</li>
<li>To avoid overloading, please read the following relay parameters table carefully.</li>
<li>RS485 A/B cable is for the A/B cable of the PTZ decoder.</li>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark78"></a> .3.4 Alarm Output Relay Parameters</li>
</ul>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>Refer to the actual product for relay model information.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Model</strong></td>
<td><strong>HFD23/005-1ZS</strong></td>
<td><strong>HRB1-S-DC5V</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Material of the touch</td>
<td>AgNi+ gold-plating</td>
<td>AuAg10/AgNi10/CuNi30</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4">Rating (Resistance Load)</td>
<td>Rated switch capacity</td>
<td>30V DC 1A/125V AC 0.5A</td>
<td>24V DC 1A/125V AC 2A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Maximum switch power</td>
<td>62.5VA/30W</td>
<td>250VA/48W</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Maximum switch voltage</td>
<td>125V AC/60V DC</td>
<td>125V AC/60V DC</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Maximum switch currency</td>
<td>2A</td>
<td>2A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Insulation</td>
<td>Between touches</td>
<td>400VAC 1 minute</td>
<td>500VAC 1 minute</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Between touch and winding</td>
<td>1000VAC 1 minute</td>
<td>1000VAC 1 minute</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Turn-on Time</td>
<td>5 ms max</td>
<td>5ms max</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Turn-off Time</td>
<td>5 ms max</td>
<td>5ms max</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Longevity</td>
<td>Mechanical</td>
<td>1x107times</td>
<td>5&#215;106 times</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Model</strong></td>
<td><strong>HFD23/005-1ZS</strong></td>
<td><strong>HRB1-S-DC5V</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td>(300 times/MIN)</td>
<td>(300 times/MIN)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Electrical</td>
<td>1*105 times (30 times/MIN)</td>
<td>2.5*104 times (30 times/MIN)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Working Temperature</td>
<td>-30C-+70C</td>
<td>-40C-+70C</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark80"></a> Connecting to RS485 Port</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Connect the RS485 cable of the PTZ camera to the RS485 port on the Device. Ensure the match of A and B interfaces.</p>
<p>Step 2 Connect the video out cable of the PTZ camera to the video input port on the Device.</p>
<p>Step 3 Turn on the PTZ camera.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark82"></a> Replacing Battery</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Please make sure to use the same battery model if possible.</p>
<p>We recommend replace battery regularly (such as one-year) to guarantee system time</p>
<p>accuracy.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="60" class="wp-image-2085" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-48.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 48" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 457"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<p>Before replacement, please save the system setup, otherwise, you may lose the data completely!</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark84"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark85"></a> Local Configurations</li>
</ol>
<p>Please read the following notes prior to using your Device.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The interfaces in the Manual are used for introducing the operations and only for reference. The actual interface might be different dependent on the model you purchased. If there is inconsistency between the Manual and the actual product, the actual product shall govern.</li>
<li>The Manual is a general document for introducing the product, so there might be some functions described for the Device in the Manual not apply to the model you purchased.</li>
<li>Conventions for mouse operations on a menu.</li>
</ul>
<p>O Click: On the menu, left-click the mouse once on an option to enter the option setting.</p>
<p>O Right-click: On any interface, right-click the mouse once to return to the previous level. For details about mouse operations, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark52">&#8220;3.4 Mouse Operations.</a>&#8221;</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark87"></a> Initial Settings
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark89"></a> Booting up</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>Ensure the input voltage corresponds to the power requirement of the Device. Power on the Device after the power cable is properly connected.</li>
<li>To protect the Device, please connect the Device with the power cable first, and then connect to the power source.</li>
<li>To ensure the stable work of the Device and the external devices connected to the Device and to prolong the batter life, it is recommended to refer to the national related standard to use the power source that provides stable voltage with less interference from ripples. USP power source is recommended.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Connect the Device to the monitor.</p>
<p>Step 2 Plug in the power cable to the Device.</p>
<p>Step 3 Press the power button to turn on the Device. The power indicator light is on.</p>
<p>On the connected monitor, the live view screen is displayed by default. If you turn on the Device during the time period that is configured for recording, the system starts recording after it is turned on, and you will see the icon indicating recording status is working in the specific channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark91"></a> Initializing the Device</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When booting up for the first time, you need to configure the password information for <strong>admin </strong>(by default).</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>To secure the Device, it is strongly recommended for you to properly keep the password for admin and modify it regularly.</p>
<p>Step 1 Turn on the Device.</p>
<p>The <strong>Device Initialization </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark93"> Figure 5-1.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="605" class="wp-image-2086" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-49.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 49" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 458" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-49.jpeg 866w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-49-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-49-768x537.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-49-810x566.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-49-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-1</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark93"></a> Step 2 Configure the password information for admin. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark94"> Table 5-1.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User</td>
<td colspan="4">By default, the user is <strong>admin</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
<td colspan="4" rowspan="2">In the <strong>Password </strong>box, enter the password for admin.</p>
<p>The new password can be set from 8 characters through 32 characters and contain at least two types from number, letter and special characters (excluding , , &#8220;;&#8221;,&#8221;:&#8221; and &#8220;&amp;&#8221;).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Confirm Password</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Prompt Question</td>
<td colspan="4">In the <strong>Prompt Question </strong>box, enter the information that can remind you of the password.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" rowspan="2">On the login interface, click</td>
<td>Efi</td>
<td rowspan="2">, the prompt will display to help you</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>find back the password.</td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-1</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark94"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The unlock pattern setting interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark95"> Figure 5-2.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="823" height="565" class="wp-image-2087" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 50" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 459" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50.jpeg 823w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50-300x206.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50-768x527.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50-810x556.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50-145x100.jpeg 145w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50-380x260.jpeg 380w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 823px) 100vw, 823px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-2</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark95"></a> Step 4 Draw a unlock pattern.</p>
<p>After the setting is completed, the password protection settings interface is displayed.</p>
<p>See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark96"> Figure 5-3.</a></p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The pattern that you want to set must cross at least four points.</li>
<li>If you do not want to configure the unlock pattern, click <strong>Skip</strong>.</li>
<li>Once you have configured the unlock pattern, the system will require the unlock</li>
</ul>
<p>pattern as the default login method. If you skip this setting, enter the password for login.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="837" height="584" class="wp-image-2088" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-51.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 51" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 460" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-51.jpeg 837w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-51-300x209.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-51-768x536.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-51-810x565.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-51-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 837px) 100vw, 837px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark96"></a> Figure 5-3</p>
<p>Step 5 Configure the protection parameters for password. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark97"> Table 5-2.</a></p>
<p>After configuration, if you forgot the password for admin user, you can reset the password through the reserved email address or security questions. For details about resetting the password, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark98">&#8220;5.1.3 Resetting Password.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>If you do not want to configure the settings, disable the email address and security questions functions on the interface.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Password</strong></p>
<p><strong>Protection Mode</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Email Address</td>
<td colspan="3">Enter the reserved email address.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Email Address </strong>box, enter an email address for password reset. In case you forgot password, enter the security code that you will get from this reserved email address to reset the password of admin.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Security</p>
<p>Questions</td>
<td colspan="3">Configure the security questions and answers.</p>
<p>In case you forgot password, enter the answers to the questions can make you reset the password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Œ NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">If you want to configure the email or security questions fucntion later or you want to</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark97"></a> change the configurations, select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Account </strong>^ <strong>USER</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-2</p>
<p>Step 6 Click <strong>Save </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>The <strong>End-User License Agreement </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step <em>S</em> Select the <strong>I have read and agree to all terms </strong>check box.</p>
<p>Step 8 Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Startup Wizard </strong>interface is displayed. For details about quick settings during startup, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark108">&#8220;5.1.4 Setting Up with the Startup Wizard.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark98"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark99"></a> 5.1.3 Resetting Password</p>
<p>You can reset the password through the QR code or the security questions.</p>
<ul>
<li>To reset through the QR code, make sure the Enable check box is selected in <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>System </strong>^ <strong>SECURITY &gt; Password Reset</strong>.</li>
<li>To reset through the security questions, make sure the security quesitons is configured. Step 1 Enter the login interface.</li>
<li>If you have configured unlock pattern, the unlock pattern login interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark101"> Figure 5-4.</a> Click <strong>Forgot Pattern</strong>, the password login interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark102"> Figure 5-5.</a></li>
<li>If you did not configure unlock pattern, the password login interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark102"> Figure 5-5.</a></li>
</ul>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>On the unlock pattern login interface, click <strong>Switch User </strong>to login<strong>; </strong>or on the password login interface, in the <strong>User Nam</strong>e list, select other users to login.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="331" height="534" class="wp-image-2089" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-52.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 52" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 461" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-52.jpeg 331w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-52-186x300.jpeg 186w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 331px) 100vw, 331px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-4</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="490" height="274" class="wp-image-2090" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-53.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 53" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 462" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-53.jpeg 490w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-53-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 490px) 100vw, 490px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-5</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark101"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark102"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>□.</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If you did not set the reserved email address, the email entering interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark103"> Figure 5-6.</a> Enter the email address, and then click <strong>Next</strong>, the <strong>Reset the password </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark104"> Figure 5-7.</a></li>
<li>If you have set the reserved email address, the <strong>Reset the password </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark104"> Figure 5-7.</a></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="611" class="wp-image-2091" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-54.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 54" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 463" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-54.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-54-300x211.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-54-768x539.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-54-810x569.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark103"></a> Figure 5-6</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="856" height="600" class="wp-image-2092" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-55.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 55" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 464" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-55.jpeg 856w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-55-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-55-768x538.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-55-810x568.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 856px) 100vw, 856px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-7</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark104"></a> Step 3 Rest the password.</p>
<ul>
<li>QR code</li>
</ul>
<p>Follow the onscreen instructions to get the security code in your reserved email address. In the <strong>Security code </strong>box, enter the security code.</p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>You are given the limited times to get the security code by scanning the QR code within 24 hours. Please operate carefully.</li>
<li>Please use the security code received in your email box to reset the password within 24 hours; otherwise the security code becomes invalid.</li>
</ul>
<p>• Security questions</p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Reset the password </strong>interface as shown in<a href="#post-2037-bookmark103"> Figure 5-6,</a> in the <strong>Reset Type </strong>list, select <strong>Security Questions</strong>, the Security Questions interface is displayed, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark105">Figure 5-8.</a></li>
</ol>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>If you did not configure the security questions before, in the <strong>Reset Type </strong>list, there will be no <strong>Security Questions</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Answer </strong>box, enter the correct answers.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="583" class="wp-image-2093" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-56.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 56" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 465" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-56.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-56-300x211.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-56-768x541.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-56-810x571.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-8</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark105"></a> Step 4 Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The new password resetting interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark106"> Figure 5-9.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="605" class="wp-image-2094" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-57.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 57" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 466" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-57.jpeg 862w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-57-300x211.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-57-768x539.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-57-810x569.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark106"></a> Step 5</p>
<p>Step 6</p>
<p>Step 7</p>
<p>Figure 5-9</p>
<p>In the <strong>New Password </strong>box, enter the new password and enter it again in the <strong>Confirm Password </strong>box.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Save</strong>. The password resetting is started.</p>
<p>After resetting is completed, a pop-up message is displayed.</p>
<p>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>A pop-up message is displayed asking if you want to sync the password with the remote devices, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark107"> Figure 5-10.</a></p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Cancel</strong>, the resetting is finished.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>, the Sync Info interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark107"> Figure 5-10.</a></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="817" height="577" class="wp-image-2095" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-58.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 58" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 467" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-58.jpeg 817w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-58-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-58-768x542.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-58-810x572.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 817px) 100vw, 817px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-10</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="28" class="wp-image-2096" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-59.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 59" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 468"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark107"></a> This message appears only when there are digital channels instead of complete analog channels.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="576" class="wp-image-2097" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-60.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 60" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 469" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-60.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-60-300x209.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-60-768x535.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-60-810x564.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-60-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-11</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark108"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark109"></a> 5.1.4 Setting Up with the Startup Wizard</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark111"></a> Entering Startup Wizard</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The Startup Wizard helps you configure the basic settings to set up the Device.</p>
<p>After you have initialized the Device, the <strong>Startup Wizard </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark113"> Figure 5­12.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="571" height="384" class="wp-image-2098" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-61.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 61" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 470" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-61.jpeg 571w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-61-300x202.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 571px) 100vw, 571px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-12</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark113"></a> CD NOTE</p>
<p>If you select the <strong>Auto-check for updates </strong>check box, the system will notify you automatically when updates are available.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark114"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark115"></a> Configuring General Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the general settings for the Device such as Device name, language, and settings for instant playback.</p>
<p>You can also configure general settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> System <em>■+</em> General ^ General</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 On the <strong>Startup Wizard </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>General </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark117"> Figure 5-13.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="878" height="614" class="wp-image-2099" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-62.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 62" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 471" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-62.jpeg 878w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-62-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-62-768x537.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-62-810x566.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-62-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 878px) 100vw, 878px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-13</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the general settings parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark118"> Table 5-3.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark117"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>In the <strong>Device Name </strong>box, enter the Device name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device No.</td>
<td>In the <strong>Device No. </strong>box, enter a number for the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Language</td>
<td>In the <strong>Language </strong>list, select a language for the Device system.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Standard</td>
<td>In the <strong>Video Standard </strong>list, select <strong>PAL </strong>or <strong>NTSC </strong>according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Instant Play (Min.)</td>
<td>In the <strong>Instant Play </strong>box, enter the time length for playing back the recoded video. The value ranges from 5 to 60.</p>
<p>On the live view control bar, click the instant playback button to play back the recorded video within the configured time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Logout (Min.)</td>
<td>In the <strong>Auto Logout </strong>box, enter the standby time for the Device. The Device automatically logs out when it is not working for the configured time period. You need to login the Device again.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 60. 0 indicates there is not standby time for the Device.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Monitor Channel(s) when logout</strong>. You can select the channels that you want to continue monitoring when you logged out.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Navigation Bar</td>
<td>Enable the navigation bar. When you click on the live view screen, the navigation bar is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark118"></a> Mouse Sensitivity</td>
<td>Adjust the speed of double-click by moving the slider.</p>
<p>The bigger the value is, the faster the double-clicking speed must be.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-3</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark119"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark120"></a> Configuring Date and Time Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the system time, choose the time zone, set the daylight saving time, and enable the NTP server.</p>
<p>You can also configure date and time settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ System <em>■+</em> General ^ Date &amp;Time</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the general settings, on the <strong>General </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Date &amp; Time </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark122"> Figure 5-14.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="831" height="582" class="wp-image-2100" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-63.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 63" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 472" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-63.jpeg 831w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-63-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-63-768x538.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-63-810x567.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 831px) 100vw, 831px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-14</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for date and time parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark123"> Table 5-4.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark122"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>System Time</td>
<td>In the <strong>System Time </strong>box, enter time for the system.</p>
<p>Click the time zone list, you can select a time zone for the system, and the time in adjust automatically.</p>
<p>/K CAUTION</p>
<p>Do not change the system time randomly; otherwise the recorded video cannot be searched. It is recommended to avoid the recoding period or stop recording first before you change the system time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Date Format</td>
<td>In the <strong>Date Format </strong>list, select a date format for the system.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Date Separator</td>
<td>In the <strong>Date Separator </strong>list, select a separator style for the date.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time Format</td>
<td>In the <strong>Time Format </strong>list, select <strong>12-HOUR </strong>or <strong>24-HOUR </strong>for the time display style.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DST</td>
<td>Enable the Daylight-Saving Time function. Click <strong>Week </strong>or click <strong>Date</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Time</td>
<td rowspan="2">Configure the start time and end time for the DST.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>End Time</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>NTP</td>
<td>Enable the NTP function to sync the Device time with the NTP server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Server</td>
<td>In the <strong>Server </strong>box, enter the IP address or domain name of the corresponding NTP server.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Manual Update</strong>, the Device starts syncing with the server immediately.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Port</td>
<td>The system supports TCP protocol only and the default setting is 123.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark123"></a> Interval (Min.)</td>
<td>In the <strong>Interval </strong>box, enter the amount of time that you want the Device to sync time with the NTP server. The value ranges from 0 to 65535.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-4</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark124"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark125"></a> Configuring Network Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the basic network settings such as net mode, IP version, and IP address of the Device.</p>
<p>You can also configure network settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ TCP/IP</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the date and time settings, on the <strong>Date&amp;Time </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>NETWORK </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark127"> Figure 5-15.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="795" height="562" class="wp-image-2101" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-64.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 64" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 473" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-64.jpeg 795w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-64-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-64-768x543.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 795px) 100vw, 795px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-15</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for network parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark128"> 0.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark127"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark128"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Net Mode</td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Multi-address</strong>: Two Ethernet ports work separately through either of which you can request the Device to provide the services such as HTTP and RTSP. You need to configure a default Ethernet port (usually the Ethernet port 1 by default) to request the services from the device end such as DHCP, Email and FTP. If one of the</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>two Ethernet ports is disconnected as detected by networking testing, the system network status is regarded as offline.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Fault Tolerance</strong>: Two Ethernet ports share one IP address.</li>
</ul>
<p>Normally only one Ethernet port is working and when this port fails, the other port will start working automatically to ensure the network connection.</p>
<p>When testing the network status, the network is regarded as offline only when both of the two Ethernet ports are disconnected. The two Ethernet ports are used under the same LAN.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Load Balance</strong>: Two network cards share one IP address and they</li>
</ul>
<p>are working at the same time to share the network load averagely. If one of them fails, the other can continue working normally. When testing the network status, the network is regarded as offline only when both of the two Ethernet ports are disconnected. The two Ethernet ports are used under the same LAN.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>The Device with single Ethernet port does not support this function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Default Ethernet Port</td>
<td>In the <strong>Ethernet Card </strong>list, select an Ethernet port as a default port.</p>
<p>This setting is available only when the <strong>Multi-address </strong>is selected in the <strong>Net Mode </strong>list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Version</td>
<td>In the <strong>IP Version </strong>list, you can select <strong>IPv4 </strong>or <strong>IPv6</strong>. Both versions are supported for access.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DHCP</td>
<td>Enable the DHCP function. The IP address, subnet mask and default gateway are not available for configuration once DHCP is enabled.</p>
<ul>
<li>If DHCP is effective, the obtained information will display in the <strong>IP</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Address </strong>box, <strong>Subnet Mask </strong>box and <strong>Default Gateway </strong>box. If not, all values show 0.0.0.0.</p>
<ul>
<li>If you want manually to configure the IP information, disable the</li>
</ul>
<p>DHCP function first.</p>
<ul>
<li>If PPPoE connection is successful, the IP address, subnet mask,</li>
</ul>
<p>default gateway, and DHCP are not available for configuration.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td rowspan="3">Enter the IP address and configure the corresponding subnet mask and default gateway.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>IP address and default gateway must be in the same network segment.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Subnet Mask</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Default Gateway</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DNS DHCP</td>
<td>Enable the DHCP function to get the DNS address from router.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preferred DNS</td>
<td>In the <strong>Preferred DNS </strong>box, enter the IP address of DNS.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alternate DNS</td>
<td>In the <strong>Alternate DNS </strong>box, enter the IP address of alternate DNS.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU</td>
<td>In the <strong>MTU </strong>box, enter a value for network card. The value ranges from 1280 byte through 1500 byte. The default is 1500.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>• Modifying MTU value will cause network interruption and restart,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>which interrupt the network service. There is a pop-up message to</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>let you confirm if you want to save the modification, if yes, the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>modification takes effect.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>• Suggested MTU values are as below.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>O 1500: The biggest value of Ethernet information package.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>This value is typically selected if there is no PPPoE or VPN</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>connection, and it is also the default value of some routers,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>network adapters and switches.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>O 1492: Optimized value for PPPoE.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>O 1468: Optimized value for DHCP.</p>
<p>O 1450: Optimized value for VPN.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Test</td>
<td>Click <strong>Test </strong>to test if the entered IP address and gateway are interworking.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-5</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark129"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark130"></a> Configuring InstaOn Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add the Device into your cell phone client or the platform to manage.</p>
<p>You can also configure InstaOn function by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ Network <em>■+</em> InstaOn Cloud</strong>.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>Make sure the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) is connected into the Internet, and if yes, in the <strong>Status </strong>box of the InstaOn interface, it shows <strong>Online</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the network settings, on the <strong>NETWORK </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>InstaOn Cloud </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark132"> Figure 5-16.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="747" height="524" class="wp-image-2102" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-65.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 65" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 474" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-65.jpeg 747w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-65-300x210.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 747px) 100vw, 747px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-16</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark132"></a> Step 2 Enable the InstaOn function.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p>You can start adding the device.</p>
<ul>
<li>Cell Phone Client: Use your mobile phone to scan the QR code to add the device into the Cell Phone Client, and then you can start accessing the Device.</li>
<li>Platform: Obtain the Device SN by scanning the QR code. Go to the InstaOn management platform and add the Device SN into the platform. Then you can access and manage the device in the WAN. For details, please refer to the InstaOn operation manual.</li>
</ul>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>You can also enter the QR code of Cell Phone Client and Device SN by clicking<br />
on the top right of the interfaces after you have entered the Main Menu.</p>
<p>PG</p>
<p>To use this function, take adding device into Cell Phone Client as an example.</p>
<p><strong>Adding Device into Cell Phone Client</strong></p>
<p>Step 1 Use your cell phone to scan the QR code under Cell Phone Client to download the application.</p>
<p>Step 2 On your cell phone, open the application, and then tap .</p>
<p>The menu is displayed. You can start adding the device.</p>
<ol>
<li>Tap <strong>Device Manager</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Device Manager </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark133"> Figure 5-17.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="428" height="731" class="wp-image-2103" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-66.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 66" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 475" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-66.jpeg 428w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-66-176x300.jpeg 176w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 428px) 100vw, 428px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-17</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark133"></a> Tap on the top right corner.</li>
</ol>
<p>The interface requiring device initialization is displayed. A pop-up message reminding you to make sure the Device is initialized is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Tap <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>O If the Device has not been initialized, Tap <strong>Device Initialization </strong>to perform initializing by following the onscreen instructions.</p>
<p>O If the Device has been initialized, you can start adding it directly.</p>
<ol>
<li>Tap <strong>Add Device</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Add Device interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark134"> Figure 5-18.</a></p>
<p>LJ NOTE</p>
<p>You can add wireless device or wired device. The Manual takes adding wired device as an example.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="408" height="640" class="wp-image-2104" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-67.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 67" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 476" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-67.jpeg 408w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-67-191x300.jpeg 191w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 408px) 100vw, 408px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-18</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark134"></a> 5) Tap <strong>InstaOn</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>InstaOn </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark135"> Figure 5-19.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="370" height="534" class="wp-image-2105" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-68.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 68" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 477" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-68.jpeg 370w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-68-208x300.jpeg 208w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 370px) 100vw, 370px" /></p>
<p><strong>..■Il E 10:39 O 41%</strong></p>
<p>(V) Scan QR Code</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="428" height="458" class="wp-image-2106" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-69.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 69" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 478" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-69.jpeg 428w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-69-280x300.jpeg 280w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 428px) 100vw, 428px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-19</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark135"></a> Enter a name for the DVR (WITHOUT HDD), the username and password, scan the QR code under <strong>Device SN</strong>.</li>
<li>Tap <strong>Start Live Preview</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Device is added and displayed on the live view interface of the cell phone.</p>
<p>See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark136"> Figure 5-20.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="389" height="664" class="wp-image-2107" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-70.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 70" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 479" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-70.jpeg 389w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-70-176x300.jpeg 176w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 389px) 100vw, 389px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-20</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark136"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark137"></a> Configuring Encode Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the settings of main stream and sub stream for the Device.</p>
<p>You can also configure encode settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera <em>■+</em> Encode ^ Encode</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the InstaOn settings, on the <strong>InstaOn </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>. The <strong>Encode </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark139"> Figure 5-21.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="854" height="599" class="wp-image-2108" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-71.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 71" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 480" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-71.jpeg 854w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-71-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-71-768x539.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-71-810x568.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 854px) 100vw, 854px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-21</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark139"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the main/sub streams parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark140"> Table 5-6.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the settings for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Smart Codec</td>
<td>Enable the smart codec function. This function can reduce the video bit stream for non-important recorded video to maximize the storage space.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Main Stream: In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>General</strong>, <strong>MD </strong>(Motion</li>
</ul>
<p>Detect), or <strong>Alarm</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Sub Stream: This setting is not configurable.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Compression</td>
<td>In the <strong>Compression </strong>list, select the encode mode.</p>
<ul>
<li>H.265: Main profile encoding.</li>
<li>H.264H: High profile encoding. Low bit stream with high</li>
</ul>
<p>definition. This setting is recommended.</p>
<ul>
<li>H.264: Main profile encoding.</li>
<li>H.264B: Baseline profile encoding. This setting requires higher</li>
</ul>
<p>bit stream compared with other settings for the same definition.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Resolution</td>
<td>In the Resolution list, select resolution for the video.</p>
<p>The maximum video resolution might be different dependent on your device model.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Frame Rate (FPS)</td>
<td>Configure the frames per second for the video. The higher the value, the clearer and smoother the image will become. Frame rate changes along with the resolution.</p>
<p>Generally, in PAL format, you can select the value from 1 through 25; in NTSC format, you can select the value from 1 through 30.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>However, the actual range of frame rate that you can select depends on the capability of the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bit Rate Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Bit Rate Type </strong>list, select <strong>CBR </strong>(Constant Bit Rate) or <strong>VBR </strong>(Variable Bit Rate). If you select <strong>CBR</strong>, the image quality cannot be configured; if you select VBR, the image quality can be configured.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Quality</td>
<td>This function is available if you select <strong>VBR </strong>in the <strong>Bit Rate </strong>List. The bigger the value is, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>I Frame Interval</td>
<td>The interval between two reference frames.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bit Rate (Kb/S)</td>
<td>In the <strong>Bit Rate </strong>list, select a value or enter a customized value to change the image quality. The bigger the value is, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video</td>
<td>Enable the function for sub stream.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio Encode</td>
<td rowspan="3">Click <strong>More Setting</strong>, the <strong>More Setting </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<ul>
<li>Audio Encode: This function is enabled by default for main</li>
</ul>
<p>stream. You need to manually enable it for sub stream 1. Once this function is enabled, the recorded video file is composite audio and video stream.</p>
<ul>
<li>Audio Source: In the <strong>Audio Source </strong>list, you can select <strong>LOCAL</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>and <strong>HDCVI</strong>.</p>
<p>O LOCAL: The audio signal is input from Audio In port.</p>
<p>O HDCVI: The audio signal is input from HDCVI camera.</p>
<ul>
<li>Audio Format: In the <strong>Audio Forma</strong>t list, select a format that you</li>
</ul>
<p>need.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio Source</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio Format</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-6</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark140"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark141"></a> Configuring Snapshot Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the basic snapshot settings such as quantity of snapshot each time, channel(s) to take snapshot, and image size and quality of snapshot.</p>
<p>You can also configure general settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Camera ^ Encode ^ Snapshot</strong>.</p>
<p>For more information about snapshot settings, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark365">&#8220;5.8 Configuring Snapshot Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the encode settings, on the <strong>Encode </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>SNAPSHOT </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark143"> Figure 5-22.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="778" height="545" class="wp-image-2109" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-72.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 72" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 481" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-72.jpeg 778w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-72-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-72-768x538.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 778px) 100vw, 778px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-22</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark143"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the snapshot parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark144"> Table 5-7.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual Snap</td>
<td>In the <strong>Manual Snap </strong>list, select how many snapshots you want to take each time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the settings for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mode</td>
<td>In the <strong>Mode </strong>list, select type of snapshots.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Size</td>
<td>In the <strong>Image Size </strong>list, select a value for the image.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Quality</td>
<td>Configure the image quality by 6 levels. The higher the level, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark144"></a> Interval</td>
<td>Configure or customize the snapshot frequency.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-7</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark145"></a> Configuring Basic Storage Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the settings for the situations when HDD is full, file length and time length of recorded video, and the settings if to auto-delete the old files.</p>
<p>You can also configure basic storage settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ Storage ^ BASIC</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the encode settings, on the <strong>SNAPSHOT </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>BASIC </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark147"> Figure 5-23.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="711" height="501" class="wp-image-2110" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-73.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 73" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 482" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-73.jpeg 711w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-73-300x211.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 711px) 100vw, 711px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-23</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark147"></a> Step 2 Configure the basic storage settings parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark148"> Table 5-8.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD Full</td>
<td>Configure the settings for the situation when all the read/write discs are full, and there is no more free disc.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Stop Record </strong>to stop recording</li>
<li>Select <strong>Overwrite </strong>to overwrite the recorded video files always</li>
</ul>
<p>from the earliest time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pack Mode</td>
<td>Configure the time length and file length for each recorded video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto-Delete Old Files</td>
<td>Configure whether to delete the old files and if yes, in the <strong>Auto­Delete Old Files </strong>list, select <strong>Customized </strong>to configure the time length for how long you want to keep the old files.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-8</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark148"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark149"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark150"></a> Configuring Recorded Video Storage Schedule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the schedule for the recorded video such as channels to record, alarm settings, and the armed period.</p>
<p>You can also configure recorded video storage settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> Storage <em>■+ </em>Schedule ^ Record</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the basic storage settings, on the <strong>BASIC </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Record </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark152"> Figure 5-24.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="713" height="500" class="wp-image-2111" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-74.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 74" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 483" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-74.jpeg 713w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-74-300x210.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 713px) 100vw, 713px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-24</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark152"></a> Step 2 Configure the record settings parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark153"> Table 5-9.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></p>
<p>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select a channel to record the video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pre-record</td>
<td>In the <strong>Pre-record </strong>list, enter the amount of time that you want to start the recording in advance.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Redundancy</td>
<td>If there are several HDDs installed to the Device, you can set one of the HDDs as the redundant HDD to save the recorded files into different HDDs. In case one of the HDDs is damaged, you can find the backup in the other HDD.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Storage </strong>^ <strong>HDD MANAGER</strong>, and then set</li>
</ul>
<p>a HDD as redundant HDD.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Storage </strong>^ <strong>Schedule </strong>^ <strong>Record</strong>, and</li>
</ul>
<p>then select the <strong>Redundancy </strong>check box.</p>
<p>O If the selected channel is not recording, the redundancy</p>
<p>function takes effect next time you record no matter you select the check box or not.</p>
<p>O If the selected channel is recording, the current recorded</p>
<p>files will be packed, and then start recording according to the new schedule.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Not all models support this function.</li>
<li>The redundant HDD only back up the recorded videos but not</li>
</ul>
<p>snapshots.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event type</td>
<td>Select the check box of the event type which includes <strong>General</strong>, <strong>MD </strong>(motion detect, video loss, tempering, diagnosis), <strong>Alarm </strong>(IoT alarms, local alarms, alarms from alarm box, IPC external alarms, IPC Offline alarms), <strong>MD &amp; Alarm</strong>, <strong>Intel </strong>(IVS events, face detection), and <strong>POS</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Define a period during which the configured recording setting is active.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Parameter</strong></p>
<p><strong>Description</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>EO NOTE</p>
<p>The system only activates the alarm in the defined period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark153"></a> Copy</td>
<td>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-9</p>
<p>Step 3 Define the video recording period by drawing or editing. By default, it is active all the time.</p>
<p>• Define the period by drawing.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the check box of event type. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark154"> Figure 5-25.</a></li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark154"></a> B General</p>
<p><strong>■ MD</strong></p>
<p>| Alarm</p>
<p>MD&amp;Alarm ■ Intel</p>
<p>■ 90S</p>
<p>Figure 5-25</p>
<ol>
<li>Define a period. The system supports maximum six periods.</li>
</ol>
<p>o</p>
<p>Define for the whole week: Click H next to <strong>All</strong>, all the icon switches to □</p>
<p>o</p>
<p>you can define the period for all the days simultaneously.</p>
<p>Define for several days of a week: Click H before each day one by one, the</p>
<p>icon switches to S. You can define the period for the selected days</p>
<p>simultaneously.</p>
<p>On the timeline, drag to define a period. The Device starts recoding the selected<br />
event type in the defined period. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark155"> Figure 5-26.</a></p>
<p>3)</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="850" height="404" class="wp-image-2112" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-75.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 75" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 484" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-75.jpeg 850w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-75-300x143.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-75-768x365.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-75-810x385.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 850px) 100vw, 850px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-26</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark155"></a> The color bar indicates the event type that is effective in a defined period:</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Recording priority in case of event types are overlapped: <strong>MD&amp;Alarm </strong><em>•+ </em><strong>Alarm ^ Intel ^ MD ^ General</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>•</p>
<p>Select the check box of event type, and then click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="41" class="wp-image-2113" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-76.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 76" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 485"></p>
<p>to clear the defined</p>
<p>period.</p>
<ul>
<li>When selecting MD&amp;Alarm, the respective check box of MD and Alarm will be cleared.</li>
</ul>
<p>• Define the period by editing. Take Sunday as an example.</p>
<p>1)</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="39" class="wp-image-2114" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-77.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 77" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 486"></p>
<p>The <strong>Period </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark156"> Figure 5-27.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="853" height="479" class="wp-image-2115" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-78.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 78" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 487" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-78.jpeg 853w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-78-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-78-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-78-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 853px) 100vw, 853px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-27</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark156"></a> Enter the time frame for the period and select the event check box.</li>
</ol>
<p>O There are six periods for you to set for each day.</p>
<p>O Under <strong>Copy</strong>, select <strong>All </strong>to apply the settings to all the days of a week, or select specific day(s) that you want to apply the settings to.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</li>
<li>After configuring the recording schedule settings, you need to perform the following operations to start recording according to the defined schedule. O Enable the alarm event and cofigure the settings for the recording channel.</li>
</ul>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark447">&#8220;5.10 Alarm Events Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>O You need to enable the recording function, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">Control.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark157"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark158"></a> 5.1.4.10 Configuring Snapshot Storage Schedule</p>
<p>You can configure the storage schedule for the snapshot such as channels to take snapshot, alarm settings, and the armed period.</p>
<p>You can also configure snapshot storage settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ Storage <em>■+</em></strong></p>
<p><strong>Schedule ^ Snapshot</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the video recording settings, on the <strong>Record </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>SNAPSHOT </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark160"> Figure 5-28.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="9">Snapshot</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel 1</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o Alt</td>
<td colspan="2">Q General</td>
<td>■ MD</td>
<td>■ Alarm</td>
<td colspan="2">MD&amp;Alarm</td>
<td>■ Intel</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>0</td>
<td>2 4</td>
<td>6 8</td>
<td>10 12 14</td>
<td>16 18</td>
<td>20</td>
<td>22 24</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o Sunday</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□ Monday</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o Tuesday</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>«</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□ Wednes&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o Thursday</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>o</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o Friday</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o Saturday</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Default</p>
<p>Copy</p>
<p>Back Finished Back</p>
<p>Figure 5-28</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark160"></a> Step 2 Configure the snapshot settings parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark161"> Table 5-10.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select a channel to take a snapshot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event type</td>
<td>Select the check box of the event type which includes <strong>General</strong>, <strong>MD</strong>, <strong>Alarm</strong>, <strong>MD&amp;Alarm</strong>, <strong>Intel</strong>, and <strong>POS</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Define a period during which the configured snapshot setting is active. For details about defining a period, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Recorded Video Storage Schedule.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark161"></a> Copy</td>
<td>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-10</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Finished</strong>.</p>
<p>A pop-up message is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>The live view screen is displayed. The setting up with startup wizard is completed. You can start using the Device.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark162"></a> 5.2 Live View</p>
<p>After you logged in the Device, the live view is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark164"> Figure 5-29.</a> The number of channels displayed depends on your model.</p>
<p>To enter the live view screen from other interfaces, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="53" height="46" class="wp-image-2116" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-79.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 79" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 488"></p>
<p>on the top right of the screen.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="664" class="wp-image-2117" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-80.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 80" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 489" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-80.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-80-300x241.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-80-768x617.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-80-810x650.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-29</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark164"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark165"></a> Live View Screen</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the live video from the connected cameras through each channel on the screen.</p>
<ul>
<li>By default, the system time, channel name and channel number are displayed on each channel window. This setting can be configured by selecting <strong>Main Menu &gt; Camera &gt; OVERLAY.</strong></li>
<li>The figure in the bottom right corner represents channel number. If the channel position is changed or the channel name is modified, you can recognize the channel number by this figure and then perform the operations such as record query and playback.</li>
</ul>
<p>For the icons displayed on each channel, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark167"> Table 5-11.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■1</td>
<td>Indicates recording status. This icon displays when the video is being recorded.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>This icon displays when the motion detection occurs in the scene.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>?</td>
<td>This icon displays when the video loss is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark167"></a> a</td>
<td>This icon displays when the channel monitoring is locked.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-11</p>
<p>TIPS</p>
<p>To switch the position of two channels, point to one of the two channels, and then drag the window to the other channel.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark168"></a> Live View Control bar</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The live view control bar provides you access to perform the operations such as playback, zoom, real-time backup, manual snapshot, voice talk, adding remote devices, and streams switch.</p>
<p>When you move the pointer to the top middle position of a channel window, the live view control bar is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark170"> Figure 5-30 </a>for analog channel and<a href="#post-2037-bookmark171"> Figure 5-31 </a>for digital channel.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>If there is not operation for six seconds after the control bar is displayed, the control bar hides automatically.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="474" height="429" class="wp-image-2118" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-81.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 81" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 490" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-81.jpeg 474w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-81-300x272.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark170"></a> Figure 5-30</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="439" class="wp-image-2119" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-82.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 82" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 491" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-82.jpeg 473w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-82-300x278.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark171"></a> Figure 5-31</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Instant Play</td>
<td>4</td>
<td>Manual Snap</td>
<td>7</td>
<td>Add IP Camera</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Digital Zoom</td>
<td>5</td>
<td>Mute</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Real-time</p>
<p>Backup</td>
<td>6</td>
<td>Audio Talk</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark172"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark173"></a> 5.2.2.1 Instant Playback</p>
<p>You can play back the previous five minutes to sixty minutes of the recorded video.</p>
<p>By clicking □, the instant playback interface is displayed. The instant playback has the</p>
<p>following features:</p>
<ul>
<li>Move the slider to choose the time you want to start playing.</li>
<li>Play, pause and close playback.</li>
<li>The information such as channel name and recording status icon are shielded during instant playback and will not display until exited.</li>
<li>During playback, screen split layout switch is not allowed.</li>
<li>To change the playback time, select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>System &gt; GENERAL</strong>, in the <strong>Instant Play </strong>box, enter the time you want to play back. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark175"> Figure 5-32.</a></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="794" height="447" class="wp-image-2120" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-83.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 83" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 492" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-83.jpeg 794w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-83-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-83-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 794px) 100vw, 794px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-32</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark175"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark176"></a> 5.2.2.2 Digital Zoom</p>
<p>You can enlarge a specific area of the image to view the details by either of the following two ways.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click Ltl, the icon switches to ^3. Hold down the left mouse button to select the area</li>
</ul>
<p>you want to enlarge. The area is enlarged after the left mouse button is released.</p>
<ul>
<li>Point to the center that you want to enlarge, rotate the wheel button to enlarge the area.</li>
</ul>
<p>NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>For some models, when the image is enlarged in the first way described previously, the selected area is zoomed proportionally according to the window.</li>
<li>When the image is in the enlarged status, you can drag the image toward any direction to view the other enlarged areas.</li>
</ul>
<p>•</p>
<p>Right-click on the enlarged image to return the original status.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark178"></a> Real-time Backup</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can record the video of any channel and save the clip into a USB storage device.</p>
<p>By clicking , the recording is started. To stop recording, click this icon again. The clip is</p>
<p>automatically saved into the connected USB storage device.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark180"></a> Manual Snapshot</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can take one to five snapshots of the video and save into a USB storage device.</p>
<p>By clicking you can take snapshots. The snapshots are automatically saved into the</p>
<p>connected USB storage device. You can view the snapshots on your PC.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>To change the quantity of snapshots, select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Camera </strong>^ <strong>Encode </strong>^ <strong>Snapshot</strong>, in the <strong>Manual Snap </strong>list, select the snapshot quantity.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark182"></a> Mute (Analog channel only)</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can mute the video sound by clicking</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="33" class="wp-image-2121" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-84.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 84" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 493"></p>
<p>. This function is supported in single-channel</p>
<p>view.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark184"></a> Bidirectional Talk (Digital channel only)</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can perform the voice interaction between the Device and the remote device to improve<br />
efficiency of emergency. This function is supported only when the remotely connected IPC<br />
device supports bidirectional talk.</p>
<p>, the icon switches to ^3, the bidirectional talk of the remote device is turned</p>
<p>on. The bidirectional talk of other digital channels is disabled.</p>
<p>• Click □ to cancel the bidirectional talk. The bidirectional talk of other digital channels is resumed.</p>
<p>• Click</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark186"></a> Remote Devices (Digital channel only)</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the information of remote devices and add new remote devices to replace the current connected devices.</p>
<p>By clicking LJ, the <strong>Camera Registration </strong>interface is displayed. For details about adding the</p>
<p>remote devices, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark308">&#8220;5.6 Configuring Remote Devices.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark188"></a> 5.2.3 Navigation Bar</p>
<p>You can access the functions to perform operations through the function icons on the navigation bar. For example, you can access Main Menu and switch window split mode. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark190"> Figure 5-33.</a> CD NOTE</p>
<p>The navigation bar is disabled by default. It does not appear in the live view screen until it is enabled. To enable it, select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>System </strong>^ <strong>General</strong>, enable the Navigation Bar, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="826" height="40" class="wp-image-2122" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-85.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 85" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 494" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-85.jpeg 826w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-85-300x15.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-85-768x37.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-85-810x39.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 826px) 100vw, 826px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-33</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark190"></a><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">□</td>
<td>Open <strong>Main Menu</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">0</td>
<td>Expand or condense the navigation bar.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">i_uuia»</td>
<td>Select view layout.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Go to the previous screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">IE]</td>
<td>Go to the next screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Enable tour function. The icon switches to ^^3.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">□</td>
<td>Open the PTZ control panel. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark228">&#8220;5.4 Controlling</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark228">PTZ Cameras.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Open the <strong>Color Setting </strong>interface. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark195">&#8220;5.2.5 Color</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark195">Setting.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>CD <strong>NOTE</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>This function is supported only in single-channel layout.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Open the record search interface. For detail, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark386">&#8220;5.9 Playing</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark386">Back Video.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">H</td>
<td>Open the <strong>EVENT </strong>interface to view the device alarm status. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark852">&#8220;5.19.3 Viewing Event Information.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">E3</td>
<td>Open the <strong>CHANNEL INFO </strong>interface to display the information of each channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Open the <strong>CAMERA REGISTRATION </strong>interface. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark311">&#8220;5.6.1 Adding Remote Devices.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Open the <strong>NETWORK </strong>interface. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark619">&#8220;5.14.1</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark619">Configuring Network Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">o</td>
<td>Open the <strong>HDD MANAGER </strong>interface. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark749">&#8220;5.17.3</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark749">Configuring HDD Manager.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Open the <strong>USB MANAGER </strong>interface. For details about USB operations, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark611">&#8220;5.13.2 Backing up Files&#8221;</a>, <a href="#post-2037-bookmark847">&#8220;5.19.2 Viewing Log</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark847">Information&#8221;</a>, <a href="#post-2037-bookmark818">&#8220;5.18.5 Exporting and Importing System Settings&#8221;</a>, <a href="#post-2037-bookmark831">&#8220;5.18.7 Upgrading the Device.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-12</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark191"></a> 5.2.4 Shortcut Menu</p>
<p>You can quickly access some function interfaces such as main menu, record search, PTZ setting, color setting and select the view split mode.</p>
<p>Right-click on the live view screen, the shortcut menu is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark193"> Figure 5-34.</a> For details about the functions of shortcut menu, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark194"> Table 5-13.</a></p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>After you access any interface through shortcut menu, you can return to the previous screen by right-clicking on the current screen.</p>
<p><strong>Main Menu</strong></p>
<p><strong>Q Search</strong></p>
<p><strong>W PTZ</strong></p>
<p>■ View 1 ►</p>
<p>S View 4 »</p>
<p>■- View 8 ►</p>
<p>S View 9 ►</p>
<p>Si View 16 : Previous Screen : Next Screen</p>
<p>S Manual ►</p>
<p>Preview Mode »</p>
<p><strong>S Color Setting</strong></p>
<p><strong>3G</strong></p>
<p><strong>a Image</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-34</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark193"></a><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Main Menu</td>
<td>Open <strong>Main Menu </strong>interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Search</td>
<td>Open the <strong>Playback </strong>interface where you can search and play back record files.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Open the <strong>PTZ </strong>interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Layout</td>
<td>Configure the live view screen as a single-channel layout or multi­channel layout.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Previous Screen</td>
<td rowspan="2">Click Previous Screen to go to the previous screen. For example, if you are using 4-split mode, the first screen is displaying the channel 1-4, click <strong>Next screen</strong>, you can view channel 5-8.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Next Screen</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Camera Registration</td>
<td>Open the <strong>CAMERA REGISTRATION </strong>interface. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark308">&#8220;5.6 Configuring Remote Devices</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><a href="#post-2037-bookmark308">Adding Remote Devices.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Record</strong>, you can configure the recording mode as</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Auto </strong>or <strong>Manual</strong>, or stop the recording. You can also enable or disable snapshot function</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Alarm Out</strong>, you can configure alarm output settings.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preview Mode</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>General</strong>, the layout of live view screen is as default.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Show Face Lis</strong>t, the detected face snapshots are</li>
</ul>
<p>displayed in the bottom of the live view screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Focus</td>
<td>Point to the channel window and right-click on it to open the shortcut menu, and then click <strong>Auto Focus</strong>.</p>
<p>Cfl NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Not all cameras support this function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Color Setting</td>
<td>Open the <strong>COLOR </strong>interface where you can adjust the video image color.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark194"></a> Image</td>
<td>Click to modify the camera properties.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-13</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark195"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark196"></a> Color Setting</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can adjust the video image color effect such as sharpness, brightness, and contrast. The parameters are different according to the connected camera type. Take analog channel as an example.</p>
<p>In the live view screen, right-click on the analog channel to see the shortcut menu, and then select <strong>Color Setting</strong>, the <strong>COLOR </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark198"> Figure 5-35.</a></p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark279">&#8220;5.5.1 Configuring Image Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="529" height="585" class="wp-image-2123" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-86.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 86" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 495" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-86.jpeg 529w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-86-271x300.jpeg 271w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 529px) 100vw, 529px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark198"></a> Figure 5-35</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Divide 24 hours into two periods and configure the corresponding color settings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Effective Time</td>
<td>Enable the function and then set the effective time for each period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sharpness</td>
<td>Adjust the sharpness of image edge. The bigger the value is, the more obvious the image edge, and the noise is also greater.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 1 to 15. The default value is 1.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hue</td>
<td>Adjust the hue of image. The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Brightness</td>
<td>Adjust the image brightness. The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50.</p>
<p>The bigger the value is, the brighter the image will become. You can adjust this value when the image as a whole looks dark or bright. However, the image is likely to become dim if the value is too big.</p>
<p>The recommended range is between 40 and 60.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Contrast</td>
<td>Adjust the image contrast. The bigger the value is, the more obvious the contrast between the light area and dark area will become. You can adjust this value when the contrast is not obvious. However, if the value is too big, the dark area is likely to become darker and the light area over exposed. If the value is too small, the image is likely to become dim.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50. The recommended range is between 40 and 60.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Saturation</td>
<td>Adjust the color shades. The bigger the value, the lighter the color will become. This value does not influence the general image lightness.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50. The recommended range is between 40 and 60.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Color Mode</td>
<td>In the <strong>Color Mode </strong>list, you can select <strong>Standard</strong>, <strong>Soft</strong>, <strong>Bright</strong>, <strong>Colorful</strong>, <strong>Bank</strong>, <strong>Customized 1</strong>, <strong>Customized 2</strong>, <strong>Customized 3, </strong>and <strong>Customized 4</strong>.</p>
<p>The sharpness, hue, brightness, contrast and saturation will adjust automatically according to the selected color mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>EQ</td>
<td>Enhance the image effect. Adjust the effect value.</p>
<p><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> Click ^3, image is adjusted to the optimized effect</p>
<p>automatically.</p>
<p>• Click ^3, the current effect setting will be locked.</p>
<p>EO NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Only HD analog channel supports this function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Position</td>
<td>Adjust the display position of the image in the channel window.</p>
<p>The value indicates pixel. The default value is 16.</p>
<p>CO NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>This function is only supported by analog channel.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Customized</td>
<td>You can customize four color modes.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Customized</strong>. The <strong>Customized Color </strong>interface is</li>
</ol>
<p>displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Color Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Customized 1</strong>, for example.</li>
</ol>
<p>Then configure the settings for sharpness, hue, brightness, contrast and saturation. If you select <strong>All</strong>, the configuration will apply to all four customized color modes.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>On the <strong>COLOR </strong>interface, in the <strong>Color Mode </strong>list, you can</li>
</ol>
<p>select the customized color mode.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-14</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark199"></a> Live View Display</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="979" height="492" class="wp-image-2124" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-87.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 87" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 496" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-87.jpeg 979w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-87-300x151.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-87-768x386.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-87-810x407.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 979px) 100vw, 979px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark201"></a> Configuring Display Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the display effect such as displaying time title and channel title, adjusting image transparency, and selecting the resolution.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Display </strong><em>■+</em><strong> Display</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>DISPLAY </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark203"> Figure 5-36.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="784" height="439" class="wp-image-2125" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-88.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 88" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 497" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-88.jpeg 784w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-88-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-88-768x430.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 784px) 100vw, 784px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-36</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark203"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the display parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark204"> Table 5-15.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="7">Main</p>
<p>Screen</td>
<td>Out Port</td>
<td>Indicates the main screen port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time Title</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Time Title </strong>check box, the current system time displays in each channel window in live view screen. To hide the time, clear the check box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel Title</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Channel Title </strong>check box, the channel name, channel number and recording status display in each channel window in live view screen. To hide the time, clear the check box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Original Rate</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Original Rate </strong>check box, the video image displays in its actual size in the channel window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IVS Rule Preview</td>
<td>Select the <strong>IVS Rule Preview </strong>check box to enable IVS rule preview function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Transparency</td>
<td>Configure the transparency of the graphical user interface (GUI). The higher the value, the more transparent the GUI becomes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Resolution</td>
<td>Select resolution for the video. The default resolution for VGA port and HDMI port is 1280&#215;1024.</p>
<p>OJ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Some of the resolution options might not be supported on the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td>HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preview Mode</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>General: No information is displayed on the channel</li>
</ul>
<p>window.</p>
<ul>
<li>Show Face List: Displays the detected face snapshots</li>
</ul>
<p>taken as a result of face detection on the bottom of the live view screen.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Not all models support this function.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Parameter</strong></p>
<p><strong>Description</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable extra screen function. After this function is enabled, you can select which port as extra screen port, and the other port automatically becomes the main screen port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Extra</p>
<p>Screen</td>
<td>Out Port</td>
<td>Select the VGA port or HDMI port as the port connected by a secondary monitor. For example, if you select HDMI port as the extra screen port, the VGA port automatically becomes the main screen port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Resolution</td>
<td>Select resolution for the video. The default resolution for VGA port and HDMI port is 1280&#215;720.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Some of the resolution options might not be supported on the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>• The main menu does not display on the extra screen.</p>
<p>• If you do not enable the extra screen function, both the VGA port and HDMI port</p>
<p>display the same image.</p>
<p>Table 5-15</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark204"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark205"></a> Configuring Viewing Layout</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the view layout in the live view screen.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Display ^ VIEW</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>View Setting </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark207"> Figure 5-37.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="722" height="408" class="wp-image-2126" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-89.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 89" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 498" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-89.jpeg 722w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-89-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 722px) 100vw, 722px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-37</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark207"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark208"></a> Step 2 Configure the view layout by clicking the layout buttons on the bottom. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark208"> Figure 5­38.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="228" height="56" class="wp-image-2127" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-90.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 90" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 499"></p>
<p>Figure 5-38</p>
<p>For example, click and select <strong>9-16</strong>, the view layout changes immediately,</p>
<p>see</p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark209">Figure 5-39.</a></p>
<p>Ji</p>
<p>DISPLAY</p>
<p>DISPLAY</p>
<p>VIEW</p>
<p>TOUR</p>
<p>ZERO-CHANNEL</p>
<p>• A S (!)</p>
<p>Display / DISPLAY / VIEW</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="631" height="367" class="wp-image-2128" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-91.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 91" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 500" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-91.jpeg 631w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-91-300x174.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 631px) 100vw, 631px" /></p>
<p>Apply Back</p>
<p>Figure 5-39</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark209"></a> Step 3 Adjust the position of channels if needed.</p>
<p>In the channel list, for example, in the channel 9 list, you can select 10, and then the channel 9 and channel 10 exchange positions.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>The live view screen displays the same layout as configured in this section.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark210"></a> Configuring Zero-Channel Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view several video sources on one channel on the web end.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Display <em>■&gt;</em> Zero-Channel</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>ZERO-CHANNEL </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark212"> Figure 5-40.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="833" height="469" class="wp-image-2129" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-92.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 92" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 501" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-92.jpeg 833w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-92-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-92-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-92-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 833px) 100vw, 833px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark212"></a> Figure 5-40</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the zero-channel parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark213"> Table 5-16.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable zero-channel function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Compression</td>
<td>In the <strong>Compression </strong>list, select the video compression standard according to the device capability. The default is H.264.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Resolution</td>
<td>In the <strong>Resolution </strong>list, select the video resolution. The default is 704&#215;576 (D1).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Frame Rate (FPS)</td>
<td>Select a value between 1 and 25 for PAL standard, and between 1 and 30 for NTSC standard. The actual arrange is decided and selected dependent on the Device capability.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark213"></a> Bit Rate (Kb/S)</td>
<td>The default value is 1024Kb/S. The actual arrange is decided and selected dependent on the Device capability and frame rate.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-16</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>In the live interface on the web, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="31" class="wp-image-2130" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-93.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 93" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 502" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-93.jpeg 355w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-93-300x26.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>to select one of the</p>
<p>multi-channel modes, and then you can view the local video image.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark214"></a> Configuring TV</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Œ NOTE</p>
<p>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>You can adjust the border margins in top, bottom, left and right directions as well as the brightness of the monitor connected to the Video out port of the Device.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Display ^ Tv Adjust</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>TV ADJUST </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark216"> Figure 5-41.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>DISPLAY</td>
<td>Tûp Mai yin</td>
<td><strong>-Ö</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>+ 0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>VIEW</td>
<td>Rcltcwn Margin</td>
<td>-o</td>
<td></td>
<td>+ Û</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>KHJR</td>
<td>Leit Mai jo</td>
<td>-o</td>
<td></td>
<td>+ 0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>ZERO-CHANHEL</td>
<td>FùgFl Mai pn</td>
<td>-o</td>
<td></td>
<td>+ 0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TV ADJUST</td>
<td>Brightness</td>
<td></td>
<td>o</td>
<td>+ 12«</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark216"></a><strong>OeiMlt OK Bad.</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-41</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the parameters according to your actual situation.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark217"></a> Configuring Tour Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure a tour of selected channels to repeat playing videos. The videos display in turn according to the channel group configured in tour settings. The system is playing one channel group for a certain period and then automatically changes to the next channel group.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Display ^ TOUR</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>TOUR </strong>interface is displayed. There are MainScreen tab and ExtraScreen tab, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark219"> Figure 5-42 </a>and<a href="#post-2037-bookmark220"> Figure 5-43.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="734" height="18" class="wp-image-2131" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-94.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 94" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 503" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-94.jpeg 734w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-94-300x7.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 734px) 100vw, 734px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>DISPLAY</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Display &gt;</strong></td>
<td><strong>&#8216; DISPLAY /</strong></td>
<td><strong>&#8216; TOUR</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>DISPLAY</strong></td>
<td><strong>Main Screen</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>VIEW</strong></td>
<td><strong>Enable</strong></td>
<td><strong>!■</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Interval(Sec)</strong></td>
<td><strong>5</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>TOUR</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Video Detect</strong></td>
<td><strong>View 1</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>ZERO-CHANNEL</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>Viewl</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Window Split</strong></td>
<td><strong>Viewl</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="570" height="181" class="wp-image-2132" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-95.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 95" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 504" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-95.jpeg 570w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-95-300x95.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 570px) 100vw, 570px" /></p>
<p><strong>Add Modify Delete Move up Move down</strong></p>
<p><strong>Default</strong></p>
<p><strong>Apply Back</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-42</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark219"></a><strong>V </strong>DISPLAY</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>CtSFLAV</td>
<td><strong>Mùiî</strong> Szceri</td>
<td>EKii’j <strong>Soma</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>YEW</td>
<td>En-sWe</td>
<td>■_</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1C4JR</td>
<td><strong>Itïï-vAÎSm.</strong> j</td>
<td>5</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">ffiAOrCMWfflÊL</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Lfrrta Efdii</td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">77Âri.ii.F$,T</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IB J</td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>C-A-nd i&#8221;r&gt;xi2</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="464" height="23" class="wp-image-2133" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-96.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 96" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 505" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-96.jpeg 464w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-96-300x15.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 464px) 100vw, 464px" /></p>
<p>a j a</p>
<p>3 2</p>
<p>4 ■/ 4</p>
<ol>
<li>i</li>
<li>/ ?</li>
</ol>
<p>u <em>j</em> a</p>
<p>B J S</p>
<p>TO J TO</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark220"></a> Md Krikty lifte to Mow up «uwiiwffl</p>
<p>Figure 5-43</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the tour parameters for both Main Screen and Extra Screen.</p>
<p>See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark221"> Table 5-17.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable tour function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interval (Sec.)</td>
<td>Enter the amount of time that you want each channel group displays on the screen. The value ranges from 5 seconds to 120 seconds, and the default value is 5 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Detect, Alarm</td>
<td>Select the View 1 or View 8 for <strong>Motion Detect </strong>tour and <strong>Alarm </strong>Tour (system alarm events).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Window Split</td>
<td>In the <strong>Window Split </strong>list, select <strong>View 1</strong>, <strong>View 4</strong>, <strong>View 8</strong>, or other modes that are supported by the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel Group</td>
<td>Display all channel groups under the current Window Split setting.</p>
<ul>
<li>Add a channel group: Click <strong>Add</strong>, in the pop-up <strong>Add Group</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>channel, select the channels to form a group, and then click <strong>Save</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Delete a channel group: Select the check box of any channel</li>
</ul>
<p>group, and then click <strong>Delete</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Edit a channel group: Select the check box of any channel group</li>
</ul>
<p>and then click <strong>Modify</strong>, or double-click on the group. The <strong>Modify Channel Group </strong>dialog box is displayed. You can regroup the channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Move up </strong>or <strong>Move down </strong>to adjust the position of channel</li>
</ul>
<p>group.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-17</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark221"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings. TIPS</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>On the top right of the live view screen, use the left mouse button or press Shift</p>
<p>to switch between (image switching is allowed) and &#8216;•=?&gt; (image switching is</p>
<p>not allowed) to turn on/off the tour function.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>On the navigation bar, click</td>
<td>o</td>
<td>to enable the tour and click</td>
<td></td>
<td>to disable</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>it.</p>
<p><strong>Adding a Channel Group</strong></p>
<p>Step 1 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add Group </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark222"> Figure 5-44.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="587" height="340" class="wp-image-2134" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-97.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 97" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 506" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-97.jpeg 587w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-97-300x174.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 587px) 100vw, 587px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-44</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark222"></a> Step 2 Select the channels that you want to group for tour. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark223"> Figure 5-45.</a></p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>If you want to select more than one channel, in the <strong>Window Split </strong>list, do not select <strong>View 1</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="587" height="337" class="wp-image-2135" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-98.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 98" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 507" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-98.jpeg 587w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-98-300x172.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 587px) 100vw, 587px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-45</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark223"></a><strong>Modifying a Channel Group</strong></p>
<p>Double-click on a channel group, the <strong>Modify Channel Group </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark224"> Figure</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark224">5-46.</a></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark224"></a> You can modify channel group and click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="572" height="323" class="wp-image-2136" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-99.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 99" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 508" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-99.jpeg 572w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-99-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 572px) 100vw, 572px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-46</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark225"></a> 5.3 Entering Main Menu</p>
<p>Right-click on the live view screen, the shortcut menu is displayed, Click Main Menu and then login the system. The Main Menu is displayed, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark227"> Figure 5-47.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="513" class="wp-image-2137" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-100.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 100" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 509" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-100.jpeg 866w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-100-300x178.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-100-768x455.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-100-810x480.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark227"></a> Figure 5-47</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td colspan="3">Function tiles</td>
<td>Includes eleven function tiles: <strong>Video</strong>, <strong>Backup</strong>, <strong>Camera</strong>, <strong>Network</strong>, <strong>Event</strong>, <strong>intelligent</strong>, <strong>Storage</strong>, <strong>Display, Account, System</strong>, and <strong>Info</strong>. Click each tile to open the configuration interface of the tile.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Video</strong>: Search for and play back the recorded video saved on the</li>
</ul>
<p>Device.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Backup</strong>: Search and back up the video files to the local PC or</li>
</ul>
<p>external storage device such as USB storage device.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Camera</strong>: Configure the Encode settings of camera, remote device,</li>
</ul>
<p>snapshot settings etc.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Network</strong>: Configure the network parameter (TCP/IP), Port settings,</li>
</ul>
<p>InstaOn Cloud etc.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Event</strong>: Search for alarm information and configure alarm event</li>
</ul>
<p>actions.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Intelligent</strong>: Configure the behavior detections by drawing rules for</li>
</ul>
<p>detecting tripwire, intrusion, abandoned objects, and missing objects, POS (Point of Sale), Face Detection and loT.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Storage</strong>: Hard disk details, record plan configuration for video and</li>
</ul>
<p>snapshot.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Display</strong>: Configure the display effect such as displaying content,</li>
</ul>
<p>image transparency, and resolution, and enable the zero-channel function.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Account</strong>: Create, Delete, Modify user account or user group and</li>
</ul>
<p>Onvif User.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>System</strong>: General settings for DVR (WITHOUT HDD) like as date &amp;</li>
</ul>
<p>time, language settings and PTZ settings.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Info</strong>: Manage Log files and firmware version with device details..</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td colspan="3">Live</td>
<td><strong>Click </strong>to go to the live view screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>D</strong></td>
<td>When you point to <strong>^3, </strong>the current user account is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td></td>
<td>■ ■</td>
<td></td>
<td>Click Q, select <strong>Logout</strong>, <strong>Reboot</strong>, or <strong>Shutdown </strong>according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Displays <strong>Cell Phone Client </strong>and <strong>Device SN </strong>QR Code.</p>
<ul>
<li>Cell Phone Client: Use your mobile phone to scan the QR code to</li>
</ul>
<p>add the device into the Cell Phone Client, and then you can start accessing the Device from your cell phone.</p>
<ul>
<li>Device SN: Obtain the Device SN by scanning the QR code. Go to</li>
</ul>
<p>the InstaOn management platform and add the Device SN into the platform. Then you can access and manage the device in the WAN. For details, please refer to the InstaOn operation manual. You can also configure InstaOn function in the local configurations. See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark129">&#8220;5.1.4.5 Configuring InstaOn Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-18</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark228"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark229"></a> 5.4 Controlling PTZ Cameras</p>
<p>PTZ is a mechanical platform that carries a camera and a protective cover and performs overall control remotely. A PTZ can move in both horizontal and vertical direction to provide all-around view to the camera.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>Before operating PTZ, please assure the network connection between PTZ and the Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark231"></a> Configuring PTZ Connection Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You need to configure the PTZ connection settings before use.</p>
<ul>
<li>Local connection: RS485 Port for connecting Speed Dome or coaxial cable for connecting coaxial camera.</li>
<li>Remote connection: local area network.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Camera ^ PTZ</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>PTZ </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark233"> Figure 5-48.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="829" height="464" class="wp-image-2138" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-101.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 101" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 510" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-101.jpeg 829w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-101-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-101-768x430.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-101-810x453.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 829px) 100vw, 829px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-48</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark233"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the PTZ connection parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark234"> Table 5-19.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to connect the PTZ camera to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ Type</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Local: Connect through RS485 port or coaxial cable.</li>
<li>Remote: Connect through network by adding IP address of PTZ</li>
</ul>
<p>camera to the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Control Mode</td>
<td>In the <strong>Control Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Serial </strong>or <strong>HDCVI</strong>. For HDCVI series product, please select HDCVI. The control signal is sent to the PTZ through the coaxial cable. For the serial mode, the control signal is sent to the PTZ through the RS485 port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Protocol</td>
<td>In the <strong>Protocol </strong>list, select the protocol for the PTZ camera, for example, select <strong>HDCVI3.0</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>In the <strong>Address </strong>box, enter the address for PTZ camera. The default is 1. CO NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Address</td>
<td>The entered address must be the same with the address configured on</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>the PTZ camera; otherwise the PTZ camera cannot be controlled from</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Baudrate</td>
<td>In the <strong>Baudrate </strong>list, select the baudrate for the PTZ camera. The default is 9600.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Data Bits</td>
<td>The default is 8.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stop Bits</td>
<td>The default is 1.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark234"></a> Parity</td>
<td>The default is NONE.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-19</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark235"></a> Working with PTZ Control Panel</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>PTZ control panel performs the operations such as directing camera in eight directions, adjusting zoom, focus and iris settings, and quick positioning.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark237"></a> Basic PTZ Control Panel</p>
<p>Right-click on the live view screen and then select <strong>PTZ</strong>. The PTZ control panel is displayed. See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark239">Figure 5-49.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="379" height="168" class="wp-image-2139" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-102.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 102" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 511" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-102.jpeg 379w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-102-300x133.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 379px) 100vw, 379px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-49</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="28" class="wp-image-2140" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-103.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 103" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 512"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark239"></a> The functions with buttons in gray are not supported by the system.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Speed</td>
<td>Controls the movement speed. The bigger the value is, the faster the movement will be.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Zoom</td>
<td><strong>3: </strong>Wide angle.</p>
<p><strong>^3: </strong>Long shot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Focus</td>
<td><strong>3: </strong>Zoom in. <strong>^3: </strong>Zoom out.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Iris</td>
<td>3: Small.</p>
<p>^3: Large.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ movement</td>
<td>Supports eight directions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="3">Fast positioning button.</p>
<p>• Positioning: Click ^3 to enter the fast positioning screen, and</p>
<p>then click anywhere on the live view screen, the PTZ will turn to this point and move it to the middle of the screen.</p>
<p><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> Zooming: On the fast positioning screen, drag to draw a square on</p>
<p>the view. The square supports zooming.</p>
<p>O Dragging upward is to zoom out, and dragging downward is</p>
<p>to zoom in.</p>
<p>O The smaller the square, the larger the zoom effect.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>Not all models support this function and can only be controlled through mouse operations.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Click U, you can control the four directions (left, right, up, and down) PTZ movement through mouse operation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="3">Click ^3 to open the expanded PTZ control panel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-20</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark240"></a> Expanded PTZ Control Panel</p>
<p>On the basic PTZ control panel, click</p>
<p>to open the expanded PTZ control panel to find more</p>
<p>options. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark242"> Figure 5-50.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="28" class="wp-image-2141" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-104.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 104" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 513"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="590" height="164" class="wp-image-2142" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-105.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 105" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 514" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-105.jpeg 590w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-105-300x83.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 590px) 100vw, 590px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-50</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark242"></a> • The functions with buttons in gray are not supported by the system.</p>
<p>• Right-click once to return to the interface of PTZ basic control panel.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>01</strong></td>
<td>Preset</td>
<td></td>
<td>Auto Pan</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>A * *-•</td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">Tour</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">Flip</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Pattern</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Reset</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Autoscan</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Click the <strong>AUX Config </strong>icon to open the PTZ functions settings interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>AUX Switch</td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Click the <strong>Enter Menu </strong>icon to open the <strong>MENU OPERATION </strong>interface.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-21</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark243"></a> Configuring PTZ Functions
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark245"></a> Configuring Presets</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="35" class="wp-image-2143" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-106.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 106" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 515"></p>
<p>The <strong>Preset </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark247"> Figure 5-51.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="514" height="327" class="wp-image-2144" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-107.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 107" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 516" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-107.jpeg 514w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-107-300x191.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 514px) 100vw, 514px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-51</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark247"></a> Step 2 Click the direction arrows to the required position.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Preset </strong>box, enter the value to represent the required position.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Setting </strong>to complete the preset settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark248"></a> Configuring Tours</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click</p>
<p>The <strong>PTZ </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click the <strong>Tour </strong>tab.</p>
<p>The <strong>Tour </strong>tab is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark250"> Figure 5-52.</a></p>
<p><strong>PTZ Preset Tour Pattern Border</strong></p>
<p><strong>Preset i</strong></p>
<p><strong>Patrol&#8230; o</strong></p>
<p><strong>Add Preset</strong></p>
<p><strong>Del Preset</strong></p>
<p><strong>Del Tour</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-52</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark250"></a> Step 3 In the <strong>Patrol No</strong>. box, enter the value for the tour route.</p>
<p>Step 4 In the <strong>Preset </strong>box, enter the preset value.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Add Preset</strong>.</p>
<p>A preset will be added for this tour.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>You can repeat adding more presets.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Del Preset </strong>to delete the preset for this tour. This operation can be repeated to delete more presets. Some protocols do not support deleting.
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark251"></a> Configuring Patterns</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="36" class="wp-image-2145" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-108.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 108" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 517"></p>
<p>The <strong>PTZ </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2</p>
<p>Click the <strong>Pattern </strong>tab.</p>
<p>The <strong>Pattern </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark253"> Figure 5-53.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="511" height="324" class="wp-image-2146" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-109.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 109" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 518" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-109.jpeg 511w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-109-300x190.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 511px) 100vw, 511px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-53</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark253"></a> Step 3 In the <strong>Pattern </strong>box, enter the value for pattern.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Start </strong>to perform the directions operations. You can also go to the PTZ Control Panel to perform the operations of adjusting zoom, focus, iris, and directions.</p>
<p>Step 5 On the <strong>PTZ </strong>interface, click <strong>End </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark254"></a> Configuring AutoScan</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click .</p>
<p>The <strong>PTZ </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click the <strong>Border </strong>tab.</p>
<p>The <strong>Border </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark256"> Figure 5-54.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="514" height="326" class="wp-image-2147" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-110.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 110" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 519" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-110.jpeg 514w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-110-300x190.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 514px) 100vw, 514px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-54</p>
<p>Step 3 Click the direction arrows to position the left and right borders.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark256"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark257"></a> Calling PTZ Functions</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After you have configured the PTZ settings, you can call the PTZ functions for monitoring from the Expanded PTZ Control Panel. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark259"> Figure 5-55.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>a.<strong> Speed 5</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>No. 0</strong></td>
<td><em>9</em></td>
<td>▼</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>— Zoom</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>&lt; i.Q ► _</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>0|</td>
<td></td>
<td>• • 1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>— Focus</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong><sup>v</sup> 8 — Iris</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td>iol <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" />*</td>
<td></td>
<td>0</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5-55</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark259"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark260"></a> Calling Presets</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, in the <strong>No. </strong>box, enter the value of the preset that you want to call.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click [Si to call the preset.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click [Si again to stop calling the preset.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark262"></a> Calling Tours</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, in the <strong>No. </strong>box, enter the value of the tour that you want to call.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click to call the tour.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="36" class="wp-image-2148" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-111.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 111" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 520"></p>
<p>again to stop calling the tour.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark264"></a> Calling Patterns</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, in the <strong>No. </strong>box, enter the value of the pattern that you want to call.</p>
<p>Step 2 Call <strong>I9l </strong>to call the pattern.</p>
<p>The PTZ camera moves according to the configured pattern repeatedly.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click ISI again to stop calling the pattern.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark266"></a> Calling AutoScan</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, in the <strong>No. </strong>box, enter the value of the border that you want to call.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click SI.</p>
<p>The PTZ camera performs scanning according to the configured borders.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>l^l </strong>again to stop auto canning.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark268"></a> Calling AutoPan</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1</p>
<p>On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="36" class="wp-image-2149" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-112.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 112" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 521"></p>
<p>to start moving in horizontal direction.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click s</p>
<p>again to stop moving.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark270"></a> Using AUX Button</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click , the AUX setting interface is displayed. See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark272">Figure 5-56.</a></p>
<ul>
<li>In the <strong>Direct Aux </strong>list, select the option that corresponds to the applied protocol.</li>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark272"></a> In the <strong>Aux Num </strong>box, enter the number that corresponds to the AUX switch on the</li>
</ul>
<p>decoder.</p>
<p><strong>AUX</strong></p>
<p><strong>On Off</strong></p>
<p><strong>On Off</strong></p>
<p><strong>Direct </strong>Aux</p>
<p><strong>NONE</strong></p>
<p><strong>Aux Num</strong></p>
<p><strong>1</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-56</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark273"></a> Calling OSD Menu</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>For the coaxial camera, you can call the OSD menu through the Expanded PTZ Control Panel. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark259"> Figure 5-55.</a></p>
<p>Step 1</p>
<p>On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="39" class="wp-image-2150" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-113.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 113" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 522"></p>
<p>The <strong>MENU OPERATION </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark275"> Figure 5-57.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="310" class="wp-image-2151" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-114.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 114" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 523" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-114.jpeg 473w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-114-300x197.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-57</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark275"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Enter</strong>.</p>
<p>The OSD menu is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark276"> Figure 5-58.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="528" height="331" class="wp-image-2152" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-115.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 115" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 524" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-115.jpeg 528w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-115-300x188.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 528px) 100vw, 528px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-58</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark276"></a> Step 3 On the <strong>MENU OPERATION </strong>interface, click the arrow button to select the onscreen parameters.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Enter </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark277"></a> 5.5 Configuring Camera Settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="933" height="525" class="wp-image-2153" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-116.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 116" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 525" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-116.jpeg 933w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-116-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-116-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-116-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 933px) 100vw, 933px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark279"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark280"></a> Configuring Image Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the image settings such as saturation, contrast, brightness, sharpness for</p>
<p>each connected camera.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ IMAGE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>IMAGE </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark282"> Figure 5-59 </a>for analog channel and<a href="#post-2037-bookmark283"> Figure 5</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark283">60 </a>for digital channel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="455" class="wp-image-2154" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-117.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 117" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 526" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-117.jpeg 862w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-117-300x158.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-117-768x405.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-117-810x428.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark282"></a> Figure 5-59</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="873" height="490" class="wp-image-2155" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-118.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 118" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 527" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-118.jpeg 873w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-118-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-118-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-118-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 873px) 100vw, 873px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-60</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark283"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the image parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark284"> Table 5-22.</a></p>
<p>On the digital channel interface, click <strong>More Setting </strong>to display more parameters.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Cable Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Cable Type </strong>list, select the cable type that the camera uses. EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Not all models support this function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>In the <strong>Period </strong>list, select a time period for the image settings. The image settings will be only used during the selected period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Effective Time</td>
<td>Enable the effective function.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Effective Time </strong>box, enter the start time and end time for the period you selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Saturation</td>
<td>Adjusts the color shades. The bigger the value, the lighter the color will become. This value does not influence the general image lightness.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50. The recommended range is between 40 and 60.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Contrast</td>
<td>Adjusts the image contrast. The bigger the value is, the more obvious the contrast between the light area and dark area will become. You can adjust this value when the contrast is not obvious. However, if the value is too big, the dark area is likely to become darker and the light area over exposed. If the value is too small, the image is likely to become dim.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50. The recommended range is between 40 and 60.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Brightness</td>
<td>Adjusts the image brightness. The bigger the value is, the brighter the image will become. You can adjust this value when the image as a whole looks dark or bright. However, the image is likely to become dim if the value is too big.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50. The recommended range is between 40 and 60.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hue</td>
<td>Adjusts the hue of image. The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sharpness</td>
<td>Adjusts the sharpness of image edge. The bigger the value is, the more obvious the image edge, and the noise is also greater.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 1 to 15. The default value is 1.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Enhance</td>
<td>Adjusts the image definition. The bigger the value is, the clearer the image will become, but there will be more noises.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>NR</td>
<td>Reduces the noises from image. The bigger the value is, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Config File</td>
<td>In the <strong>Config File </strong>list, select <strong>Day</strong>, <strong>Night</strong>, <strong>Normal</strong>, or <strong>Switch By Period</strong>. The system configures the parameters correspondingly.</p>
<ul>
<li>Day: Apply the configuration during daytime.</li>
<li>Night: Apply the configuration during nighttime.</li>
<li>Normal: Apply the configuration during day and night.</li>
<li>Switch by Period: If you select this option, you need to configure</li>
</ul>
<p>the sunrise time and sunset time where you are located.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mirror</td>
<td>Enable the function, the left and right side of the video image will be switched. It is disabled by default.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3D Denoise</td>
<td>This function specially applies to the image which frame rate is configured as 2 at least. It reduces the noises by making use of the information between two frames. The bigger the value is, the better the effect.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Flip</td>
<td>In the <strong>Flip </strong>list, you can select <strong>180° </strong>to change the video image display.</p>
<p>By default, the setting is <strong>No Flip</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Light</td>
<td>In the <strong>Light </strong>list, select <strong>Close </strong>or <strong>Enable </strong>to use the backlight compensation or not.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Scene Mode</td>
<td>Configure the white balance to adjust the general hue of the image.</p>
<p>The default setting is <strong>Auto</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Auto: Automatically apply white balance to different colors to</li>
</ul>
<p>make the image color display normally.</p>
<ul>
<li>Sunny: Apply the threshold value to sunny environment.</li>
<li>Night: Apply the threshold value to night.</li>
<li>Customized: Manually adjust the Red Gain and Blue Gain</li>
</ul>
<p>values.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Day &amp; Night</td>
<td>Configure the color and black&amp;white mode of the image. This setting is not affected by the configuration files. The default setting is <strong>Auto</strong>. • Color: The camera outputs color image only.</p>
<ul>
<li>Auto: Depends on the camera, such as overall brightness and</li>
</ul>
<p>whether there is an IR light, either color image or black&amp;white image is output.</p>
<ul>
<li>B/W: The camera outputs Black and white image only.</li>
<li>By Time: The camera outputs image according to the configure</li>
</ul>
<p>the sunrise time and sunset time.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-22</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark284"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark285"></a> Configuring Encode Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera^ ENCODE ^ Encode</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Encode </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark287"> Figure 5-61.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="845" height="478" class="wp-image-2156" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-119.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 119" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 528" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-119.jpeg 845w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-119-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-119-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-119-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 845px) 100vw, 845px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-61</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark287"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the main/sub streams parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark288"> Table 5-23.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the settings for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Smart Codec</td>
<td>Enable the smart codec function. This function can reduce the video bit stream for non-important recorded video to maximize the storage space.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Main Stream: In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>General</strong>, <strong>MD </strong>(Motion</li>
</ul>
<p>Detect), or <strong>Alarm</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Sub Stream: This setting is not configurable.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Compression</td>
<td>In the <strong>Compression </strong>list, select the encode mode.</p>
<ul>
<li>H.265: Main profile encoding.</li>
<li>H.264H: High profile encoding. Low bit stream with high</li>
</ul>
<p>definition. This setting is recommended.</p>
<ul>
<li>H.264: General profile encoding.</li>
<li>H.264B: Baseline profile encoding. This setting requires higher</li>
</ul>
<p>bit stream compared with other settings for the same definition.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Resolution</td>
<td>In the Resolution list, select resolution for the video.</p>
<p>The maximum video resolution might be different dependent on your device model.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Frame Rate (FPS)</td>
<td>Configure the frames per second for the video. The higher the value, the clearer and smoother the image will become. Frame rate changes along with the resolution.</p>
<p>Generally, in PAL format, you can select the value from 1 through 25; in NTSC format, you can select the value from 1 through 30.</p>
<p>However, the specific range of frame rate that you can select depends on the capability of the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Quality</td>
<td>This function is available if you select <strong>VBR </strong>in the <strong>Bit Rate </strong>List. The higher the value, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>I Frame Interval</td>
<td>The interval between two reference frames.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bit Rate (Kb/S)</td>
<td>In the <strong>Bit Rate </strong>list, select a value or enter a customized value to change the image quality. The bigger the value is, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video</td>
<td>Enable the function for sub stream.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio Encode</td>
<td rowspan="3">Click <strong>More Setting</strong>, the <strong>More Setting </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<ul>
<li>Audio Encode: This function is enabled by default for main</li>
</ul>
<p>stream. You need to manually enable it for sub stream 1. Once this function is enabled, the recorded video file is composite audio and video stream.</p>
<ul>
<li>Audio Source: In the <strong>Audio Source </strong>list, you can select <strong>LOCAL</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>and <strong>HDCVI</strong>.</p>
<p>O LOCAL: The audio signal is input from Audio input port.</p>
<p>O HDCVI: The audio signal is input from HDCVI camera.</p>
<ul>
<li>Audio Format: In the <strong>Audio Forma</strong>t list, select a format that you</li>
</ul>
<p>need.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio Source</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark288"></a> Audio Format</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-23</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="178" height="35" class="wp-image-2157" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-120.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 120" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 529"></p>
<p>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark289"></a> Configuring Snapshot Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu^ Camera^ Encode &gt; Snapshot</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Snapshot </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark291"> Figure 5-62.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="844" height="472" class="wp-image-2158" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-121.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 121" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 530" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-121.jpeg 844w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-121-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-121-768x429.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-121-810x453.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 844px) 100vw, 844px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-62</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark291"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the snapshot parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark292"> Table 5-24.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual Snap</td>
<td>In the <strong>Manual Snap </strong>list, select how many snapshots you want to take each time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the settings for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mode</td>
<td>In the <strong>Mode </strong>list, you can select <strong>Human Face</strong>, <strong>Event</strong>, or <strong>General </strong>as the event type for which you want to take a snapshot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Size</td>
<td>In the <strong>Image Size </strong>list, select a value for the image.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Quality</td>
<td>Configures the image quality by 6 levels. The higher the level, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark292"></a> Interval</td>
<td>Configures or customizes the snapshot frequency.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-24</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark293"></a> Configuring Overlay Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure to display system time and channel name on each channel window in the live view screen.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ OVERLAY ^ Overlay</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Overlay </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark295"> Figure 5-63.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="874" height="489" class="wp-image-2159" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-122.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 122" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 531" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-122.jpeg 874w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-122-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-122-768x430.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-122-810x453.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 874px) 100vw, 874px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-63</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark295"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the text overlay parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark296"> Table 5-25.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the settings for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time Display</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Time Display </strong>check box to display the system time on each channel window in the live view screen.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Time Display </strong>list, select time display style.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark296"></a> Channel Title</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Channel Title </strong>check box to display the channel name on each channel window in the live view screen.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Channel Title </strong>box, enter the name for the selected channel.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-25</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark297"></a> Configuring Covered Area Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ OVERLAY ^ Cover-Area</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Cover-Area </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark299"> Figure 5-64.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="883" height="494" class="wp-image-2160" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-123.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 123" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 532" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-123.jpeg 883w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-123-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-123-768x430.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-123-810x453.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 883px) 100vw, 883px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-64</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark299"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the covered area parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark300"> Table 5-26.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the settings for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preview</p>
<p>Record</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Preview: Select the <strong>Preview </strong>check box to apply the configured</li>
</ul>
<p>covered block to the selected channel window in the live view screen.</p>
<ul>
<li>Record: Select the <strong>Record </strong>check box to apply the configured</li>
</ul>
<p>covered block to the selected channel window during recording.</p>
<p>To configure covering block, do the following:</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the <strong>Preview </strong>check box or the <strong>Record </strong>check box, or</li>
</ol>
<p>select the both. The &#8220;1,2, 3, 4&#8221; buttons are activated.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the buttons to select blocks.</li>
<li>A triangle solid black block is displayed. You can drag the block</li>
</ol>
<p>to the area that you want to cover and adjust the size of the block.</p>
<ol>
<li>You can configure total 4 covered blocks.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-26</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark300"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark301"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark302"></a> Configuring Channel Type</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the channel type as <strong>Analog </strong>or <strong>IP </strong>channel.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu^ Camera ^ CHANNEL TYPE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>CHANNEL TYPE </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark304"> Figure 5-65.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="823" height="463" class="wp-image-2161" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-124.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 124" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 533" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-124.jpeg 823w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-124-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-124-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-124-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 823px) 100vw, 823px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-65</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark304"></a> Step 2 Configure the channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>Analog Channel: Select the transmission medium such as CVI, CVBS, and then follow the onscreen instructions to complete the settings.</li>
<li>IP Channel: Select a channel for IP camera from the last channel number, for example, in<a href="#post-2037-bookmark304"> Figure 5-65,</a> select from the <strong>17-24 </strong>check box. Then follow the onscreen instructions to complete the settings.</li>
</ul>
<p>Œ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The 17-24 channels are only for IP camera and the range changes dependent on the model you purchased.</li>
<li>The channel selection for analog camera or IP camera are in sequence, for example, if you want to select channels for IP camera, you need to select the <strong>17-24 </strong>check box first, and then you cannot jump to select the channel <strong>15 </strong>directly until you have selected the channel <strong>16</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>and follow the onscreen instructions to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark305"></a> 5.5.7 Upgrading Coaxial Camera</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ COAXIAL UPGRADE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>COAXIAL UPGRADE </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark307"> Figure 5-66.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="897" height="506" class="wp-image-2162" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-125.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 125" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 534" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-125.jpeg 897w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-125-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-125-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-125-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 897px) 100vw, 897px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-66</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark307"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Browse</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Browse </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 3 Select the upgrade file and click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>COAXIAL UPGRADE </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>You need to insert the USB storage device that contains the upgrading files.</p>
<p>Step 4 Select the check box of the channel that you want to upgrade.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Start Upgrade</strong>.</p>
<p>If the upgrading is successful, the system pops up a message indicating the upgrading</p>
<p>is completed. If the upgrading is failed, please check if the Device</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark308"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark309"></a> 5.6 Configuring Remote Devices</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark311"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark312"></a> 5.6.1 Adding Remote Devices</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>This function is available after you have configured the channel type as IP channel as described in previous section, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark301">&#8220;5.5.6 Configuring Channel Type.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>You can add remote devices by adding the IP address.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ REGISTRATION &gt; Registration</strong>, the <strong>Registration </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark314"> Figure 5-67.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="842" height="473" class="wp-image-2163" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-126.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 126" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 535" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-126.jpeg 842w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-126-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-126-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-126-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 842px) 100vw, 842px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-67</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark314"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Uninitialized</td>
<td>Enable the <strong>Uninitialized </strong>function, the uninitialized devices out of the searched devices are displayed in the searched device list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Initialize</td>
<td>Select the uninitialized device from the uninitialized device list, and the click <strong>Initialize </strong>to start initializing device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show Filter</td>
<td>In the <strong>Show Filter </strong>list, select the remote device type that you want to display in the searched device list.</p>
<ul>
<li>None: Display all types of devices.</li>
<li>IPC: Display the front-end devices.</li>
<li>DVR (WITHOUT HDD): Display all storage devices such as</li>
</ul>
<p>NVR, DVR (WITHOUT HDD) and HCVR.</p>
<ul>
<li>OTHER: Display the devices that do not belong to IPC or DVR</li>
</ul>
<p>(WITHOUT HDD) type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Searched Device List</td>
<td>Displays the searched devices. You can view the device information such as status, IP address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Search</td>
<td>Click <strong>Device Search</strong>, the searched devices display in the searched device list.</p>
<p>To adjust the display sequence, in the title line, you can click the IP address, Manufacturer, Type, MAC Address, Port, or Device Name text. For example, click the IP address text, the sequence icon OZES is displayed.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>&#8220;*&#8221; is displayed next to the added device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add</td>
<td>In the Searched Device List area, select the device that you want to add.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual Add</td>
<td>Add the device by manually configuring settings such as IP address, channel selection. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark328">&#8220;5.6.1.4 Adding Remote Devices</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark328">Manually.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Added Device List</td>
<td>Displays the added devices. You can edit and delete the device, and view the device information.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Delete</td>
<td>Select the check box of the added device, and then click <strong>Delete </strong>to delete the added device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Import</td>
<td>Select the searched devices and then click <strong>Import </strong>to import the devices in batches.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Export</td>
<td>Select the added devices and then click <strong>Export</strong>. The exported devices information is saved into the USB storage device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-27</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark315"></a> 5.6.1.2 Initializing Remote Devices</p>
<p>You can reset the password and IP address of the remote devices through initializing.</p>
<p>Step <strong>1 </strong>Click <strong>Device Search</strong>.</p>
<p>The searched devices are displayed in the table. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark317"> Figure 5-68.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="839" height="473" class="wp-image-2164" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-127.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 127" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 536" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-127.jpeg 839w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-127-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-127-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-127-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 839px) 100vw, 839px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-68</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark317"></a> Step 2 Enable the Initialized function.</p>
<p>The uninitialized devices are displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark318"> Figure 5-69.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="787" height="444" class="wp-image-2165" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-128.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 128" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 537" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-128.jpeg 787w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-128-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-128-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 787px) 100vw, 787px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-69</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark318"></a> Step 3 Select the uninitialized device that you want to initialize.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Initialize</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Enter Password </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark319"> Figure 5-70</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="417" class="wp-image-2166" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-129.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 129" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 538" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-129.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-129-300x212.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-70</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark319"></a> Step 5 Configure the password and email information.</p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<p>If you select the <strong>Using current device password and email info </strong>check box, the remote device automatically uses the current password and email information, so you do not need to set the password and email address again and can go to Step 6.</p>
<ol>
<li>Clear the <strong>Using current device password and email info </strong>check box.</li>
</ol>
<p>The password setting interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark320"> Figure 5-71.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="417" class="wp-image-2167" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-130.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 130" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 539" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-130.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-130-300x212.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-71</p>
<p>2) Configure the settings for the password setting parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark321"> Table 5-28.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark320"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User</td>
<td>The default is admin.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
<td>The new password can be set from 8 characters through 32 characters and contains at least two types from number, letter and special characters (excluding , , &#8220;;&#8221;,&#8221;:&#8221; and &#8220;&amp;&#8221;).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark321"></a> Confirm Password</td>
<td>Please enter a strong password according to the password strength bar indication.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-28</p>
<p>3) Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Password Protection </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark322"> Figure 5-72</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="598" height="418" class="wp-image-2168" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-131.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 131" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 540" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-131.jpeg 598w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-131-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-131-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 598px) 100vw, 598px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-72</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark322"></a> Select the <strong>Email Address </strong>box and enter the email address that you want to reserve for password reset in the future.</li>
</ol>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>If you do not want to set the reserved email address, click <strong>Skip</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 6 Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>NETWORK </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark323"> Figure 5-73.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="763" height="538" class="wp-image-2169" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-132.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 132" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 541" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-132.jpeg 763w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-132-300x212.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 763px) 100vw, 763px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-73</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark323"></a> Step <em>C</em> Configure the IP address.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select the <strong>DHCP </strong>check box, you do not need to enter the IP address information, because the system will allocate one IP address to the remote device.</li>
<li>Select the <strong>STATIC </strong>check box, you need to enter the IP address, subnet mast, default gateway, and incremental value. The system will allocate the IP address to the remote devices by progressively increasing the last part of the IP address when initializing devices in batches.</li>
</ul>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>When configuring IP address for multiple remote devices which were not in the same network segment, these remote devices will belong to the same network segment after configuration.</p>
<p>Step 8 Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The initializing is started. After the process is completed, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark324"> Figure 5-74.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="583" class="wp-image-2170" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-133.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 133" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 542" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-133.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-133-300x211.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-133-768x541.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-133-810x571.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-74</p>
<p>Step 9 Click <strong>Finished </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark324"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark325"></a> 5.6.1.3 Adding Remote Devices Automatically</p>
<p>Step 1 On the <strong>Registration </strong>interface, click <strong>Device Search</strong></p>
<p>The searched devices are displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark327"> Figure 5-75.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="786" height="439" class="wp-image-2171" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-134.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 134" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 543" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-134.jpeg 786w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-134-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-134-768x429.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 786px) 100vw, 786px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-75</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark327"></a> Step 2 Select the check box of the device.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The device is added into the <strong>Added Device </strong>area.</p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>You can also double-click the device to add it into the <strong>Added Device </strong>area.</li>
<li>You can add devices in batches.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark328"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark329"></a> 5.6.1.4 Adding Remote Devices Manually</p>
<p>Step 1 On the <strong>Registration </strong>interface, click <strong>Manual Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Manual Add </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark331"> Figure 5-76.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="492" height="568" class="wp-image-2172" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-135.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 135" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 544" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-135.jpeg 492w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-135-260x300.jpeg 260w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 492px) 100vw, 492px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-76</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark331"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the manual adding device parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark332"> Table 5-29.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want use on the Device to connect the remote device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manufacturer</td>
<td>In the <strong>Manufacturer </strong>list, select the manufacturer of the remote device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>In the IP Address box, enter the IP address of remote device. CD NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>The default is 192.168.0.0 which the system cannot connect to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RTSP Port</td>
<td>The default value setting is 554. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HTTP Port</td>
<td>The default value setting is 80. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</p>
<p>If you enter other value, for example, 70, and then you should enter 70 after the IP address when logging in the Device by browser.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Name</td>
<td>Enter the user name of the remote device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
<td>Enter the password of the user for the remote device</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remote Channel</td>
<td>Enter the remote channel number of the remote device that you want to add.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Decoder Buffer</td>
<td>In the <strong>Decoder Buffer </strong>list, select <strong>Default</strong>, <strong>Realtime</strong>, or <strong>Fluent</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark332"></a> Protocol Type</td>
<td>Select <strong>Auto</strong>, <strong>TCP</strong>, <strong>UDP</strong>, or <strong>MULTICAST</strong>. The default is <strong>TCP</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-29</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>• Only one device can be added manually at one time.</p>
<p>•</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="32" height="36" class="wp-image-2173" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-136.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 136" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 545"></p>
<p>indicates successful connection and</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="36" height="32" class="wp-image-2174" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-137.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 137" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 546"></p>
<p>indicates connection failed.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark333"></a> Modifying or Deleting Remote Devices</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can modify and delete the added devices.</p>
<ul>
<li>To modify the remote devices, do the following:</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Click □ or double-click a device.</p>
<p>The <strong>Edit </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark335"> Figure 5-77.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="476" height="548" class="wp-image-2175" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-138.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 138" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 547" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-138.jpeg 476w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-138-261x300.jpeg 261w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 476px) 100vw, 476px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-77</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark335"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to modify settings for.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the user name and password to other channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>To delete one or more added devices, do the following:</li>
</ul>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="36" class="wp-image-2176" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-139.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 139" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 548"></p>
<p>to delete one device</p>
<p>o Select the check box of the devices that you want to delete, and then click <strong>Delete</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark336"></a> Modifying IP Address</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can modify a single IP address or multiple IP addresses of remote devices at the one time.</p>
<p>• To modify a single IP address, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 In the Searched Device list area, click □ for the device that you want to modify IP.</p>
<p>The <strong>Modify IP </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark338"> Figure 5-78.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="499" height="413" class="wp-image-2177" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-140.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 140" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 549" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-140.jpeg 499w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-140-300x248.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 499px) 100vw, 499px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-78</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark338"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for IP address, subnet mask, default gateway, user name, and password.</p>
<p>Step 3 Enable the <strong>Add </strong>function to add the device into the <strong>Added Device </strong>area.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>• To modify IP address in batches, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 In the Searched Device list area, select the devices that you want to modify IP address in batches.</p>
<p>Step 2</p>
<p>Click □.</p>
<p>The <strong>Modify IP </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark339"> Figure 5-79.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="462" height="384" class="wp-image-2178" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-141.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 141" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 550" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-141.jpeg 462w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-141-300x249.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 462px) 100vw, 462px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-79</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark339"></a> Step 3 Enable the <strong>Batch Modify </strong>function.</p>
<p>Step 4 Configure the settings for start IP address (the IP address is allocated in sequence), subnet mask, default gateway, user name, and password.</p>
<p>Step 5 Enable the <strong>Add </strong>function to add the devices into the <strong>Added Device </strong>area.</p>
<p>Step 6 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark340"></a> Exporting IP Address</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can export the added IP address to the USB storage device.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The exported information is saved in .csv file, which includes IP address, port number, channel number, manufacturer, user name, and password.</p>
<p>Step 1 Insert the USB storage device to the USB port of the Device.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click <strong>Export.</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Browse </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark342"> Figure 5-80.</a></p>
<p>Browse</p>
<p>Device Name sdcl(USBUSB) • 3.71 GB/3.73 GB(Free/Total) Refresh Format</p>
<p>Address /</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Size</td>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Delete</td>
<td>Play</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ {fd2b025a-ac98-e383-13ea-lcf86fc539fb}</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ ScreenShot</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>là printf_20180317141255.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>lg kmsg_printf_20180317141255.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>Ale</td>
<td><strong>dk</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 SmartPlayer.exe.lnk</td>
<td>L7 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a Uni+ DVR_chl_main_20180317134749_&#8230;</td>
<td>26 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>n</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>g Uni+ DVR_chl_main_20180317135000_&#8230;</td>
<td>26 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>n</strong></td>
<td><strong>5&#8242;</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bl ty.lnk</td>
<td>1.7 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>n</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bl printf_20180317143922.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>Ale</td>
<td><strong>n</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bl kmsg_printf_20180317143922.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>Ale</td>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>New Folder OK Back</p>
<p>Figure 5-80</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark342"></a> Step 3 Configure the save path.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>A pop-up message indicating &#8220;Successfully exported&#8221; is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark343"></a> Importing IP Address</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add remote devices by importing IP address information.</p>
<p>Step 1 Insert the USB storage device to the USB port of the Device.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click <strong>Import</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Browse </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark345"> Figure 5-81.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="788" height="564" class="wp-image-2179" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-142.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 142" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 551" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-142.jpeg 788w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-142-300x215.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-142-768x550.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 788px) 100vw, 788px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-81</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark345"></a> Step 3 Select the file that you want to import.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to start importing.</p>
<p>After importing is completed, a pop-up message indicating &#8220;The import succeeded&#8221; is displayed.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>If the IP address that you want to import already exists in the Device, the system will pop up a message to ask you whether to overwrite the existing content.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to replace the existing one.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Cancel </strong>to add it as a separate device in the <strong>Added Device </strong>area.</li>
</ul>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>You can edit the exported .csv file and be cautious not to change the file format; otherwise the file cannot be imported as it will be judged as invalid.</li>
<li>The language of .csv file must match the Device language.</li>
<li>The import and export through customized protocol is not supported.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark346"></a> 5.6.2 Managing Remote Devices</p>
<p>You can view the status of remote devices and upgrade.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark348"></a> Viewing Status</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the device information such as connection status, IP address, motion detection, video loss detection, camera name, and manufacturer.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ REGISTRATION &gt; Status</strong>, the <strong>Status </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark350"> Figure 5-82.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="823" height="466" class="wp-image-2180" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-143.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 143" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 552" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-143.jpeg 823w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-143-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-143-768x435.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-143-810x459.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 823px) 100vw, 823px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-82</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark350"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark351"></a> Viewing Firmware Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the device firmware information such as channel number, IP address, manufacturer, system version, video input, audio input, and alarm in.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ REGISTRATION &gt; Firmware</strong>, the <strong>Firmware </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark353"> Figure 5-83.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="899" height="507" class="wp-image-2181" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-144.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 144" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 553" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-144.jpeg 899w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-144-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-144-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-144-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 899px) 100vw, 899px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-83</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark353"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark354"></a> Upgrading Remote Devices</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Camera ^ REGISTRATION &gt; Upgrade</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Upgrade </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark356"> Figure 5-84.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="796" height="450" class="wp-image-2182" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-145.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 145" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 554" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-145.jpeg 796w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-145-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-145-768x434.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 796px) 100vw, 796px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-84</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark356"></a> Step 2 Upgrade the device.</p>
<p>• File Upgrade</p>
<ol>
<li>Insert a USB storage device containing the upgrade files into the USB port of the Device.</li>
<li>Select the devices that you want to upgrade.</li>
<li>Click <strong>File upgrade</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>File Upgrade </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the upgrading files and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>• Online Upgrade</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Detect </strong>or select the check box the device that you want to upgrade and click <strong>Manual Check</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The system starts detecting if there is a new version on the online server.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the check box of all the devices that have new version.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Online Upgrade</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The system will pop up a message to indicate if the upgrading is successful.</li>
<li>You can use the Type list to filter the devices so that you can find the devices</li>
</ul>
<p>quickly.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark357"></a> Configuring Record Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can record video manually or automatically and configure the recording settings to main stream and sub stream respectively.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark359"></a> Enabling Record Control</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="60" class="wp-image-2183" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-146.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 146" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 555"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>Manual recording operation requires the user have the permission to access <strong>STORAGE </strong>settings.</li>
<li>Check to ensure the HDD installed in the Device has been formatted properly.</li>
</ul>
<p>To enter the record control interface, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Right-click on the live view screen, the shortcut menu is displayed. On the shortcut menu, select <strong>Manual <em>■&gt;</em> Record Control</strong>. The <strong>RECORD </strong>interface is displayed, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark361">Figure 5-85.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="850" height="598" class="wp-image-2184" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-147.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 147" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 556" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-147.jpeg 850w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-147-300x211.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-147-768x540.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-147-810x570.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 850px) 100vw, 850px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-85</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark361"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the record control parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark362"> Table 5-30.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>Displays all the analog channels and the connected digital channels.</p>
<p>You can select a single channel or select <strong>All</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record status</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>Auto</strong>: Automatically record according to the record type and</li>
</ul>
<p>recording time as configured in the recording schedule.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Manual</strong>: Keep general recording for 24 hours for the selected</li>
</ul>
<p>channel.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Stop</strong>: Do not record.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark362"></a> Snapshot status</td>
<td>Enable or disable the scheduled snapshot for the corresponding channels.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-30</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark363"></a> Configuring Recorded Video Storage Schedule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark365"></a> You need to configure the storage schedule for the recorded video so that the recorded video can be saved. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded Video Storage Schedule.</a>&#8221;</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark366"></a> Configuring Snapshot Settings
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark368"></a> Configuring Snapshot Trigger</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The snapshot is divided into scheduled snapshot, event triggered snapshot, and face detection triggered snapshot. When the both are enabled, the event triggered snapshot has the priority.</p>
<ul>
<li>If there is no alarm event, the system performs scheduled snapshot.</li>
<li>If there is any alarm event, the system performs event triggered snapshot.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark370"></a> 5.8.1.1 Configuring Scheduled Snapshot</p>
<p>Step 1 Right-click on the live view screen, the shortcut menu is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 On the shortcut menu, select <strong>Manual </strong>^ <strong>Record Control</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>RECORD </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Snapshot </strong>area, enable the snapshot for the channels if needed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark372"> Figure 5­86.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="813" height="567" class="wp-image-2185" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-148.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 148" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 557" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-148.jpeg 813w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-148-300x209.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-148-768x536.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-148-810x565.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-148-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 813px) 100vw, 813px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-86</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark372"></a> Step 4 Select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Camera </strong>^ <strong>Encode </strong>^ <strong>Snapshot</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Snapshot </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 5 In the <strong>Mode </strong>list, select <strong>General</strong>, and then configure other parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark373"> Figure 5­87.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="758" height="427" class="wp-image-2186" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-149.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 149" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 558" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-149.jpeg 758w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-149-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 758px) 100vw, 758px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-87</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark373"></a> Step 6 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>If you have configured the snapshot schedule, the configuration has been completed.</li>
<li>If you have not configured the snapshot schedule, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark157">&#8220;5.1.4.10 Configuring</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark157">Snapshot Storage Schedule.</a>&#8221;
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark374"></a> Configuring Event Triggered Snapshot</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Camera ^ Encode ^ Snapshot</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Snapshot </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Event</strong>, and then configure other parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark376"> Figure 5-88.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="857" height="483" class="wp-image-2187" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-150.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 150" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 559" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-150.jpeg 857w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-150-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-150-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-150-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 857px) 100vw, 857px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-88</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark376"></a> Step 3 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Event <em>■&gt;</em> VIDEO DETECT</strong>, and select the event type to configure, for example, select the <strong>Motion Detect </strong>tab. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark377"> Figure 5-89.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="894" height="502" class="wp-image-2188" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-151.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 151" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 560" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-151.jpeg 894w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-151-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-151-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-151-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 894px) 100vw, 894px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-89</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark377"></a> Step 4 Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box and select the corresponding channel.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark378"></a> Configuring Face Detection Triggered Snapshot</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Camera ^ Encode &gt; Snapshot</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Snapshot </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Human Face</strong>, and then configure other parameters. See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark380">Figure 5-90.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="817" height="461" class="wp-image-2189" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-152.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 152" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 561" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-152.jpeg 817w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-152-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-152-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-152-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 817px) 100vw, 817px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-90</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark380"></a> Step 3 Select <strong>Main Menu -&gt;Intelligent^ Face Detect ^ Parameters &gt; Human Face</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Human Face </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark381"> Figure 5-91.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="880" height="497" class="wp-image-2190" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-153.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 153" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 562" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-153.jpeg 880w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-153-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-153-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-153-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 880px) 100vw, 880px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-91</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark381"></a> Step 4 Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box and select the corresponding channel.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark382"></a> Configuring Snapshot Storage Schedule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You need to configure the storage schedule for the snapshot so that the snapshot can be saved.</p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark157">&#8220;5.1.4.10 Configuring Snapshot Storage Schedule.</a>&#8221;</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark384"></a> Backing up Snapshots to FTP</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Storage ^ FTP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>FTP </strong>interface is displayed. See Figure 5-92.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="833" height="470" class="wp-image-2191" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-154.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 154" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 563" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-154.jpeg 833w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-154-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-154-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-154-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 833px) 100vw, 833px" /></p>
<p>Step 2 Enable the FTP function and configure the parameters. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark785">&#8220;5.17.8</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark785">Configuring FTP Storage Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>The snapshots will be uploaded to FTP for backup.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark386"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark387"></a> 5.9 Playing Back Video</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="906" height="510" class="wp-image-2192" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-155.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 155" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 564" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-155.jpeg 906w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-155-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-155-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-155-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 906px) 100vw, 906px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark389"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark390"></a> Enabling Record Control</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="60" class="wp-image-2193" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-156.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 156" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 565"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>Manual recording operation requires the user have the permission to access <strong>STORAGE </strong>settings.</li>
<li>Check to ensure the HDD installed in the Device has been formatted properly.</li>
</ul>
<p>To enter the record control interface, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Right-click on the live view screen, the shortcut menu is displayed. On the shortcut menu, select <strong>Manual <em>■&gt;</em> Record Control</strong>. The <strong>RECORD </strong>interface is displayed, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark392">Figure 5-93.</a></p>
<p>RECORD</p>
<p>Mainstream All 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16</p>
<p>Auto</p>
<p>Manual</p>
<p>Stop</p>
<p>Sub Stream</p>
<p>Auto</p>
<p>Manual</p>
<p>Stop</p>
<p>Snapshot</p>
<p>Enable</p>
<p>Disable</p>
<p>Apply Back</p>
<p>Figure 5-93</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark392"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the record control parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark393"> 0.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark393"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>Displays all the analog channels and the connected digital channels.</p>
<p>You can select a single channel or select <strong>All</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record status</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>Auto</strong>: Automatically record according to the record type and</li>
</ul>
<p>recording time as configured in the recording schedule.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Manual</strong>: Keep general recording for 24 hours for the selected</li>
</ul>
<p>channel.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Stop</strong>: Do not record.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot status</td>
<td>Enable or disable the scheduled snapshot for the corresponding channels.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-31</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark394"></a> Instant Playback</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can use the instant playback function to play back the previous five minutes to sixty minutes of the recorded video in any channel. For details about instant playback function, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark172">&#8220;5.2.2.1</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark172">Instant Playback.</a>&#8221;</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark396"></a> Main Interface of Video Playback</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can search for and play back the recorded video saved on the Device.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Video</strong>, the video search interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark398"> Figure 5-94.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="844" height="478" class="wp-image-2194" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-157.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 157" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 566" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-157.jpeg 844w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-157-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-157-768x435.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-157-810x459.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 844px) 100vw, 844px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-94</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark398"></a><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td rowspan="2">Display Window</td>
<td>Display the searched recorded video or picture. It supports playing in single-channel, 4-channel, 9-channel, and 16-channel simultaneously.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>When playing back in a single channel mode, hold down the left</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>mouse button to select the area that you want to enlarge. The</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>area is enlarged after the left mouse button is released. To exit the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>enlarged status, right-click on the image.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Playback</p>
<p>Controls Bar</td>
<td>Playback control buttons. For details about the control buttons, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark399">&#8220;5.9.3.2 Introducing Playback Controls.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Time Bar</td>
<td>Display the type and time period of the current recorded video.</p>
<ul>
<li>In the 4-channel layout, there are four-time bars are</li>
</ul>
<p>displayed; in the other view layouts, only one-time bar is displayed.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click on the colored area to start playback from a certain time.</li>
<li>In the situation when you are configuring the settings, rotate</li>
</ul>
<p>the wheel button on the time bar, the time bar is zooming in from 0. In the situation when playback is ongoing, rotate the wheel button on the time bar, the time bar is zooming from the time point where the playback is located.</p>
<ul>
<li>Time bar colors: Green indicates general type; Red indicates</li>
</ul>
<p>external alarm; Yellow indicates motion detection; Blue indicates intelligent events; Purple indicates POS events.</p>
<ul>
<li>For some models, when you are clicking on the blank area in</li>
</ul>
<p>the time bar, the system automatically jumps to the next time point where there is a recorded video located.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>Play Status</td>
<td>Includes two playback statuses: <strong>Play </strong>and <strong>Stop</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Sync</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Sync </strong>check box to simultaneously play recorded videos of different channels in the same period in multi-channel view.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td colspan="7"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>Record type</td>
<td colspan="7">Select the check box to define the recording type to search for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>Search type</td>
<td colspan="7">Select the content to play back: <strong>Record</strong>, <strong>PIC</strong>, <strong>Splice Playback</strong>.</p>
<p>For details about the selecting search type, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark403">&#8220;5.9.3.3 Selecting</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark403">Search Type.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8</td>
<td>Calendar</td>
<td colspan="7">Click the date that you want to search, the time bar displays the corresponding record.</p>
<p>The dates with record or snapshot have a small solid circle under the date.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">9</td>
<td rowspan="3">View Layout and Channel Selection</td>
<td colspan="7">In the <strong>CAM NAME </strong>list, select the channel(s) that you want to play back.</p>
<p>• The window split is decided by how you select the channel(s).</p>
<p>For example, if you select one channel, the playback is displayed in the single-channel view; if you select two to four channels, the playback is displayed in the four-channel view. The maximum is eight channels.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>• Clink</td>
<td>M</td>
<td colspan="3">tn Q\A/itnh thn Qtrnam«;</td>
<td>M</td>
<td rowspan="2">indicates main .</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">stream, and</td>
<td>S</td>
<td colspan="2">indicates sub stream</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>Video Splice</td>
<td colspan="7">Splice a section of recorded video and save it. For details about splicing a recorded video, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark408">&#8220;5.9.3.4 Clipping Recorded Video.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td colspan="7">Back up the recorded video files. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark413">&#8220;5.9.3.5 Backing</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark413">up Recorded Video.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td>List Display</td>
<td colspan="7">This area includes <strong>Mark List </strong>and <strong>File List</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>^3: </strong>Click the <strong>Mark List </strong>button, the marked recorded video</li>
</ul>
<p>list is displayed. Double-click the file to start playing.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>^3: </strong>Click the <strong>File List </strong>button, the searched recorded video</li>
</ul>
<p>list is displayed. You can lock the files. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark440">&#8220;5.9.8</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark440">Using the File List.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>13</td>
<td>Full Screen</td>
<td colspan="7">Click ^3 to display in full screen. In the full screen mode, point to the bottom of the screen, the time bar is displayed. Right-click on the screen to exit full screen mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>14</td>
<td>Time Bar Unit</td>
<td colspan="7">You can select 24hr, 2hr, 1hr, or 30min as the unit of time bar. The time bar display changes with the setting.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-32</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark399"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark400"></a> Introducing Playback Controls Bar</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can perform the operations such as control the speed of playback, add mark, and take</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark402"></a> snapshots through the playback controls bar. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark402"> Figure 5-95 </a>and<a href="#post-2037-bookmark404"> Table 5-33.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="782" height="52" class="wp-image-2195" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-158.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 158" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 567" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-158.jpeg 782w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-158-300x20.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-158-768x51.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 782px) 100vw, 782px" /></p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The play backward function and playback speed are dependent on the product version. The actual product shall govern. You can also contact the technical support to consult the hardware version information.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□. m</strong></td>
<td>Play/Pause.</p>
<p>During playing back, you can switch between play and pause.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Stop.</p>
<p>During playing back, you can click the <strong>Stop </strong>button to stop playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□.m</strong></td>
<td>Play Backward.</p>
<p>• During playing back, click the <strong>Play Backward </strong>button to</p>
<p>backward play the recorded video, the button switches to EH; click EH to stop playing backward.</p>
<p><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> During playing back, click to start playing forward.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□. □</strong></td>
<td>Previous Frame/Next Frame.</p>
<p>* When the playback is paused, click <strong>UJ </strong>or click <strong>U3 </strong>to play single-frame recorded video.</p>
<p><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> When playing back single-frame recorded video, click <strong>13 </strong>to</p>
<p>start playing forward.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Slow Playback.</p>
<ul>
<li>During playing back, click ^3 to set the speed of slow</li>
</ul>
<p>playback as SlowX1/2, SlowX1/4, SlowX1/8, or SlowX1/16.</p>
<ul>
<li>During fast playback, click ^3 to slow down the speed of fast</li>
</ul>
<p>playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Fast Playback.</p>
<p><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> During playing back, click ^3 to set the speed of fast playback</p>
<p>as FastX2, FastX4, FastX8, or FastX16.</p>
<p>* During slow playback, click ^3 to speed up slow playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>El. d</strong></td>
<td>Previous Day/Next Day.</p>
<p>Click ^3 or click <strong>C2 </strong>to play the previous day or next day of the current recorded video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>L o |</strong></td>
<td>Adjust volume of playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Smart Search. For details about the using the smart search, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark417">&#8220;5.9.4 Smart Search.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>El</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">In the full screen mode, click to take a snapshot and save into</p>
<p>the USB storage device or mobile HDD.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">Add Mark for the recorded view. For details about adding mark, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark420">&#8220;5.9.5 Marking and Playing Back Video.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Hide POS Hide.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="3">During single-channel playback, click information on the screen.</td>
<td><strong>^9</strong></td>
<td rowspan="3">to display or hide POS</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-33</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark403"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark404"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark405"></a> Selecting Search Type</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can search the recorded videos, splice, or snapshots from HDD or external storage device.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>From R/W HDD</strong>: Recorded videos or snapshots playback from HDD of the Device. See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark407">Figure 5-96.</a></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="113" class="wp-image-2196" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-159.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 159" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 568"></p>
<p>Figure 5-96</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark407"></a><strong>From I/O Device</strong>: Recorded videos playback from external storage device. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark409"> Figure 5­97.</a></li>
</ul>
<p>Click <strong>Browse</strong>, select the save path of recorded video file that you want to play. Double­click the video file or click 13 to start playing.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="377" height="166" class="wp-image-2197" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-160.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 160" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 569" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-160.jpeg 377w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-160-300x132.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-160-375x166.jpeg 375w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 377px) 100vw, 377px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-97</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark408"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark409"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark410"></a> 5.9.3.4 Clipping Recorded Video</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark412"></a> During playback, clip sections of recorded video and save to the USB storage device. For the video clip interface, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark412"> Figure 5-98.</a></p>
<p>00:00:00 &#8211; 00:00:00</p>
<p>Figure 5-98</p>
<p>Step 1 Select a recorded video that you want to play.</p>
<p>• Click to start playing from the beginning.</p>
<p>• Double-click anywhere in the time bar colored area to start playback.</p>
<p>Step 2</p>
<p>Click on the time bar to select the start time, and then click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="33" class="wp-image-2198" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-161.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 161" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 570"></p>
<p>to start clipping.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click on the time bar to select the start time, and then click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="33" class="wp-image-2199" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-162.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 162" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 571"></p>
<p>to stop clipping.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click .</p>
<p>The <strong>BACKUP </strong>dialog box is displayed. You can back up the files.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>You can clip the video of a single-channel or multiple channels.</li>
<li>Maximum 1024 files can be backed up at one time.</li>
<li>The files that are selected in the <strong>File List </strong>cannot be clipped.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark413"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark414"></a> 5.9.3.5 Backing up Recorded Video</p>
<p>You can back up the recorded video file or splice video file into the USB storage device.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select the recorded video file that you want to back up. You can select the following two types of files:</p>
<ul>
<li>Recorded video file: Click ^3, the <strong>File List </strong>area is displayed. Select the file(s) that you want to back up.</li>
<li>Splice video file. For details about splicing video file, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark408">&#8220;5.9.3.4 Clipping</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark408">Recorded Video.</a>&#8220;</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 2 Click .</p>
<p>The <strong>BACKUP </strong>dialog box is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark416"> Figure 5-99.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="828" height="585" class="wp-image-2200" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-163.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 163" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 572" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-163.jpeg 828w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-163-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-163-768x543.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-163-810x572.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 828px) 100vw, 828px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-99</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark416"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>Backup</strong>.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>If you do not want to back the file, clear the check box.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark417"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark418"></a> 5.9.4 Smart Search</p>
<p>During playback, you can analyze a certain area to find if there was any motion detection event occurred. The system will display the images with motion events of the recorded video.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>To use the Smart Search function, you need to enable the motion detection for the channel by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ Alarm ^ Video Detect ^ Motion Detect</strong>.</p>
<p>To use the Smart Search function, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Video</strong>, the video search interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>CAME NAME </strong>list, select the channel(s) that you want to play.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>13 </strong>or double-click anywhere in the time bar colored area to start playback.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="45" class="wp-image-2201" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-164.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 164" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 573"></p>
<p>The grid is displayed on the screen.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Only single-channel supports smart search.</li>
<li>If multi-channels are selected, double-click on the channel window to display this channel only on the screen, and then you can start using smart search function.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 5 Drag the pointer to select the searching area. ED NOTE</p>
<p>The grid area supports 22&#215;18(PAL) and 22&#215;15(NTSC).</p>
<p>Step 6</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="48" class="wp-image-2202" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-165.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 165" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 574"></p>
<p>The screen starts playing back the motional splices of recorded video for the selected searching area.</p>
<p>Step 7</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="45" class="wp-image-2203" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-166.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 166" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 575"></p>
<p>to exit the playback.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark420"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark421"></a> 5.9.5 Marking and Playing Back Video</p>
<p>You can mark the recording for somewhere important. Then you can easily find the marked recording by searching time and mark name.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark423"></a> Marking a Video</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Video</strong>, the video search interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the playback mode, click</p>
<p>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add Mark </strong>dialog box is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark425"> Figure 5-100.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="229" class="wp-image-2204" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-167.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 167" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 576" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-167.jpeg 483w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-167-300x142.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-100</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark425"></a> Step 3 In the <strong>Name </strong>box, enter a name.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>This marked video file displays in the <strong>Mark List</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark426"></a> Playing Back Marked Video</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>This function is supported on single-channel playback.</p>
<p>Step 1 In the <strong>CAME NAME </strong>list, select one channel.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="39" class="wp-image-2205" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-168.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 168" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 577"></p>
<p>The Mark List interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark428"> Figure 5-101.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="250" height="477" class="wp-image-2206" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-169.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 169" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 578" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-169.jpeg 250w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-169-157x300.jpeg 157w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 250px) 100vw, 250px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-101</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark428"></a> Step 3 Double-click the file that you want to play back.</p>
<p>To search the marked video by time, in the <strong>SEARCH </strong>box on the top of the interface,</p>
<p>enter the time, and then click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="33" class="wp-image-2208" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-170.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 170" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 579"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark429"></a> Playing Back Time before the Mark</p>
<p>You can configure to play N seconds of the marked video before the marked time.</p>
<p>Step 1 In the <strong>Name </strong>box, enter the name of a marked video.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>Playback time before the mark </strong>box, enter N seconds.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="39" class="wp-image-2209" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-171.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 171" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 580"></p>
<p>The playback starts from N seconds before the marked time.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>If there is N seconds exist before the marked time, the playback starts from N seconds before the marked time. If there is not, it plays back as much as there is.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark431"></a> Managing Marked Video</p>
<p>In the <strong>Mark List </strong>interface, click ^3, the Manager interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark433"> Figure 5-102.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="618" height="591" class="wp-image-2210" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-172.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 172" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 581" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-172.jpeg 618w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-172-300x287.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 618px) 100vw, 618px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-102</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark433"></a> Be default, it manages all the marked videos of the selected channel.</li>
<li>To search the marked video, select channel number from the <strong>Channel </strong>list, enter time in <strong>Start Time </strong>box and <strong>End Time </strong>box, and then click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
<li>All the marked videos display in time order.</li>
<li>To modify the name of marked video, double-click a marked video, the <strong>Edit Mark </strong>dialog box is displayed.</li>
<li>To delete the marked video, select the marked video, and then click <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>After opening the <strong>Manger </strong>interface, the playback will pause until exiting this interface. If the marked video that was in playing back is deleted, the playback will start from the first marked video in the <strong>Mark List</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark434"></a> Playing Back Snapshots</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can search and play back the snapshots.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Video</strong>, the video search interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>Search Type </strong>list, select <strong>PIC</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select a channel number.</p>
<p>Step 4 In the <strong>Calendar </strong>area, select a date.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>13.</strong></p>
<p>The system starts playing snapshots according to the configured intervals.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark436"></a> Playing Back Splices</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can clip the recorded video files into splices and then play back at the same time to save your time.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Video</strong>, the video search interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>Search Type </strong>list, select <strong>Splice Playback</strong>; In the Split Mode list, select <strong>4</strong>, <strong>9</strong>, or</p>
<p><strong>16</strong>. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark438"> Figure 5-103.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="298" height="215" class="wp-image-2211" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-173.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 173" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 582"></p>
<p>Figure 5-103</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark438"></a> Step 3 In the <strong>Calendar </strong>area, select a date.</p>
<p>Step 4 In the <strong>CAM NAME </strong>list, select a channel.</p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<p>Only single-channel supports this function.</p>
<p>Step 5 Start playing back splices. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark439"> Figure 5-104.</a></p>
<p>• Click □, the playback starts from the beginning.</p>
<p>• Double-click anywhere on the time bar, the playback starts from where you click.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="52" class="wp-image-2212" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-174.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 174" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 583" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-174.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-174-300x19.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-174-768x48.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-174-810x51.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-104</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark439"></a> Q NOTE</p>
<p>Every recorded video file must be at least five minutes. If a recorded video file is less than 20 minutes but still choose to split into four windows, the system will automatically adjust the windows quantity to ensure every splice is more than five minutes, and in this case it is possible that there are no images are displaying in some windows.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark440"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark441"></a> 5.9.8 Using the File List</p>
<p>You can view all the recorded videos within a certain period from any channel in the <strong>File List</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Video</strong>, the video search interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 Select a channel(s).</p>
<p>Step 3</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="36" class="wp-image-2213" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-175.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 175" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 584"></p>
<p>The <strong>File List </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark443"> Figure 5-105.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="254" height="888" class="wp-image-2214" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-176.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 176" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 585" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-176.jpeg 254w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-176-86x300.jpeg 86w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 254px) 100vw, 254px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-105</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark443"></a> Step 4 Start playback.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click , the playback starts from the first file by default.</li>
<li>Click any file, the system plays back this file.</li>
</ul>
<p>Q2 NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>In the time box on the top of the file list interface, you can enter the specific time to search the file that you want to view.</li>
<li>In the File List area, there are 128 files can be displayed.</li>
<li>File type: <strong>R </strong>indicates general recorded video; <strong>A </strong>indicates recorded video with external alarms; <strong>M </strong>indicates recorded video with motion detection events; <strong>I </strong>indicates recorded video with intelligent vents.</li>
<li>Click a to return to the interface with calendar and CAM NAME list.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark444"></a> Locking and Unlocking the Recorded Video</p>
<ul>
<li>To lock the recorded video, in the <strong>File List </strong>interface, select the check box of the recorded</li>
</ul>
<p>video, and then click LU. The locked video will not be covered.</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>To view the locked information, click</p>
<p>, the <strong>FILE LOCKED </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>The recorded video that is under writing or overwriting cannot be locked.</p>
<ul>
<li>To unlock the recorded video, in the <strong>FILE LOCKED </strong>interface, select the video, and then click Unlock. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark446"> Figure 5-106.</a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark446"></a> Figure 5-106</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark447"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark448"></a> 5.10 Alarm Events Settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="908" height="512" class="wp-image-2215" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-177.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 177" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 586" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-177.jpeg 908w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-177-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-177-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-177-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 908px) 100vw, 908px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark450"></a> Video Detection</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark452"></a> Video detection adopts computer vision and image processing technology. The technology analyzes the video images to detect the obvious changes such as moving objects and blurriness. The system activates alarms when such changes are detected.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark453"></a> Configuring Motion Detect Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the moving object appears, and moves fast enough to reach the preset sensitivity value, the system activates the alarm.</p>
<p>To configure the motion, detect settings, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu^ Events VIDIEO DETECT &gt; Motion Detect</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Motion Detect </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark455"> Figure 5-107.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="812" height="459" class="wp-image-2216" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-178.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 178" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 587" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-178.jpeg 812w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-178-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-178-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-178-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 812px) 100vw, 812px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-107</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark455"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the motion detection parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark456"> Table 5-34.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select a channel to set the motion detection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Region</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to define the motion detection region.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable MD</td>
<td>Enable or disable the motion detection function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable PIR</td>
<td>PIR function helps enhancing the accuracy and validity of motion detect. It can filter the meaningless alarms that are activated by the objects such as falling leaves, flies. The detection range by PIR is smaller than the field angle.</p>
<p>PIR function is enabled by default if it is supported by the cameras. Enabling PIR function will get the motion detect to be enabled automatically to generate motion detection alarms; if the PIR function is not enabled, the motion detect just has the general effect.</p>
<p>£D NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Only when the channel type is CVI, the PIR function can be</li>
</ul>
<p>enabled.</p>
<ul>
<li>If the camera does not support PIR function, it will be</li>
</ul>
<p>unusable.</p>
<ul>
<li>If the Device does not support PIR function, it will not be</li>
</ul>
<p>displayed on the interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Define a period during which the motion detection is active.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anti-Dither</td>
<td>Configure the event detection lasting time. The system records only one event during this period. The value ranges from 5 seconds to 300 seconds.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm</li>
</ul>
<p>devices connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the</li>
</ul>
<p>connected alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds. If you enter 0, there will be no delay.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show Message</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Upload</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Alarm Upload </strong>check box to enable the system to upload the alarm signal to the network (including alarm center) when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network ^ Email</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Record Channel</td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>The recording for motion detection and auto recording function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>must be enabled. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display the PTZ interface.</p>
<p>Enable PTZ activation function. For each PTZ camera, select the preset that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Motion Detect can only activate PTZ preset.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tour</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Tour </strong>check box to enable a tour of the selected channels.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the tour is enabled and configured</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>in <strong>Main Menu ^ Display <em>■+</em> Tour</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="7">Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="6">To use this function, make sure the following settings are</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td colspan="2">configured:</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="6">The snapshot function is enabled for motion detect alarms in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>Main Menu ^ Storage ^ Schedule &gt; Snapshot</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="6">Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ Snapshot</strong>, in the <strong>Mode </strong>list,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">select <strong>Event</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Matrix</td>
<td colspan="7">Select the check box to enable the function. When an alarm event occurs, the video output port outputs the settings configured in <strong>Main Menu</strong>^ <strong>Display </strong>^ <strong>Tour</strong>.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">Not all models support this function.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td colspan="7">Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td colspan="7">Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark456"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td colspan="7">Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a motion detection event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-34</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy</strong>, in the <strong>Copy </strong>dialog box, select the additional channel(s) that you want to copy the motion detection settings to, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Test </strong>to test the settings.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Setting the Motion Detection Region</strong></p>
<p>Step 1 Next to <strong>Region</strong>, click <strong>Setting</strong>.</p>
<p>The region setting screen is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 Point to the middle top of the interface.</p>
<p>The setting interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark457"> Figure 5-108.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="526" height="205" class="wp-image-2217" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-179.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 179" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 588" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-179.jpeg 526w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-179-300x117.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 526px) 100vw, 526px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-108</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark457"></a> Step 3 Configure the regions settings. You can configure totally four regions.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select one region, for example, click .</li>
<li>Drag on the screen to select the region that you want to detect.</li>
</ol>
<p>The selected area shows the color that represents the region.</p>
<p>3) Configure the parameters.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Enter a name for the region.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sensitivity</td>
<td>Every region of every channel has an individual sensitivity value. The bigger the value is, the easier the alarms can be activated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Threshold</td>
<td>Adjust the threshold for motion detect. Every region of every channel has an individual threshold.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5-109</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>When anyone of the four regions activates motion detect alarm, the channel where this region belongs to will activate motion detect alarm.</p>
<p>Step 4 Right-click on the screen to exit the region setting interface.</p>
<p>Step 5 On the <strong>Motion Detect </strong>interface, click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><strong>Setting Motion Detection Period</strong></p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>The system only activates the alarm in the defined period.</p>
<p>Step 1 Next to <strong>Period</strong>, click <strong>Setting</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Setting </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark458"> Figure 5-110.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="826" height="471" class="wp-image-2218" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-180.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 180" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 589" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-180.jpeg 826w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-180-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-180-768x438.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-180-810x462.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 826px) 100vw, 826px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-110</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark458"></a> Step 2 Define the motion detection period. By default, it is active all the time.</p>
<ul>
<li>Define the period by drawing.</li>
</ul>
<p>O Define for a specified day of a week: On the timeline, click the half-hour blocks to select the active period.</p>
<p>O Define for several days of a week: Click ^9 before each day, the icon</p>
<p>switches to a. On the timeline of any selected day, click the half-hour blocks to select the active periods, all the days with a will take the same settings.</p>
<p>O Define for all days of a week: Click <strong>All</strong>, all e switches to E3. On the</p>
<p>timeline of any day, click the half-hour blocks to select the active periods, all the days will take the same settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>Define the period by editing. Take Sunday as an example.</li>
</ul>
<p>1) Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="39" class="wp-image-2219" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-181.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 181" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 590"></p>
<p>The <strong>Period </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark459"> Figure 5-111.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="815" height="457" class="wp-image-2220" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-182.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 182" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 591" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-182.jpeg 815w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-182-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-182-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-182-810x454.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 815px) 100vw, 815px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-111</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark459"></a> Enter the time frame for the period and select the check box to enable the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>O There are six periods for you to set for each day.</p>
<p>O Under <strong>Copy</strong>, select <strong>All </strong>to apply the settings to all the days of a week, or select specific day(s) that you want to apply the settings to.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Step 3 On the <strong>Motion Detect </strong>interface, click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark460"></a> 5.10.1.2 Configuring Video Loss Settings</p>
<p>When the video loss occurs, the system activates the alarm. To configure the Video loss settings, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Event ^ VIDIEO DETECT <em>■&gt;</em> Video Loss</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Video Loss </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark462"> Figure 5-112.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="817" height="458" class="wp-image-2221" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-183.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 183" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 592" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-183.jpeg 817w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-183-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-183-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-183-810x454.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 817px) 100vw, 817px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-112</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark462"></a> Step 2 To configure the settings for the video loss detection parameters, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">“5.10.1.1</a> Co<a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">nfiguring Motion Detect Settings.</a>”</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>For PTZ activation, different from motion detection, the video loss detection can activate PTZ preset, tour, and pattern.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy</strong>, in the <strong>Copy </strong>dialog box, select the additional channel(s) that you want to copy the motion detection settings to, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark463"></a> 5.10.1.3 Configuring Tampering Settings</p>
<p>When the camera lens is covered, or the video is displayed in a single color because of the causes such as sunlight status, the monitoring cannot be continued normally. To avoid such situations, you can configure the tampering alarm settings.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Event ^ VIDIEO DETECT ^ Tampering</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Tampering </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark465"> Figure 5-113.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="799" height="448" class="wp-image-2222" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-184.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 184" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 593" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-184.jpeg 799w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-184-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-184-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 799px) 100vw, 799px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-113</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark465"></a> Step 2 To configure the settings for the tampering detection parameters, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">“5.10.1.1</a> Co<a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">nfiguring Motion Detect Settings.</a>”</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>For PTZ activation, different from motion detection, the video loss detection can activate PTZ preset, tour, and pattern.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy</strong>, in the <strong>Copy </strong>dialog box, select the additional channel(s) that you want to copy the motion detection settings to, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark466"></a> 5.10.1.4 Configuring Diagnosis Settings</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>This function can be used only when it is supported by the camera.</p>
<p>When the video appear the conditions such as blurry, overexposed, or the color changes, the system activates the alarm.</p>
<p>To configure the diagnosis settings, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Events VIDIEO DETECT &gt; Diagnosis</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Diagnosis </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark468"> Figure 5-114.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="423" class="wp-image-2223" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-185.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 185" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 594" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-185.jpeg 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-185-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-114</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark468"></a> Step 2 To configure the settings for the diagnosis parameters, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">&#8220;5.10.1.1 Configuring</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">Motion Detect Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</p>
<p><strong>Setting the Types for Diagnosing Targets</strong></p>
<p>Step 1 Next to <strong>Rule</strong>, click <strong>Setting</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Diagnosis </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark469"> Figure 5-115.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="528" height="374" class="wp-image-2224" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-186.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 186" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 595" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-186.jpeg 528w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-186-300x213.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 528px) 100vw, 528px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-115</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark469"></a> Step 2 Select the items that you want to diagnose and set the threshold (30 by default). See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark470">Table 5-35.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stripe</td>
<td>A horizontal, vertical or diagonal stripe that might appear in the video because of device aging or electronic interruption. Such stripe brings visual interruption.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Noise</td>
<td>Video noises such as blurriness or quality reduction that is caused by optical distortion or device problem during camera shooting.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Color Cast</td>
<td>Variances in the normal proportions of RGB colors.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Out of Focus</td>
<td>Blurry video is caused during camera shooting, transferring and processing. Such condition is a common image quality reduction problem and defined as out of focus.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Overexposure</td>
<td>The video brightness refers to the intensity of image pixel. The range is between 0 (the darkest black) and 255 (the brightest white). If the brightness exceeds the threshold, the image is over exposed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark470"></a> Threshold</td>
<td>The range is from 1 through 100. If the value after diagnosing is higher than what you set, the system activates the alarm to the corresponding diagnosing types such as stripe.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-35</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>The system returns to the <strong>Diagnosis </strong>interface.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark471"></a> 5.10.2 Intelligent Function</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="907" height="510" class="wp-image-2225" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-187.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 187" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 596" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-187.jpeg 907w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-187-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-187-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-187-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 907px) 100vw, 907px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="28" class="wp-image-2226" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-188.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 188" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 597"></p>
<p>Please disable IP channels function first before using IVS function.</p>
<p>IVS function processes and analyzes the images to extract the key information to match with the preset rules. When the detected behaviors match with the rules, the system activates alarms.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Intelligent</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>INTELL SETTING </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark473"> Figure 5-116.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="739" height="418" class="wp-image-2227" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-189.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 189" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 598" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-189.jpeg 739w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-189-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 739px) 100vw, 739px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-116</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark473"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel number that you want to configure the IVS function for.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>One line of rule is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark474"> Figure 5-117.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="739" height="418" class="wp-image-2228" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-190.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 190" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 599" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-190.jpeg 739w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-190-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 739px) 100vw, 739px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-117</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark474"></a> Step 4 Configure the parameters for the rule that you selected.</p>
<p>Step 5 Select the check box of the rule to enable it.</p>
<p>Step 6 Click Apply to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark475"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark476"></a> Configuring Tripwire Rules</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the target object crosses the tripwire in the defined direction, the system activates alarms.</p>
<ul>
<li>The tripwire can be configured as a straight line or broken line.</li>
<li>Supports detecting one-way or two-way tripwire crossing.</li>
<li>Supports multiple tripwires in the same scenario to meet the complexity.</li>
<li>Supports size filtering for target.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the rule line that you added, in the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>Tripwire</strong>. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark478"> Figure 5-118.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="719" height="405" class="wp-image-2229" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-191.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 191" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 600" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-191.jpeg 719w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-191-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 719px) 100vw, 719px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-118</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark478"></a> Step 2 Draw a tripwire.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the rules for.</li>
<li>Click □.</li>
</ol>
<p>The monitoring screen to configure the tripwire rules is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark479"> Figure 5­119.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="760" height="563" class="wp-image-2230" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-192.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 192" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 601" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-192.jpeg 760w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-192-300x222.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 760px) 100vw, 760px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-119</p>
<p>3) Configure the settings for the parameters of drawing rules. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark480"> Table 5-36.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark479"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td colspan="3">Enter the customized rule name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Direction</td>
<td colspan="3">Set the direction of the tripwire. You can choose <strong>A to B </strong>(left to right), <strong>B to A </strong>(right to left), and <strong>Both</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Filtering Target</td>
<td>Click</td>
<td></td>
<td>to draw areas to filter the target.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>You can configure two filtering targets (maximum size and</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>minimum size). When the target that is crossing the tripwire is</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>smaller than the minimum size or larger than the maximum size,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>no alarms will be activated. The maximum size should be larger</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>than the minimum size.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-36</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark480"></a> Drag to draw a tripwire. The tripwire can be a straight line, broken line or polygon.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="39" class="wp-image-2231" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-193.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 193" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 602"></p>
<p>to set the actions to be triggered.</p>
<p>The <strong>Trigger </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark481"> Figure 5-120.</a></p>
<p>Trigger</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Period</p>
<p>Alarm Out</p>
<p>Show Message</p>
<p>Record Channel</td>
<td>Setting</td>
<td rowspan="3">Latch</p>
<p>Send Email</td>
<td rowspan="3">10</td>
<td rowspan="3">Sec.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Setting</p>
<p>Alarm Upload</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Setting</td>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>10</td>
<td>Sec.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tour</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td></td>
<td>Log</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Voice Prompts</td>
<td>None</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>OK Back</p>
<p>Figure 5-120</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark481"></a> Step 4 Configure the triggering parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark482"> Table 5-37.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Click <strong>Set </strong>to display set interface.</p>
<p>Define a period during which the motion detection is active. For details, see &#8220;Setting Motion Detection Period” section in <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">&#8220;5.10.1.1</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">Configuring Motion Detect Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm</li>
</ul>
<p>devices connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the</li>
</ul>
<p>connected alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show Message</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Upload</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Alarm Upload </strong>check box to enable the system to upload the alarm signal to the network (including alarm center) when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network ^ Email</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Record Channel</td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm event occurs. ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>The recording for intelligence event and auto recording function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>must be enabled. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Click <strong>Set </strong>to display the PTZ interface.</p>
<p>Enable PTZ activation function. For each PTZ camera, select the preset that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Motion Detect can only activate PTZ preset.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tour</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Tour </strong>check box to enable a tour of the selected channels.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the tour is enabled and configured</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>in <strong>Main Menu ^ Display^ Tour</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the following settings are</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td>configured:</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>• The snapshot function is enabled for motion detect alarms in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu ^ Storage ^ Schedule <em>■+</em> Snapshot</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>• Select <strong>Main Menu ^Camera ^ Snapshot</strong>, in the <strong>Mode </strong>list,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>select <strong>Event</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Matrix</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable the function. When an alarm event occurs, the video output port outputs the settings configured in &#8220;<strong>Main Menu ^ Display ^ Tour</strong>.&#8221;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>CQ NOTE</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Not all models support this function.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td colspan="2">Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td colspan="2">Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark482"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td colspan="2">Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a motion detection event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-37</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>The <strong>INTELL SETTING </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 6 Select the <strong>Enable </strong>check box, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p>The tripwire detecting function is active. When the target object crosses the tripwire in the defined direction, the system activates alarms.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark483"></a> 5.10.2.2 Configuring Intrusion Rules</p>
<p>When the target enters and leaves the area, or the target appears in the defined area, the system activates alarms.</p>
<ul>
<li>You can define the shape and quantity of intrusion areas.</li>
<li>Supports detecting the behaviors that enter and leave the intrusion areas.</li>
<li>Supports detecting the behaviors that are moving in the intrusion areas. The quantity of</li>
</ul>
<p>areas and lasting time can be configured.</p>
<ul>
<li>Supports size filtering for target.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the rule line that you added, in the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>Intrusion</strong>. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark485"> Figure 5-121.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="816" height="460" class="wp-image-2232" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-194.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 194" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 603" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-194.jpeg 816w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-194-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-194-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-194-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 816px) 100vw, 816px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-121</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark485"></a> Step 2 Draw a tripwire.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the rules for.</li>
<li>Click □.</li>
</ol>
<p>The monitoring screen to configure the intrusion rules is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark486"> Figure 5­122.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="705" height="545" class="wp-image-2233" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-195.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 195" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 604" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-195.jpeg 705w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-195-300x232.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 705px) 100vw, 705px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-122</p>
<p>3) Configure the settings for the parameters of drawing rules. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark487"> Table 5-3</a><a href="#post-2037-bookmark480">8Table</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark480">5-36.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark486"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td colspan="2">Enter the customized rule name.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Action</td>
<td colspan="5">Configure the actions that are defined as intrusion. You can select the <strong>Appear </strong>check box and the <strong>Cross-check </strong>box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Direction</td>
<td colspan="5">In the <strong>Direction </strong>list, select the direction of crossing the configured area. You can select <strong>Enter&amp;Exit</strong>, <strong>Enters</strong>, and <strong>Exits</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">Click ^3 to draw areas to filter the target.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark487"></a> Filtering Target</td>
<td colspan="2">You can configure two filtering targets (maximum size and</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">minimum size). When the target that is crossing the tripwire is</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">smaller than the minimum size or larger than the maximum size,</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">no alarms will be activated. The maximum size should be larger</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>than the minimum size.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-38</p>
<ol>
<li>Drag to draw an area.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="39" class="wp-image-2234" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-196.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 196" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 605"></p>
<p>to set the actions to be triggered. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark475">&#8220;5.10.2.1 Configuring</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark475">Tripwire Rules.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 4 Select the <strong>Enable </strong>check box, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p>The intrusion detecting function is active. When the target enters and leaves the area, or the target appears in the defined area, the system activates alarms.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark488"></a> 5.10.2.3 Configuring Abandoned Rules</p>
<p>When the object is placed in the defined detection area for more than the set time, the system activates alarms.</p>
<ul>
<li>You can define the shape and quantity of intrusion areas.</li>
<li>Period value can be configured.</li>
<li>Supports size filtering for target.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the rule line that you added, in the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>Abandoned</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Abandoned </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark490"> Figure 5-123.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="760" height="429" class="wp-image-2235" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-197.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 197" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 606" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-197.jpeg 760w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-197-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 760px) 100vw, 760px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-123</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark490"></a> Step 2 Draw an area.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the rules for.</li>
</ol>
<p>2)</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="47" class="wp-image-2236" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-198.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 198" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 607"></p>
<p>The monitoring screen to configure the abandoned rules is displayed. See Figure 5-124.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="621" height="494" class="wp-image-2237" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-199.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 199" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 608" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-199.jpeg 621w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-199-300x239.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 621px) 100vw, 621px" /></p>
<p>3) Configure the settings for the parameters of drawing rules. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark491"> Table 5-39.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Enter the customized rule name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Configure the minimum time period for activating alarms by detecting the abandoned objects.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Click fad to draw areas to filter the target</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark491"></a> Filtering Target</td>
<td>You can configure two filtering targets (maximum size and</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>minimum size). When the target that is crossing the tripwire is</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>smaller than the minimum size or larger than the maximum size,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>no alarms will be activated. The maximum size should be larger</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>than the minimum size.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-39</p>
<ol>
<li>Drag to draw an area.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="39" class="wp-image-2238" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-200.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 200" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 609"></p>
<p>to set the actions to be triggered. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark475">&#8220;5.10.2.1 Configuring</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark475">Tripwire Rules.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 4 Select the <strong>Enable </strong>check box, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p>The abandoned object detecting function is active. When the object is placed in the defined detection area for more than the set time, the system activates alarms.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark492"></a> 5.10.2.4 Configuring Missing Rules</p>
<p>When the target is taken away from the defined area exceeds the set time, the system activates alarms.</p>
<p>Step 1 On the rule line that you added, in the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>Missing</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Missing </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark494"> Figure 5-125.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="757" height="425" class="wp-image-2239" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-201.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 201" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 610" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-201.jpeg 757w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-201-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 757px) 100vw, 757px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-125</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark494"></a> Step 2 Draw an area.</p>
<p>1) In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the rules for.</p>
<p>2)</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="41" class="wp-image-2240" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-202.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 202" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 611"></p>
<p>The monitoring screen to configure the missing rules is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark495"> Figure 5­126.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="719" height="571" class="wp-image-2241" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-203.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 203" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 612" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-203.jpeg 719w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-203-300x238.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 719px) 100vw, 719px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-126</p>
<p>3) Configure the settings for the parameters of drawing rules. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark496"> Table 5-40.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark495"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td colspan="2">Enter the customized rule name.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td colspan="3">Configure the minimum time period for activating alarms by detecting the missing objects.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">Click to draw areas to filter the target.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark496"></a> Filtering Target</td>
<td colspan="2">You can configure two filtering targets (maximum size and</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">minimum size). When the target that is crossing the tripwire is</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">smaller than the minimum size or larger than the maximum size,</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">no alarms will be activated. The maximum size should be larger</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>than the minimum size.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-40</p>
<ol>
<li>Drag to draw an area.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="39" class="wp-image-2242" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-204.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 204" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 613"></p>
<p>to set the actions to be triggered. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark475">&#8220;5.10.2.1 Configuring</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark475">Tripwire Rules.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 3 Select the <strong>Enable </strong>check box, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p>The missing object detecting function is active. When the target is taken away from the defined area exceeds the set time, the system activates alarms.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark497"></a> Face Detection</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the face detection settings and search the detected faces in the defined time period.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark499"></a> Configuring Face Detection Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the Device detects the human faces, the system activates alarms.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Not all models support this function.</li>
<li>Smart IPC must be equipped with face detect function.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Intelligent^ Face Detect ^ Parameters</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Human Face </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark501"> Figure 5-127.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="803" height="452" class="wp-image-2243" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-205.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 205" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 614" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-205.jpeg 803w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-205-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-205-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 803px) 100vw, 803px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="124" height="23" class="wp-image-2244" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-206.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 206" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 615"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark501"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the face detection parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark502"> Table 5-41.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td colspan="3">In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select a channel to set the face detection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to draw areas to filter the target.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Target Filter</td>
<td colspan="2">You can configure two filtering targets (maximum size and</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">minimum size). When the target is smaller than the minimum size</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">or larger than the maximum size, no alarms will be activated. The</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>maximum size should be larger than the minimum size.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the face detection function.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td colspan="2">Define a period during which the motion detection is active.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td colspan="3">Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<p>Enable alarm activation function. Select the alarm output port(s) to which the peripheral alarm devices are connected. When an alarm event occurs, the system activates the peripheral alarm devices connected to the selected output port.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td colspan="10">Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds. If you enter 0, there will be no delay.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td colspan="10">Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="9">To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network <em>•+</em> EMAIL</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Record Channel</td>
<td colspan="8">Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="9">The recording for intelligence event and auto recording function</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="9">must be enabled. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded</a></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="8"><a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8216;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td colspan="9">Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display the PTZ interface.</p>
<p>Enable PTZ activation function. For each PTZ camera, select the preset that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="5">Motion Detect can only activate PTZ preset.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td colspan="10">Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="10">Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="7">To use this function, make sure the following settings are</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td colspan="2">configured:</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="8">The snapshot function is enabled for motion detect alarms in</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="5"><strong>Main Menu ^ Storage ^ Schedule ^ Snapshot</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="8">Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ Encode ^ Snapshot</strong>, in</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">the <strong>Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Event</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td colspan="8">Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td colspan="10">Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark502"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td colspan="9">Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a human face detection event.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-41</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark503"></a> Searching for Detected Faces</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^Video^ Intelligent Play^ Smart Search</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>SMART SEARCH </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark505"> Figure 5-128.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="782" height="439" class="wp-image-2245" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-207.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 207" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 616" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-207.jpeg 782w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-207-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-207-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 782px) 100vw, 782px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-128</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark505"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Begin Time </strong>box and <strong>End Time </strong>box, enter the time.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Search</strong>.</p>
<p>The faces searched in the defined period display. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark506"> Figure 5-129.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="465" class="wp-image-2246" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-208.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 208" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 617" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-208.jpeg 820w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-208-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-208-768x436.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-208-810x459.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-129</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark506"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark507"></a> System Events</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the alarm output for three types of system event (HDD, Network, and User). When there is an abnormal system event occurs, the system activates alarms in the way that you configure in this section.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark509"></a> Configuring HDD Event Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Events Abnormity &gt; HDD</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>HDD </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark511"> Figure 5-130.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="873" height="486" class="wp-image-2247" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-209.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 209" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 618" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-209.jpeg 873w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-209-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-209-768x428.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-209-810x451.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 873px) 100vw, 873px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-130</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the HDD event. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark512"> Table 5-42.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark511"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Event Type </strong>list, select <strong>No HDD</strong>, <strong>HDD Error</strong>, or <strong>HDD No Space </strong>as the event type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the HDD event detection function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the connected</li>
</ul>
<p>alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show Message</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Upload</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Alarm Upload </strong>check box to enable the system to upload the alarm signal to the network (including alarm center) when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ NETWORK ^ EMAIL</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td>Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark512"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a HDD alarm event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-42</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark513"></a> Configuring Network Event Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Event ^ Abnormity ^ Network</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Network </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark515"> Figure 5-131.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="831" height="467" class="wp-image-2248" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-210.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 210" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 619" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-210.jpeg 831w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-210-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-210-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-210-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 831px) 100vw, 831px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-131</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the Network event. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark516"> Table 5-43.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark515"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Event Type </strong>list, select <strong>Net Disconnection</strong>, <strong>IP Conflicted</strong>, or <strong>MAC Conflicted </strong>as the event type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the Network event detection function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the connected</li>
</ul>
<p>alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show Message</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Network ^ Email</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td>Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark516"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a network alarm event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-43</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark517"></a> Configuring User Event Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Event ^ Abnormity ^ User</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>User </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark519"> Figure 5-132.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="804" height="451" class="wp-image-2249" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-211.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 211" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 620" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-211.jpeg 804w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-211-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-211-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 804px) 100vw, 804px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-132</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the User event. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark520"> Table 5-44.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark519"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Event Type </strong>list, select <strong>Illegal Login</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the user error detection function.</p>
<p>If you do not enable this function, there will be no limit for wrong password entry and the account cannot be locked because of the wrong password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Attempt(s)</td>
<td>Set the maximum number of allowable wrong password entries. The account will be locked after your entries exceed the maximum number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Lock Time</td>
<td>Set how long the account is locked for. The value ranges from 1 minute to 60 minutes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the connected</li>
</ul>
<p>alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>1&#8217;H NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Network ^ Email</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td>Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark520"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a user account alarm event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-44</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark521"></a> Configuring Device Event Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Event ^ Abnormity &gt; Device</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Device </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark523"> Figure 5-133.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="732" height="586" class="wp-image-2250" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-212.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 212" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 621" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-212.jpeg 732w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-212-300x240.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 732px) 100vw, 732px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-133</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the device event. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark524"> Table 5-45.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark523"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Event Type </strong>list, select <strong>High Temperature </strong>or <strong>Fan Speed Abnormal</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Name</td>
<td>Enter the name for the event type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the device event detection function.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Max Temperature</td>
<td colspan="3">In the <strong>Max Temperature </strong>box, enter the max temperature value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td colspan="3">Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the connected</li>
</ul>
<p>alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td colspan="3">Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td colspan="2">Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>NOTE</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in <strong>Main</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Network ^ EMAIL</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td colspan="3">Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td colspan="3">Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark524"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td colspan="3">Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a Device alarm event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-45</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark525"></a> Alarm Input Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Connect the alarm input and output ports by referring to <a href="#post-2037-bookmark67">&#8220;4.3 Connecting to Alarm Input and</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark67">Output.</a>&#8221; You can configure the alarm settings for each channel individually or apply the settings to all channels and then save the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark527"></a> Configuring Local Alarms</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can connect the alarm device to the alarm input port of the Device. When the alarm is activated on the alarm device, the alarm information will be uploaded to the Device, and then the Device outputs the local alarms in the way that you configure in this section.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Events ALARM INPUT <em>■&gt;</em> Local</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Local </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark529"> Figure 5-134.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="677" height="542" class="wp-image-2251" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-213.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 213" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 622" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-213.jpeg 677w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-213-300x240.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 677px) 100vw, 677px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-134</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the local alarms. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark530"> Table 5-46.</a></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark529"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></p>
<p><strong>Description</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Alarm In</td>
<td>Select the channel number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Name</td>
<td>Enter the customized alarm name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the local alarm function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>NO </strong>or select <strong>NC </strong>as the voltage output type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<p>Define a period during which the motion detection is active. For details, see &#8220;Setting Motion Detection Period&#8221; section in <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">&#8220;5.10.1.1</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">Configuring Motion Detect Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anti-Dither</td>
<td>Configure the event detection lasting time. The system records only one event during this period. The value ranges from 5 seconds to 600 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the connected</li>
</ul>
<p>alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show Message</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Upload</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Alarm Upload </strong>check box to enable the system to upload the alarm signal to the network (including alarm center) when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Network ^ EMAIL</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Record Channel</td>
<td>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>The recording for alarm and auto snapshot must be enabled. For</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display the PTZ interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Enable PTZ activation function. For each PTZ camera, select the preset that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the <strong>Tour </strong>check box to enable a tour of the selected channels.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Tour</td>
<td>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>To use this function, make sure the tour is enabled and configured in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu ^ Display ^ TOUR</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Snapshot</td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the following settings are configured:</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>• The snapshot function is enabled for motion detect alarms in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Storage ^ Schedule ^ Snapshot</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>• Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> Camera ^ Encode ^ Snapshot</strong>, in the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Event</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the check box to enable the function. When an alarm event</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>occurs, the video output port outputs the settings configured in &#8220;<strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Matrix</td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Display <em>■+</em> TOUR</strong>.&#8221;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Not all models support this function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td>Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark530"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a local alarm event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-46</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy</strong>, in the <strong>Copy </strong>dialog box, select the additional channel(s) that you want to copy the local alarm settings to, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark531"></a> Configuring Alarms from Alarm Box</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can connect the alarm box to the RS485 port of the Device. When the alarm is detected by the alarm box, the alarm information will be uploaded to the Device, and then the Device outputs the alarms in the way that you configure in this section.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Event^ALARM INPUT ^ Alarm Box</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Alarm Box </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark533"> Figure 5-135</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="748" height="420" class="wp-image-2252" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-214.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 214" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 623" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-214.jpeg 748w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-214-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 748px) 100vw, 748px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="124" height="23" class="wp-image-2253" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-215.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 215" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 624"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark533"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Alarm Box </strong>list, select the alarm box number corresponding to the address number configured by the DIP switch on the Alarm Box.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Alarm In </strong>list, select the alarm input port on the Alarm Box.</p>
<p>Step 4 Configure the settings for other parameters of the Alarm Box. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark530"> Table 5­46.</a></p>
<p>Step 5</p>
<p>Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark534"></a> Configuring Alarms from External IP Cameras</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Events ALARM INPUT ^ IPC Ext</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>IPC Ext </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark536"> Figure 5-136.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="759" height="425" class="wp-image-2254" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-216.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 216" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 625" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-216.jpeg 759w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-216-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 759px) 100vw, 759px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-136</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark536"></a> Step 2 Configure the alarm input settings from the external IPC. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark530"> Table 5-46.</a></p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="178" height="35" class="wp-image-2255" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-217.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 217" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 626"></p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to refresh configured settings.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark537"></a> 5.10.5.4 Configuring Alarms for IP Camera Offline</p>
<p>You can configure the alarm settings for the situation when the IP camera is offline.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Event ^ ALARM INPUT ^ IPC Offline</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>IPC Offline </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark539"> Figure 5-137.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="749" height="421" class="wp-image-2256" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-218.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 218" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 627" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-218.jpeg 749w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-218-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 749px) 100vw, 749px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="124" height="23" class="wp-image-2257" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-219.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 219" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 628"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark539"></a> Step 2 Configure the alarm input settings from the external IPC. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark530"> Table 5-46.</a></p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark540"></a> 5.10.5.5 Configuring Alarms from External Devices</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^Event^ ALARM INPUT ^ HDCVI Alarm</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Ext. Alarm </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark542"> Figure 5-138.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="793" height="445" class="wp-image-2258" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-220.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 220" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 629" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-220.jpeg 793w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-220-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-220-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 793px) 100vw, 793px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-138</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark542"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select a channel or <strong>all</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="38" class="wp-image-2259" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-221.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 221" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 630"></p>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p>The <strong>Setting </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark543"> Figure 5-139.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="778" height="464" class="wp-image-2260" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-222.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 222" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 631" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-222.jpeg 778w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-222-300x179.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-222-768x458.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 778px) 100vw, 778px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-139</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark543"></a> Step 4 Configure the settings for other parameters of the Alarm Box. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark530"> Table 5­46.</a></p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark544"></a> 5.10.6 Alarm Output Settings</p>
<p>When the Device activates alarms, the connected alarm device generates alarms in the way that you can configure in this section. You can connect to the output port of the Device or connect wirelessly.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Auto</strong>: When an alarm event is triggered on the Device, the connected alarm device generates alarms.</li>
<li><strong>Manual</strong>: The alarm device is forced to keep generating alarms.</li>
<li><strong>Stop</strong>: The alarm output function is not enabled.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu^ Event ^ ALARM OUTPUT.</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>ALARM OUTPUT </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark546"> Figure 5-140.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="719" height="405" class="wp-image-2261" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-223.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 223" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 632" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-223.jpeg 719w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-223-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 719px) 100vw, 719px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-140</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the alarm output. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark547"> Table 5-47</a><a href="#post-2037-bookmark530">.Table 5-46</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark546"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">General Alarm</td>
<td>Alarm Type</td>
<td>Select alarm type for each alarm output port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td>Indicates the status of each alarm output port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Ext. Alarm</td>
<td>Alarm Box</td>
<td>Select the alarm box number corresponding to the address number configured by the DIP switch on the Alarm Box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Type</td>
<td>Select the alarm type for each alarm output ports.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td>Indicates the status of each alarm output port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark547"></a> Alarm Release</td>
<td>Click <strong>OK to </strong>clear all alarm output status.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-47</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark548"></a> 5.11 IoT Function</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark550"></a> Configuring Sensor Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can connect external sensors wirelessly through the Device with USB gateway or through connecting to a camera gateway. After connection, you can activate alarm events through external sensors.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark552"></a> Connecting Sensor through Device</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>Only the Device with USB gateway supports this function.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Intelligent^ IoT ^Manager ^ Sensor Pairing</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Sensor Pairing </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark554"> Figure 5-141.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="781" height="440" class="wp-image-2262" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-224.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 224" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 633" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-224.jpeg 781w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-224-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-224-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 781px) 100vw, 781px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-141</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark554"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Access Type </strong>list, select <strong>USB Gateway</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark555"> Figure 5-142.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="482" class="wp-image-2263" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-225.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 225" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 634" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-225.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-225-300x245.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-142</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark555"></a> Step 4 Click <strong>Pair</strong>.</p>
<p>The Device starts pairing with the sensor.</p>
<p>After pairing is completed, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark556"> Figure 5-143.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="482" class="wp-image-2264" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-226.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 226" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 635" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-226.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-226-300x245.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-143</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark556"></a> Step 5 Click <strong>Back </strong>to exit the pairing interface.</p>
<p>The added sensor information is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark557"> Figure 5-144.</a> Q NOTE</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="43" class="wp-image-2265" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-227.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 227" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 636"></p>
<p>to modify the sensor name; click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="47" height="45" class="wp-image-2266" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-228.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 228" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 637"></p>
<p>to delete sensor information.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="781" height="440" class="wp-image-2267" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-229.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 229" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 638" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-229.jpeg 781w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-229-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-229-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 781px) 100vw, 781px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-144</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark557"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark558"></a> Connecting Sensor through Camera with Gateway</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>Only the camera with gateway supports this function.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Intelligent^ IoT ^ Manager ^ Sensor Pairing</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Sensor Pairing </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark560"> Figure 5-145.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="781" height="440" class="wp-image-2268" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-230.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 230" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 639" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-230.jpeg 781w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-230-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-230-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 781px) 100vw, 781px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-145</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark560"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Access Type </strong>list, select <strong>Camera Gateway</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that is connected to the camera.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark561"> Figure 5-146.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="486" class="wp-image-2269" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-231.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 231" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 640" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-231.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-231-300x247.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-146</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark561"></a> Step 5 Click <strong>Pair</strong>.</p>
<p>The Device starts pairing with the sensor.</p>
<p>After pairing is completed, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark562"> Figure 5-147.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="484" class="wp-image-2270" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-232.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 232" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 641" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-232.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-232-300x246.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-147</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark562"></a> Step 6 Click <strong>Back </strong>to exit the pairing interface.</p>
<p>The added sensor information is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark563"> Figure 5-148.</a> Q NOTE</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="43" class="wp-image-2271" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-233.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 233" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 642"></p>
<p>to modify the sensor name; click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="47" height="45" class="wp-image-2272" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-234.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 234" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 643"></p>
<p>to delete sensor information.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="781" height="440" class="wp-image-2273" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-235.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 235" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 644" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-235.jpeg 781w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-235-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-235-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 781px) 100vw, 781px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-148</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark563"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark564"></a> 5.11.1.3 Configuring Alarm Linkage</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Intelligent^ IoT ^ Manager ^ Wireless Detector</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Wireless Detector </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark566"> Figure 5-149.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="834" height="614" class="wp-image-2274" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-236.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 236" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 645" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-236.jpeg 834w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-236-300x221.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-236-768x565.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-236-810x596.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 834px) 100vw, 834px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark566"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Access Type </strong>list, select <strong>USB</strong>, <strong>Camera</strong>, or <strong>All</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="39" class="wp-image-2275" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-237.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 237" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 646"></p>
<p>The <strong>Setting </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark543"> Figure 5-139.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="765" height="454" class="wp-image-2276" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-238.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 238" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 647" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-238.jpeg 765w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-238-300x178.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 765px) 100vw, 765px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-150</p>
<p>Step 4 Configure the settings for alarm linkage. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark567"> Table 5-48.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Enter the customized alarm name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<p>Define a period during which the motion detection is active. For details, see &#8220;Setting Motion Detection Period&#8221; section in <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">&#8220;5.10.1.1</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">Configuring Motion Detect Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display the PTZ interface.</p>
<p>Enable PTZ activation function. For each PTZ camera, select the preset that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the connected</li>
</ul>
<p>alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anti-Dither</td>
<td>Configure the event detection lasting time. The system records only one event during this period. The value ranges from 5 seconds to 600 seconds.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Record Channel</td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>The recording for alarm and auto snapshot must be enabled. For</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Snapshot</td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the following settings are configured:</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>• The snapshot function is enabled for motion detect alarms in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Storage ^ Schedule ^ Snapshot</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>• Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ Encode ^ Snapshot</strong>, in the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Event</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Tour</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Tour </strong>check box to enable a tour of the selected channels. nn. note</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>To use this function, make sure the tour is enabled and configured in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu ^ Display ^ TOUR</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a local alarm event.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">More Setting</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Show Message: Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to enable a</li>
</ul>
<p>pop-up message in your local host PC.</p>
<ul>
<li>Buzzer: Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the</li>
</ul>
<p>Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>Video Matrix: Select the check box to enable the function. When</li>
</ul>
<p>an alarm event occurs, the video output port outputs the settings configured in &#8220;<strong>Main Menu ^ Display ^ TOUR</strong>.&#8221;</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>• Send Email: Enable the system to send an email notification when</p>
<p>an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Network ^ EMAIL</strong>.</p>
<p>• Log: Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local</p>
<p>alarm log</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-48</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark567"></a> Step 5 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>Step 6 On the <strong>Wireless Detector </strong>interface, click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark568"></a> Configuring Temperature and Humidity Camera</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view, search and export the temperature and humidity data of camera with such sensors and configure the alarm event settings.</p>
<p>To use this function, please make sure there is at least one camera with temperature and humidity sensor has been connected to the Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark570"></a> Enabling Detecting Function</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You should enable the IoT function the first time when you enter this interface.</p>
<p>Step <strong>1 </strong>On the main menu^Intelligent, click <strong>loT ^ Manager ^ Temperature/Humidity</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Temperature/Humidity </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark572"> Figure 5-151.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="928" height="636" class="wp-image-2277" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 239" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 648" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239.jpeg 928w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239-300x206.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239-768x526.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239-810x555.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239-145x100.jpeg 145w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239-380x260.jpeg 380w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 928px) 100vw, 928px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-151</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark572"></a> Step 2 Select the <strong>Enable </strong>check boxes to enable IoT function. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark573"> Figure 5-152.</a></p>
<p>REALTIME DISPLAY</p>
<p>SEARCH INFO</p>
<p>&gt; MANAGER</p>
<p>Tempraturev^u- Wirde» Detector VrSrdc» Siren</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Setting</td>
<td>Access Point</td>
<td>l?Pi</td>
<td>Detect PosOon Nam</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
<td>a</td>
<td>Ch»6</td>
<td>Ternipaatiire</td>
<td>Chn6 Temperature</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Sçnjçr Piiirmg</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="551" height="24" class="wp-image-2278" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-240.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 240" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 649" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-240.jpeg 551w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-240-300x13.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 551px) 100vw, 551px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-152</p>
<p>The Device starts detecting the temperature and humidity data from the camera and display on the <strong>Realtime Display </strong>interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark573"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark574"></a> Viewing Temperature and Humidity Data</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the temperature and humidity data on the <strong>Realtime Display </strong>interface after the IoT function is enabled.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Refresh Interval </strong>box, select data refresh interval. For example, you can select <strong>5 Sec</strong>.</p>
<p>You can also display the temperature and humidity data in graphical way by selecting the <strong>Display Graph </strong>check box to. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark576"> Figure 5-153 </a>for humidity data in graphical way.</p>
<p>&gt; REALTIME DISPLAY</p>
<p>SEARCH INFO</p>
<p>MANAGER</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>r+eh&#8217;«fi interval</td>
<td>5Sk</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>tiifXay Gras*</td>
<td>Accth Rani dm 6</td>
<td>tn*</p>
<p>Trtfnpcf dlijf f</td>
<td>Oawcr Roa bon Na*ii Chnfi-lenipcf alurc-1</td>
<td>Curr enl Vai u are</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>dify</td>
<td>Ghnfrltaiirftï 1</td>
<td>* m</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Témçièr Mui fr Ciiarl Humdiity Chart</p>
<p>&lt;kRH|</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="141" height="165" class="wp-image-2279" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-241.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 241" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 650"></p>
<p>C*e»f</p>
<p>Figure 5-153</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="28" class="wp-image-2280" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-242.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 242" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 651"></p>
<p>Click <strong>Clear </strong>to delete the data.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark576"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark577"></a> Exporting Temperature and Humidity Data</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can export the temperature and humidity data in .BMP format. Take exporting humidity data as an example.</p>
<p>Step 1 Prepare a USB device and plug it into the Device.</p>
<p>Step 2 On the <strong>Realtime Display </strong>interface, click the <strong>Humidity </strong>tab. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark579"> Figure 5-154</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="787" height="607" class="wp-image-2281" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-243.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 243" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 652" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-243.jpeg 787w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-243-300x231.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-243-768x592.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 787px) 100vw, 787px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-154</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark579"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>Locked </strong>to lock the data.</p>
<p>The export button is enabled.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Export</strong>. The system starts exporting the data.</p>
<p>After exporting is finished, a <strong>Message </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>You can find the exported data on your USB device.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark580"></a> Configuring Alarm Linkage</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure alarm linkage settings for temperature and humidity data.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Configuring Alarm Linkage for Temperature Data</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the main interface of Intelligent, click <strong>IoT ^ Manager ^ Temperature/Humidity</strong>. The <strong>Temperature/Humidity </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark582"> Figure 5-155.</a></p>
<p>REALTIME DISPLAY</p>
<p>SEARCH INFO</p>
<p>&gt; MANAGER</p>
<p>Tempraturev^u- Wirde» Detector VrSrdc» Siren</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Setting</td>
<td>Access Point</td>
<td>W</td>
<td>Delect Position Nam</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
<td>a</td>
<td>Ch»6</td>
<td>Tern ¡para Cure</td>
<td>Chn6 Temperature</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Sçnjçr Pairing</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="551" height="24" class="wp-image-2282" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-244.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 244" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 653" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-244.jpeg 551w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-244-300x13.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 551px) 100vw, 551px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-155</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="39" class="wp-image-2283" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-245.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 245" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 654"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark582"></a> Step 2 On the temperature information line, click</p>
<p>The <strong>Setting </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark583"> Figure 5-156.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="752" height="479" class="wp-image-2284" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-246.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 246" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 655" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-246.jpeg 752w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-246-300x191.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 752px) 100vw, 752px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-156</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark583"></a> Step 3 Configure the settings for alarm linkage. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark584"> Table 5-49.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Access Point</td>
<td>Indicates the channel that the camera is connected to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td><strong>Temperature </strong>by default.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Detect Position</p>
<p>Name</td>
<td>Set the detect position name.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preview Channel</td>
<td>Select the channel that you want to preview to help monitor the channel of access point. This channel could be the channel of access point or any other channels according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event Type</td>
<td rowspan="2">Select event type as <strong>High </strong>or <strong>Low</strong>, and set the upper and low temperature limit respectively. For example, select event type as <strong>High </strong>and set upper limit as <strong>28</strong>, the alarm occurs when the temperature reaches 28 (&#8216;.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Upper Limit</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the alarm function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Define a period during which the alarm setting is active. For more information about setting the period, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">&#8220;5.10.1.1 Configuring</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">Motion Detect Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm</li>
</ul>
<p>devices connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the</li>
</ul>
<p>connected alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Enable PTZ activation function.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display the PTZ interface. For each PTZ camera, select the preset, tour, or pattern that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds. If you enter 0, there will be no delay.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anti-Dither</td>
<td>Configure the event detection lasting time. The system records only one event during this period. The value ranges from 5 seconds to 300 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td>Select the check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel. CD NOTE</p>
<p>To use this function, make sure the snapshot is enabled motion detect alarms in <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> Storage <em>■+</em> Schedule <em>■+ </em>Snapshot</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record CH</td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm occurs.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The recording for IoT alarms and auto recording function must be enabled. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded Video</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Tour</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable a tour of the selected channels.</p>
<p>CP NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>To use this function, make sure the tour is enabled and configured</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>in <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Display <em>•+</em> TOUR</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a temperature alarm event.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">More Setting</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Show Message: Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to</li>
</ul>
<p>enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</p>
<ul>
<li>Buzzer: Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the</li>
</ul>
<p>Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>Video Matrix: Select the check box to enable the function.</li>
</ul>
<p>When an alarm event occurs, the video output port outputs the settings configured in &#8220;<strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Display </strong>^ <strong>TOUR</strong>.&#8221;</p>
<p>CP NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>• Send Email: Enable the system to send an email notification</p>
<p>when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CP NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network <em>•+</em> EMAIL</strong>.</p>
<p>• Log: Select the check box to enable the Device to record a</p>
<p>local alarm log</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-49</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark584"></a><strong>Configuring Alarm Settings for Humidity Data</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the alarm event by setting the humidity data.</p>
<p>Step 1 On the main interface of Intelligent, click <strong>IoT <em>■+</em> Manager </strong>^ <strong>Temperature/Humidity</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Temperature/Humidity </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark585"> Figure 5-157.</a></p>
<p>REALTIME DISPLAY</p>
<p>SEARCH INFO</p>
<p>&gt; MANAGER</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Senser Pairing</td>
<td colspan="2">Tempratu rcAI u_</td>
<td>Wirde» Detector</td>
<td>Wir el ess Siren</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="6"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2 1</td>
<td>E natte</p>
<p>s</td>
<td>Sating</p>
<p>&lt;5</td>
<td>Accession!</p>
<p>Chn6</td>
<td>Temperature</td>
<td>Deled Position Nam Chn6-Temperature</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="511" height="20" class="wp-image-2285" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-247.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 247" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 656" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-247.jpeg 511w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-247-300x12.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 511px) 100vw, 511px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-157</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="38" class="wp-image-2286" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-248.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 248" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 657"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark585"></a> Step 2 On the humidity information line, click</p>
<p>The <strong>Setting </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark586"> Figure 5-158.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="830" height="526" class="wp-image-2287" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-249.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 249" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 658" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-249.jpeg 830w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-249-300x190.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-249-768x487.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-249-810x513.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 830px) 100vw, 830px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-158</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark586"></a> Step 3 Configure the settings for the following parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark587"> Table 5-50.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Access Point</td>
<td>Indicates the channel that the camera is connected to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td><strong>Humidity </strong>by default.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Detect Position</p>
<p>Name</td>
<td>Set the detect position name.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preview Channel</td>
<td>Select the channel that you want to preview to help monitor the channel of access point. This channel could be the channel of access point or any other channels according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event Type</td>
<td rowspan="2">Select event type as <strong>High Humidity </strong>or <strong>Low Humidity</strong>, and set the upper and low humidity limit respectively. For example, select event type as <strong>High Humidity </strong>and set upper limit as <strong>60</strong>, the alarm occurs when the humidity reaches 60%RH.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Upper Limit</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the alarm function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Define a period during which the alarm setting is active. For more information about setting the period, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">&#8220;5.10.1.1 Configuring</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">Motion Detect Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm</li>
</ul>
<p>devices connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the</li>
</ul>
<p>connected alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Enable PTZ activation function.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display the PTZ interface. For each PTZ camera, select the preset, tour, or pattern that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds. If you enter 0, there will be no delay.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anti-Dither</td>
<td>Configure the event detection lasting time. The system records only one event during this period. The value ranges from 5 seconds to 300 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td>Select the check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel. CD NOTE</p>
<p>To use this function, make sure the snapshot is enabled motion detect alarms in <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> Storage <em>■+</em> Schedule <em>■+ </em>Snapshot</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record CH</td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm occurs.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The recording for IoT alarms and auto recording function must be enabled. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded Video</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Tour</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable a tour of the selected channels.</p>
<p>CP NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>To use this function, make sure the tour is enabled and configured</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>in <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Display <em>•+</em> TOUR</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a temperature alarm event.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">More Setting</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Show Message: Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to</li>
</ul>
<p>enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</p>
<ul>
<li>Buzzer: Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the</li>
</ul>
<p>Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>Video Matrix: Select the check box to enable the function.</li>
</ul>
<p>When an alarm event occurs, the video output port outputs the settings configured in &#8220;<strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Display </strong>^ <strong>TOUR</strong>.&#8221;</p>
<p>CP NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>• Send Email: Enable the system to send an email notification</p>
<p>when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CP NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network <em>•+</em> EMAIL</strong>.</p>
<p>• Log: Select the check box to enable the Device to record a</p>
<p>local alarm log</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-50</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark587"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark588"></a> Searching IoT Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can search and backup all your IoT data.</p>
<p>To back up the data, you should prepare a USB device and plug it into the Device.</p>
<p>Step 1 On the main interface of Intelligent, click <strong>IoT ^ SEARCH INFO</strong>. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark590"> Figure 5-159.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="796" height="610" class="wp-image-2288" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-250.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 250" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 659" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-250.jpeg 796w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-250-300x230.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-250-768x589.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 796px) 100vw, 796px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-159</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark590"></a> Step 2 Configure the parameters settings. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark591"> Table 5-51.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Access Point</td>
<td>Indicates the channel that the camera is connected to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Display Type </strong>list, select <strong>List </strong>or <strong>Graph</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Select the information type that you want to search. You can select</p>
<p><strong>Humidity </strong>or <strong>Temperature</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td>Select the information state that you want to search.</p>
<p>This option is available when you select <strong>List </strong>in the <strong>Display Type </strong>list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Time</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark591"></a> End Time</td>
<td>Enter the start time and end time for the information that you want to search.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-51</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Search</strong>. The system starts search according to your parameters settings.</p>
<p>After searching is finished, the result displays.</p>
<ul>
<li>For the data displayed in list, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark592"> Figure 5-160.</a></li>
</ul>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Go To </strong>to switch result pages.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>UM</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>All</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong><em>M</em></strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>wtTwne</strong></td>
<td><strong>2017 11 06</strong></td>
<td><strong>00:0000 E</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2017-12-06 00 00 00</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Search</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>120</strong></td>
<td><strong>lime</strong></td>
<td><strong>Accew Pant</strong></td>
<td><strong>Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Detect Paaton Name •</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>MI-0721 13 58</strong></td>
<td><strong>Ovi t</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Ctmt liznwStv 1</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>*</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4 201</strong></td>
<td><strong><em>1</em> 1147 21 14 00</strong></p>
<p><strong>M147 71 14 09</strong></p>
<p><strong>MI-0721 14 10 Mt 47 21 14 14 Mi-07 21 14 23 F It 0721 1004</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>1</em> 11 07 21.16 07</strong></p>
<p><strong>MI-0721 10 17 Ml 47 21 16 26 MI-07 21 16 77 1-1147 21 16 36</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Kim*aty</strong></td>
<td><strong>•</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>1/</strong></td>
<td><strong>85 &gt; » 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Go To</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Backup</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5-160</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark592"></a> For the data displayed in graph, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark593"> Figure 5-161.</a></li>
</ul>
<p>&gt; SEARCI</p>
<p>Humodit/</p>
<p>Stall Ti</p>
<p>2017-11-06 00:00.00&#8242;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="293" height="120" class="wp-image-2289" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-251.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 251" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 660"></p>
<p>Ml</p>
<p>Cbnl HuMiny 1</p>
<p>Figure 5-161</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark593"></a> Step 4 Click <strong>Backup. </strong>The system starts exporting the data.</p>
<p>After exporting is finished, a <strong>Message </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>You can find the exported data on your USB device.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark594"></a> 5.11.3 Configuring Wireless Siren</p>
<p>You can connect the wireless siren to the Device, when there is an alarm event activated on the Device, the wireless siren generates alarms.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Intelligent ^ IoT &gt; Manager &gt; Wireless Siren</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Wireless Siren </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark596"> Figure 5-16</a><a href="#post-2037-bookmark546">2Figure 5-140.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="765" height="590" class="wp-image-2290" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-252.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 252" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 661" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-252.jpeg 765w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-252-300x231.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 765px) 100vw, 765px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-162</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark596"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the wireless alarm output. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark597"> Table 5-52</a><a href="#post-2037-bookmark530">.Table</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark530">5-46</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>USB Gateway, Camera Gateway</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>Auto</strong>: Automatically activate alarm if the alarm output function</li>
</ul>
<p>for wireless siren is enabled for specific events. For example, if you want to enable the alarm output through wireless siren for motion detection, see &#8220;Alarm Output&#8221; parameter in<a href="#post-2037-bookmark456"> Table 5­34.</a></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Manual</strong>: Activate alarm immediately.</li>
<li><strong>Stop</strong>: Do not activate alarm.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark597"></a> Alarm Release</td>
<td>Click <strong>OK to </strong>clear all alarm output status of wireless siren.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-52</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark598"></a> Configuring POS Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can connect the Device to the POS (Point of Sale) machine and receive the information from it. This function applies to the scenarios such as supermarket POS machine. After connection is established, the Device can access the POS information and display the overlaid text in the channel window.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>Playing POS information in the local playback and viewing the POS information in the live view screen only support single-channel mode. Displaying monitoring screen and playing back in the web support multi-channel mode.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark600"></a> Searching the Transaction Records</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Intelligent <em>•+</em> POS ^ POS SEARCH</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>POS SEARCH </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark602"> Figure 5-163.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="811" height="459" class="wp-image-2291" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-253.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 253" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 662" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-253.jpeg 811w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-253-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-253-768x435.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 811px) 100vw, 811px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-163</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark602"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Transaction No. </strong>list, enter the transaction number on your receipt printed out by POS machine.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Start Time </strong>box and <strong>End Time </strong>box, enter the time period that you want to search the POS transaction information.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Search</strong>.</p>
<p>The searched transaction results display in the table.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark603"></a> Configuring POS Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> Intelligent^ POS ^ POS SETUP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>POS SETUP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark605"> Figure 5-164.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="805" height="452" class="wp-image-2292" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-254.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 254" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 663" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-254.jpeg 805w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-254-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-254-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 805px) 100vw, 805px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-164</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark605"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the POS parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark606"> Table 5-53.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>POS Name</td>
<td>In the <strong>POS Name </strong>list, select the POS machine that you want to configure settings for. Click ^3 to modify the POS name. CQ NOTE</p>
<p>The POS name supports 21 Chinese characters or 63 English characters.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the POS function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record CH</td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm occurs.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>The recording for POS alarms and auto recording function must be enabled. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Privacy Setup</td>
<td>Enter the privacy content.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Protocol Type</td>
<td>Select <strong>POS </strong>by default. Different machine corresponds to different protocol.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connect Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Connect Type </strong>list, select the connection protocol type.</p>
<p>Click <strong>^3, </strong>the IP Address interface is displayed.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Source IP </strong>box, enter the IP address (the machine that is connected to the Device) that sends messages.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Convert</td>
<td>Select a character encoding mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Overlay</td>
<td>In the <strong>Overlay </strong>list, Select <strong>Turn </strong>or <strong>ROLL</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network time out</td>
<td>When the network is not working correctly and cannot be recovered after the entered timeout limit, the POS information will not display normally. After the network is recovered, the latest POS information will be displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time Display</td>
<td>Enter the time that how long you want to keep the POS information displaying. For example, enter 5, the POS information disappear from the screen after 5 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Font Size</td>
<td>In the Font Size list, select <strong>Small</strong>, <strong>Medium</strong>, or <strong>Big </strong>as the text size of POS information</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>COLOR</td>
<td>In the color bar, click to select the color for the text size of POS information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>POS Info</td>
<td>Enable the POS Info function, the POS information displays in the live view screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Transaction Start</td>
<td rowspan="2">Enter the transaction start character and end character.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Transaction End</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark606"></a> Line Delimiter</td>
<td>Enter the line delimiter that you want to use.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-53</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark607"></a> Configuring Backup Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="837" height="470" class="wp-image-2293" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-255.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 255" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 664" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-255.jpeg 837w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-255-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-255-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-255-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 837px) 100vw, 837px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark609"></a> Finding USB Device</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When you inset a USB storage device into the USB port of the Device, the Device detects the USB storage device and pops up &#8220;Find USB device&#8221; interface, which provides you a shortcut to perform backup and upgrading operations. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark612"> Figure 5-165.</a></p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark611">&#8220;5.13.2 Backing up Files&#8221;</a>, <a href="#post-2037-bookmark847">&#8220;5.19.2 Viewing Log Information&#8221;</a>, <a href="#post-2037-bookmark818">&#8220;5.18.5 Exporting</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark818">and Importing System Settings&#8221;</a>, and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark831">&#8220;5.18.7 Upgrading the Device.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="601" height="379" class="wp-image-2294" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-256.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 256" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 665" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-256.jpeg 601w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-256-300x189.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 601px) 100vw, 601px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-165</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark611"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark612"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark613"></a> Backing up Files</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can back up the recorded videos and snapshots.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ BACKUP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>BACKUP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark615"> Figure 5-166.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="814" height="458" class="wp-image-2295" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-257.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 257" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 666" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-257.jpeg 814w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-257-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-257-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-257-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 814px) 100vw, 814px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-166</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark615"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the backup parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark616"> Table 5-54.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>In the <strong>Device Name </strong>list, select the device that you want to back up the files to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Format</td>
<td>Click <strong>Format </strong>to format the selected device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Path</td>
<td>Click <strong>Browse</strong>, the <strong>Browse </strong>interface is displayed. Select the route where you want to search for the files.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record CH</td>
<td>In the <strong>Record CH </strong>list, select the channel where you want to search for the files.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select the file type that you want to search.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Time</p>
<p>End Time</td>
<td>Enter the start time and end time for the files that you want to search.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark616"></a> File Format</td>
<td>In the <strong>File Format </strong>list, select the file format that you want to search.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-54</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Search </strong>to search the files that meet the configured settings.</p>
<p>The searched results will display in the table.</p>
<p>Step 4 Select the files that you want to back up.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Backup </strong>to back up the selected files to the configured path. Q NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Clear </strong>to remove all the searched results.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark617"></a> Network Management</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="472" class="wp-image-2296" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-258.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 258" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 667" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-258.jpeg 939w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-258-300x151.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-258-768x386.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-258-810x407.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark619"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark620"></a> Configuring Network Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can ensure the network interworking between the Device and other devices through configuring the network settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark622"></a> Configuring TCP/IP Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the settings for the Device such as IP address, DNS according to the networking plan.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ TCP/IP</strong>, the <strong>TCP/IP </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark624"> Figure 5-167.</a></p>
<p>For details about parameter settings, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark124">&#8220;5.1.4.4 Configuring Network Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="740" height="526" class="wp-image-2297" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-259.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 259" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 668" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-259.jpeg 740w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-259-300x213.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 740px) 100vw, 740px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-167</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark624"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark625"></a> Configuring Port Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the maximum connection accessing the Device from Client such as WEB, Platform, and Mobile Phone and configure each port settings.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ CONNECTION</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>CONNECTION </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark627"> Figure 5-168.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="810" height="459" class="wp-image-2298" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-260.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 260" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 669" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-260.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-260-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-260-768x435.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 810px) 100vw, 810px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-168</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark627"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the connection parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark628"> Table 5-55.</a> Q2 NOTE</p>
<p>The connection parameters except Max Connection cannot take effects until the Device has been restarted.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Max Connection</td>
<td>The allowable maximum clients accessing the Device at the same time, such as WEB, Platform, and Mobile Phone.</p>
<p>Select a value between 1 and 128. The default value setting is 128.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TCP Port</td>
<td>The default value setting is 25001. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>UDP Port</td>
<td>The default value setting is 25002. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HTTP Port</td>
<td>The default value setting is 80. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</p>
<p>If you enter other value, for example, 70, and then you should enter 70 after the IP address when logging in the Device by browser.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RTSP Port</td>
<td>The default value setting is 554. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>POS Port</td>
<td>Data transmission. The value range is from 1 through 65535. The default value is 38800.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HTTPS Enable</td>
<td>Enable <strong>HTTPS</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark628"></a> HTTPS Port</td>
<td>HTTPS communication port. The default value setting is 443. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-55</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark629"></a> Configuring Wi-Fi Connection Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can make wireless connection between the Device and the other devices in the same network through Wi-Fi settings, facilitating the devices connection and mobility.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>Only the Device with Wi-Fi module supports this function.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network <em>■&gt;</em> Wi-Fi</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Wi-Fi </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark631"> Figure 5-169.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="816" height="460" class="wp-image-2299" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-261.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 261" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 670" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-261.jpeg 816w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-261-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-261-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-261-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 816px) 100vw, 816px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-169</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark631"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the Wi-Fi connection parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark632"> Table 5-56.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Wi-Fi Auto Connect</td>
<td>Enable <strong>Wi-Fi Auto Connect</strong>.</p>
<p>After the Device is restarted, it will automatically connect to the nearest hotspot that had been connected successfully.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Refresh</td>
<td>Refresh the hotspot list. The self-adaption function such as adding password is supported if such setting was once configured.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connect</td>
<td>In the <strong>hotpot</strong>s list, select a hotspot, and then click <strong>Connect</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>To reconnect the same hotspot, disconnect first and then</li>
</ul>
<p>reconnect.</p>
<ul>
<li>To connect to other hotspot, disconnect from the current</li>
</ul>
<p>connected hotspot first, and then connect to the other hotspot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark632"></a> Disconnect</td>
<td>To disconnect from a hotspot, click <strong>Disconnect</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-56</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>After the Device is connected to a Wi-Fi hotspot, in the <strong>Wi-Fi Working Info </strong>area, the current hotspot, IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway are displayed.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark633"></a> Configuring PPPoE Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>PPPoE is another way for the Device to access the network. You can establish network connection by configuring PPPoE settings to give the Device a dynamic IP address in the WAN. To use this function, firstly you need to obtain the user name and password from the Internet Service Provider.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ PPPoE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>PPPoE </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark635"> Figure 5-170.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="823" height="465" class="wp-image-2300" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-262.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 262" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 671" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-262.jpeg 823w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-262-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-262-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-262-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 823px) 100vw, 823px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-170</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark635"></a> Step 2 Enable the PPPoE function.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>User Name </strong>box and <strong>Password </strong>box, enter the user name and password accordingly provided by the Internet Service Provider.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>The system pops up a message to indicate the successfully saved. The IP address appears on the PPPoE interface. You can use this IP address to access the Device. CD NOTE</p>
<p>When the PPPoE function is enabled, the IP address on the <strong>TCP/IP </strong>interface cannot be modified.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark636"></a> Configuring DDNS Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the IP address of the Device changes frequently, the DDNS function can dynamically refresh the correspondence between the domain on DNS and the IP address, ensuring you access the Device by using the domain.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark638"></a> Preparing for Configuration</p>
<p>Please confirm if the Device supports the DDNS Type and log in the website provided by the DDNS service provider to register the information such as domain from PC located in the WAN.</p>
<ul>
<li>If DDNS belongs to Quick DDNS type, domain registration is not needed.</li>
<li>If DDNS belongs to other type, you need to login the DDNS website to register the information such as user name, password, and domain name.</li>
</ul>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>After you have registered and logged in the DDNS website successfully, you can view the information of all the connected devices under this user name.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark640"></a> Configuring Steps</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network ^ DDNS</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>DDNS </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark642"> Figure 5-171.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="465" class="wp-image-2301" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-263.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 263" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 672" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-263.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-263-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-263-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-263-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-171</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark642"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the DDNS parameters. • DDNS type. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark643"> Table 5-57.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the DDNS function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DDNS Type</td>
<td rowspan="2">Type and address of DDNS service provider.</p>
<ul>
<li>Type: CP Plus DDNS Free</li>
<li>Type: Dyndns DDNS; address: members.dyndns.org</li>
<li>Type: NO-IP DDNS; address: dynupdate.no-ip.com</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Host IP</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Domain Name</td>
<td>The domain name for registering on the website of DDNS service provider.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Name</td>
<td rowspan="2">Enter the user name and password obtained from DDNS service provider. You need to register (including user name and password) on the website of DDNS service provider.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark643"></a> Interval</td>
<td>Enter the amount of time that you want to update the DDNS.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-57</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>Enter the domain name in the browser on your PC, and then press <strong>Enter</strong>.</p>
<p>If the web interface of the Device is displayed, the configuration is successful. If not, the configuration is failed.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark644"></a> Configuring EMAIL Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the email settings to enable the system to send the email as a notification when there is an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ EMAIL</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>EMAIL </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark646"> Figure 5-172.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="812" height="453" class="wp-image-2302" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-264.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 264" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 673" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-264.jpeg 812w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-264-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-264-768x428.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-264-810x452.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 812px) 100vw, 812px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="124" height="23" class="wp-image-2303" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-265.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 265" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 674"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark646"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the email parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark647"> Table 5-58.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the email function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SMTP Server</td>
<td>Enter the address of SMTP server of sender’s email account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Port</td>
<td>Enter the port value of SMTP server. The default value setting is 25. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Name</td>
<td rowspan="2">Enter the user name and password of sender’s email account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anonymity</td>
<td>If enable the anonymity function, you can login as anonymity.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mail Receiver</td>
<td>In the <strong>Mail Receiver </strong>list, select the number of receiver that you want to receive the notification. The Device supports up to three mail receivers.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Email Address</td>
<td>Enter the email address of mail receiver(s).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sender</td>
<td>Enter the sender’s email address. It supports maximum three senders separated by comma.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Title</td>
<td>Enter the email subject.</p>
<p>Supports Chinese, English and Arabic numerals. It supports maximum 64 characters.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Attachment</td>
<td>Enable the attachment function. When there is an alarm event, the system can attach snapshots as an attachment to the email.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</td>
<td>Select the encryption type: <strong>NONE</strong>, <strong>SSL</strong>, or <strong>TLS</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interval (Sec.)</td>
<td>This is the interval that the system sends an email for the same type of alarm event, which means, the system does not send an email upon any alarm event.</p>
<p>This setting helps to avoid the large amount of emails caused by frequent alarm events.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 3600. 0 means that there is no interval.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Health Enable</td>
<td>Enable the health test function. The system can send a test email to check the connection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interval (Min.)</td>
<td>This is the interval that the system sends a health test email. The value ranges from 30 to 1440. 0 means that there is no interval.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark647"></a> Test</td>
<td>Click Test to test the email sending function. If the configuration is correct, the receiver’s email account will receive the email.</p>
<p>Cfl NOTE</p>
<p>Before testing, click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-58</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark648"></a> Configuring UPnP Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can map the relationship between the LAN and the WAN to access the Device on the LAN through the IP address on the WAN.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark650"></a> Preparation for Configuration</p>
<ul>
<li>Login the router to set the WAN port to enable the IP address to connect into the WAN.</li>
<li>Enable the UPnP function at the router.</li>
<li>Connect the Device with the LAN port on the router to connect into the LAN.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ TCP/IP</strong>, configure the IP address into the router IP</li>
</ul>
<p>address range, or enable the DHCP function to obtain an IP address automatically.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark652"></a> Configuration Steps</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network ^ UPnP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>UPnP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark654"> Figure 5-173.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="822" height="461" class="wp-image-2304" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-266.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 266" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 675" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-266.jpeg 822w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-266-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-266-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-266-810x454.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 822px) 100vw, 822px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-173</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark654"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the UPnP parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark655"> Table 5-59.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PAT</td>
<td colspan="2">Enable the UPnP function.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td colspan="4">Indicates the status of UPnP function.</p>
<p>* Offline: Failed.</p>
<p>• Online: Succeeded.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">LAN IP</td>
<td colspan="4">Enter IP address of router on the LAN.</p>
<p>Cfl NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="8">After mapping succeeded, the system obtains IP address</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="6">automatically without performing any configurations.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">WAN IP</td>
<td colspan="4">Enter IP address of router on the WAN.</p>
<p>LJ NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="8">After mapping succeeded, the system obtains IP address</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="6">automatically without performing any configurations.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="9">The settings in PAT table correspond to the UPnP PAT table on the router.</p>
<ul>
<li>Service Name: Name of network server.</li>
<li>Protocol: Type of protocol.</li>
<li>Int. Port: Internal port that is mapped on the Device.</li>
<li>Ext. Port: External port that is mapped on the router.</li>
</ul>
<p>Wl NOTE</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="9">To avoid the conflict, when setting the external port, try to use</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="8">the ports from 1024 through 5000 and avoid popular ports</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PAT Table</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="9">from 1 through 255 and system ports from 256 through 1023.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="6">When there are several devices in the LAN, please</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="8">reasonably arrange the ports mapping to avoid mapping to the same external port.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="9">When establishing a mapping relationship, please ensure the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">mapping ports are not occupied or limited.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="9">The internal and external ports of TCP and UDP must be the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">same and cannot be modified.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="3">Click <strong>^3 </strong>to modify the external port.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-59</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark655"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>In the browser, enter<a href="http://wan/"> http://WAN </a>IP: External IP port. You can visit the LAN Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark656"></a> Configuring SNMP Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>. . NOTE</p>
<p>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>You can connect the Device with some software such as MIB Builder and MG-SOFT MIB Browser to manage and control the Device from the software.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark658"></a> Preparation for Configuration</p>
<ul>
<li>Install the software that can manage and control the SNMP, such as MIB Builder and MG­SOFT MIB Browser</li>
<li>Obtain the MIB files that correspond to the current version from the technical support.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark660"></a> Configuration Steps</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network ^ SNMP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>SNMP </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark662"> Figure 5-174.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="787" height="442" class="wp-image-2305" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-267.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 267" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 676" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-267.jpeg 787w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-267-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-267-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 787px) 100vw, 787px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-174</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark662"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the SNMP parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark663"> Table 5-60.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the SNMP function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Version</td>
<td>Select the check box of SNMP version(s) that you are using.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SNMP Port</td>
<td>Indicates the monitoring port on the agent program.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Read Community</td>
<td rowspan="2">Indicates the read/write strings supported by the agent program.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Write Community</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Trap Address</td>
<td>Indicates the destination address for the agent program to send the Trap information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark663"></a> Trap Port</td>
<td>Indicates the destination port for the agent program to send the Trap information.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-60</p>
<p>Step 3</p>
<p>Step 4</p>
<p>Step 5</p>
<p>Step 6</p>
<p>Compile the two MIB files by MIB Builder.</p>
<p>Run MG-SOFT MIB Browser to load in the module from compilation.</p>
<p>On the MG-SOFT MIB Browser, enter the Device IP that you want to manage, and<br />
then select the version number to query.</p>
<p>On the MG-SOFT MIB Browser, unfold the tree-structured directory to obtain the<br />
configurations of the Device, such as the channels quantity and software version.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark664"></a> Configuring Multicast Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When you access the Device from the network to view the video, if the access is exceeded, the video will not display. You can use the multicast function to group the IP to solve the problem.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network ^ MULTICAST</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>MULTICAST </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark666"> Figure 5-175.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="811" height="453" class="wp-image-2306" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-268.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 268" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 677" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-268.jpeg 811w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-268-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-268-768x429.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 811px) 100vw, 811px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="123" height="23" class="wp-image-2307" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-269.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 269" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 678"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark666"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the multicast parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark667"> Table 5-61.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the multicast function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Enter the IP address that you want to use as the multicast IP.</p>
<p>The IP address ranges from 224.0.0.0 through 239.255.255.255.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark667"></a> Port</td>
<td>Enter the port for the multicast. The port ranges from 1025 through 65000.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-61</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>You can use the multicast IP address to login the web. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark668"> Figure 5-176.</a></p>
<p>On the web login dialog box, in the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>MULTICAST</strong>. The web will automatically obtain the multicast IP address and join. Then you can view the video through multicast function.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="470" height="423" class="wp-image-2308" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-270.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 270" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 679" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-270.jpeg 470w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-270-300x270.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 470px) 100vw, 470px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark668"></a> Figure 5-176</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark669"></a> Configuring Register Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can register the Device into the specified proxy server which acts as the transit to make it easier for the client software to access the Device.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ REGISTER</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>REGISTER </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark671"> Figure 5-177.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="812" height="461" class="wp-image-2309" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-271.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 271" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 680" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-271.jpeg 812w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-271-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-271-768x436.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-271-810x460.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 812px) 100vw, 812px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-177</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark671"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the register parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark672"> Table 5-62.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the register function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>No.</td>
<td>Select a number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Server IP Address</td>
<td>Enter the server IP address or the server domain that you want to register to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Port</td>
<td>Enter the port of the server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark672"></a> Sub Service ID</td>
<td>This ID is allocated by the server and used for the Device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-62</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark673"></a> Configuring Alarm Center Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the alarm center server to receive the uploaded alarm information. To use this function, the <strong>Alarm Upload </strong>check box must be selected. For details about alarm event settings, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark447">&#8220;5.10 Alarm Events Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ ALARM CENTER</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>ALARM CENTER </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark675"> Figure 5-178.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="817" height="456" class="wp-image-2310" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-272.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 272" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 681" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-272.jpeg 817w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-272-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-272-768x429.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-272-810x452.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 817px) 100vw, 817px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-178</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark675"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the alarm center parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark676"> Table 5-63.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the alarm center function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Protocol Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Protocol Type </strong>list, select protocol type. The default is <strong>ALARM CENTER</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Host IP</p>
<p>Port</td>
<td>The IP address and communication port of the PC installed with alarm client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark676"></a> Self-Report Time</td>
<td>In the <strong>Self-Report Time </strong>list, select time cycle and specific time for uploading alarm.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-63</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark677"></a> Configuring InstaOn Cloud Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can manage the devices by using InstaOn technology to download the application and register the devices. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark129">&#8220;5.1.4.5 Configuring InstaOn Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark679"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark680"></a> Configuring Network Testing Settings
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark682"></a> Testing the Network</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can test the network connection status between the Device and other devices.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> INFO ^ Network ^ Test</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Test </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark684"> Figure 5-179.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="819" height="463" class="wp-image-2311" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-273.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 273" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 682" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-273.jpeg 819w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-273-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-273-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-273-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 819px) 100vw, 819px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-179</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark684"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Destination IP </strong>box, enter the IP address.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Test</strong>.</p>
<p>After testing is completed, the test result is displayed. You can check the evaluation for average delay, packet loss, and network status. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark685"> Figure 5-180.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="976" height="428" class="wp-image-2312" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-274.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 274" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 683" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-274.jpeg 976w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-274-300x132.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-274-768x337.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-274-810x355.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 976px) 100vw, 976px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-180</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark685"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark686"></a> Capturing Packet and Backing up</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Packet capture means the operations such as capturing, resending, and editing data that are sent and received during network transmission. When there is network abnormality, you can perform packet capturing and back up into the USB storage device. This date can be provided to the technical support for analyzing the network condition.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Info ^ Network &gt; Network Test</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Network Test </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark688"> Figure 5-181.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="780" height="437" class="wp-image-2313" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-275.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 275" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 684" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-275.jpeg 780w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-275-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-275-768x430.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 780px) 100vw, 780px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-181</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark688"></a> Step 2 Connect a USB storage device to the Device.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Fresh</strong>.</p>
<p>The Device starts detecting the USB storage device and displays its name in the <strong>Device Name </strong>box.</p>
<p>Step 4 Select the route of the data that you want to capture and back up.</p>
<p>1) In the Network Sniffer Packet Backup, click <strong>Browse</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Browse </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark689"> Figure 5-182.</a></p>
<p>Device Name</p>
<p>Total Space</p>
<p>Free Space</p>
<p>Address</p>
<p>sdal(USBUSB) Refresh Format</p>
<p>3.73 GB</p>
<p>3.27 GB</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Size</td>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Delete</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ ScreenShot</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® LANl-20180313213059.pcap</td>
<td>111.7 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>a</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® LANl-20180313213722.pcap</td>
<td>182.1 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ printf_20180314111548.txt</td>
<td>1.2 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a kmsg_printf_20180314111548.txt</td>
<td>19.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® printf.txt</td>
<td>1.97 MB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>Q</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>l&amp;l kmsg_printf.txt</td>
<td>1.1KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>@1 pnntf_2O18O3161539O3.txt</td>
<td>964 B</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SI kmsg_printf_20180316153903.txt</td>
<td>2L2KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>W pnntf_20180316154049.txt</td>
<td>1.5 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® kmsg_printf_201803161S4049.txt</td>
<td>21.7 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>g</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>@1 printf_2O18O316155148.txt</td>
<td>2.2 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ml kmsg_phntf_20180316155148.txt</td>
<td>21.6 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® printf_2O18O316161436.txt</td>
<td>2.5 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bl kmsg_printf_20180316161436.txt</td>
<td>21.9 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>a</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark689"></a> New Folder</p>
<p>Import</p>
<p>Export</p>
<p>Figure 5-182</p>
<p>2)</p>
<p>Select the route.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>If there are several USB storage devices are connected to the Device, you can select from the <strong>Device Name </strong>list.</li>
<li>Click Refresh to total space, free space and the file list in the selected USB storage device.</li>
<li>In the case of insufficient capacity, click Fl</li>
</ul>
<p>to delete the needless files.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>New Folder </strong>to create a new folder in the USB storage device.</li>
</ul>
<p>3) Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the route selection settings.</p>
<p>The <strong>Test </strong>interface is displayed again.</p>
<p>Step 5</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="51" class="wp-image-2314" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-276.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 276" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 685"></p>
<p>to start packet capturing and backing up.</p>
<p>CO NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Only the data packet of one LAN can be captured at one time.</li>
<li>After capturing starts, you can exit the <strong>Test </strong>interface to perform other operations</li>
</ul>
<p>such as web login and monitoring.</p>
<p>Step6 Click © to stop capturing.</p>
<p>The backup data is saved in the selected route under the naming style &#8220;LAN name- time.pcap.&#8221; See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark690"> Figure 5-183.</a> You can open it by using Wireshark software.</p>
<p>Device Name</p>
<p>Total Space</p>
<p>Free Space</p>
<p>Address</p>
<p>sdal(USBUSB) Refresh Format</p>
<p>3.73 GB</p>
<p>3.27 GB</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Size</td>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Delete</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ ScreenShot</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td>Q</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® LANl-20180313213059.pcap</td>
<td>111.7 KB</td>
<td>Rte</td>
<td>B</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>@ LAN 1-20180313213722.pcap</td>
<td>182.1 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>B</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>;i‘i printf_20180314111548.txt</td>
<td>1 2 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>@ kmsg_printf_20180314111548.txt</td>
<td>19.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>o</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>g) printf.txt</td>
<td>1.97 MB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>B</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>I«l kmsg_printf.txt</td>
<td>1.1KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>*</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>H pnntf_20180316153903.txt</td>
<td>964 B</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>Sk</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(£i kmsg_printf_20180316153903.txt</td>
<td>2L2KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>□</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>M printf_20180316154049.txt</td>
<td>1.5 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IB kmsg_printf_20180316154049.txt</td>
<td>2L7KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>B</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® printf_20180316155148.txt</td>
<td>22 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>a</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ kmsg_printf_20180316155148.txt</td>
<td>21.6 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>a</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>printf.20180316161436.txt</td>
<td>25 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>B</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>81 kmsg_printf_20180316161436.txt</td>
<td>2L9KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>B</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>New Folder</p>
<p>Import Export</p>
<p>Figure 5-183</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark690"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark691"></a> 5.15 Configuring Account Settings</p>
<p>You can add, modify and delete user accounts, groups, and ONVIF users, and set security questions for admin account.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The user name supports 31 characters and group name supports 15 characters. The user name can be consisted of letter, number, &#8220;_&#8221;, &#8220;@&#8221;, &#8220;.&#8221;.</li>
<li>You can set maximum 64 users and 20 groups. The group name by &#8220;User&#8221; and &#8220;Admin&#8221; cannot be deleted. You can set other groups and define the relevant permissions. However, the admin account cannot be set randomly.</li>
<li>You can manage the account by user and group and the name cannot be repeated. Every user must belong to a group, and one user only belongs to one group.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark693"></a> Configuring User Account
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark695"></a> Adding a User Account</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Account ^ User</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>USER </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark697"> Figure 5-184.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="833" height="468" class="wp-image-2315" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-277.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 277" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 686" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-277.jpeg 833w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-277-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-277-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-277-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 833px) 100vw, 833px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-184</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark697"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Add User</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add User </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark698"> Figure 5-185.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="792" height="445" class="wp-image-2316" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-278.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 278" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 687" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-278.jpeg 792w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-278-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-278-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 792px) 100vw, 792px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-185</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark698"></a> Step 3 Configure the settings for the parameters of adding a user account. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark699"> Table 5-64.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Name</td>
<td rowspan="2">Enter a user name and password for the account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Confirm Password</td>
<td>Re-enter the password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Memo</td>
<td>Optional.</p>
<p>Enter a description of the account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User MAC</td>
<td>Enter user MAC address</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Group</td>
<td>Select a group for the account.</p>
<p>w note</p>
<p>The user rights must be within the group permission.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Click <strong>Set </strong>to display <strong>Set </strong>interface.</p>
<p>Define a period during which the new account can login the device. The new account cannot login the device during the time beyond the set period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authority</td>
<td>In the <strong>Authority </strong>area, select the check boxes in the <strong>System </strong>tab, <strong>Playback </strong>tab, and <strong>Monitor </strong>tab.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>To manage the user account easily, when defining the user account authority, it is recommended not to give the authority to the common user account higher that the advanced user account.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-64</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark699"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark700"></a> Setting Permitted Period</p>
<p>Step 1 Next to <strong>Period</strong>, click <strong>Setting</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Setting </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark702"> Figure 5-186.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="774" height="437" class="wp-image-2317" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-279.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 279" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 688" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-279.jpeg 774w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-279-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-279-768x434.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 774px) 100vw, 774px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-186</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark702"></a> Step 2 Define the permitted period. By default, it is active all the time. • Define the period by drawing.</p>
<p>O Define for a specified day of a week: On the timeline, click the half-hour blocks to select the active period.</p>
<p>O Define for several days of a week: Click H before each day, the icon</p>
<p>switches to Q</p>
<p>. On the timeline of any selected day, click the half-hour blocks</p>
<p>to select the active periods, all the days with Q</p>
<p>will take the same settings.</p>
<p>O Define for all days of a week: Click <strong>All</strong>, all the switches to . On the</p>
<p>timeline of any day, click the half-hour blocks to select the active periods, all the days will take the same settings.</p>
<p>• Define the period by editing. Take Sunday as an example.</p>
<p>1) Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="39" class="wp-image-2318" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-280.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 280" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 689"></p>
<p>The <strong>Period </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark703"> Figure 5-187.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="826" height="472" class="wp-image-2319" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-281.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 281" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 690" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-281.jpeg 826w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-281-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-281-768x439.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-281-810x463.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 826px) 100vw, 826px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-187</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark703"></a> Enter the time frame for the period and select the check box to enable the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>O There are six periods for you to set for each day.</p>
<p>O Under <strong>Copy</strong>, select <strong>All </strong>to apply the settings to all the days of a week, or select specific day(s) that you want to apply the settings to.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark704"></a> 5.15.1.2 Modify a User Account</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Account ^User</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>USER </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark706"> Figure 5-188.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="752" height="425" class="wp-image-2320" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-282.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 282" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 691" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-282.jpeg 752w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-282-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 752px) 100vw, 752px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-188</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark706"></a> Step 2 Click</p>
<p>for the user account that you want to modify.</p>
<p>The <strong>Modify User </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark707"> Figure 5-189.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="809" height="453" class="wp-image-2321" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-283.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 283" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 692" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-283.jpeg 809w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-283-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-283-768x430.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 809px) 100vw, 809px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-189</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark707"></a> Step 3 Change the settings for password, user name, user group, user MAC, memo, period, and authority.</p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<p>The new password can be set from 8 digits through 32 digits and contains at least two types from number, letter and special characters (excluding , , &#8220;;&#8221;,&#8221;:&#8221; and &#8220;&amp;&#8221;).</p>
<p>For the admin account, you can enter or modify email address, enable/disable the unlock pattern, modify the security questions.</p>
<p>• In the <strong>Email Address </strong>box, enter the email address, and the click <strong>Save </strong>to save the setting.</p>
<p>• To use the unlock pattern, enable <strong>Unlock Pattern</strong>, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="39" class="wp-image-2322" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-284.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 284" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 693"></p>
<p>, draw a pattern in</p>
<p>the <strong>Unlock Pattern </strong>interface, and then click <strong>Save </strong>to save the setting.</p>
<p>• Configuring security questions.</p>
<ol>
<li>) Click Security Questions.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Security Questions </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark708"> Figure 5-190.</a></p>
<p>Security Questions</p>
<p>Successfully set. Please delete it first if you want to reset security question ¡again.</p>
<p>Question 1</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="714" height="282" class="wp-image-2323" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-285.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 285" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 694" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-285.jpeg 714w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-285-300x118.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 714px) 100vw, 714px" /></p>
<p>Delete</p>
<p>Figure 5-190</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark708"></a> In the <strong>Question </strong>list, select questions and enter the answers in the Answer box.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can use the security questions and answers to reset the password for admin account.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>To reset the security questions, on the <strong>Security Questions</strong>, enter the correct answers for each question, and then click <strong>Delete</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark709"></a> 5.15.1.3 Deleting a User Account</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Account ^ User</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>USER </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark711"> Figure 5-191.</a></p>
<p>■&gt; USER</p>
<p>GROUP</p>
<p>ONVIFUSER</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark711"></a> Step 2 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="49" class="wp-image-2324" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-286.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 286" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 695"></p>
<p>1 Usa Name Group»&#8230;. Modify Mat 5«ojs MAC A.. Memo</p>
<p>I admin admin Z t Login Local admin&#8217;s account</p>
<p>AiMUfrer</p>
<p>Figure 5-191</p>
<p>for the user account that you want to delete.</p>
<p>A <strong>Message </strong>is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>OK </strong>to delete a user account.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark712"></a> Configuring Group Account
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark714"></a> Adding a Group</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Account ^ Group</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>GROUP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark716"> Figure 5-192.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="814" height="460" class="wp-image-2325" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-287.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 287" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 696" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-287.jpeg 814w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-287-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-287-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-287-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 814px) 100vw, 814px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-192</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark716"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Add Group</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add Group </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark717"> Figure 5-193.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="428" class="wp-image-2326" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-288.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 288" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 697" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-288.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-288-300x167.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-193</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark717"></a> Step 3 Configure the settings for the parameters of adding a group. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark718"> Table 5-65.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Group Name</td>
<td>Enter a name for the group.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Memo</td>
<td>Optional.</p>
<p>Enter a description of the account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark718"></a> Authority</td>
<td>In the <strong>Authority </strong>area, select the check boxes in the <strong>System </strong>tab, <strong>Playback </strong>tab, and <strong>Monitor </strong>tab.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-65</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark719"></a> Modifying a Group</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Account ^ Group</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>GROUP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark721"> Figure 5-194.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="811" height="626" class="wp-image-2327" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-289.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 289" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 698" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-289.jpeg 811w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-289-300x232.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-289-768x593.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 811px) 100vw, 811px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-194</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark721"></a> Step 2 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="42" class="wp-image-2328" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-290.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 290" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 699"></p>
<p>for the group account that you want to modify.</p>
<p>Step 3 The <strong>Modify Group </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark722"> Figure 5-195.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="811" height="456" class="wp-image-2329" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-291.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 291" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 700" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-291.jpeg 811w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-291-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-291-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 811px) 100vw, 811px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-195</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark722"></a> Step 4 Change the settings for group name, memo, and authority.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark723"></a> Deleting a Group</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Account ^ Group</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>GROUP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark725"> Figure 5-196.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>USER</td>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td><strong>GlCu® Nd inc</strong></td>
<td>Miriiiy</td>
<td><strong>Ddclc</strong></td>
<td><strong>Memo</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ROUP</strong></td>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td><strong>admin</strong></td>
<td><strong>z</strong></td>
<td>fl</td>
<td><strong>aAnimâraMr ¡¡roup</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>onvif<strong> use n</strong></td>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td><strong>user</strong></td>
<td><strong>/</strong></td>
<td>fl</td>
<td><strong>user 9*aup</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Add Owp</p>
<p>Figure 5-196</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark725"></a> Step 2 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="49" class="wp-image-2330" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-292.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 292" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 701"></p>
<p>for the user account that you want to delete.</p>
<p>A <strong>Message </strong>is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>OK </strong>to delete a group.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark726"></a> Configuring Onvif Users</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The device manufactured by other company can connect to the Device through Onvif protocol by an authorized Onvif account.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>The admin account is created for Onvif users right after the Device has been initialized</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Account ^ ONVIF USER</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>ONVIF USER </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark728"> Figure 5-197.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="839" height="476" class="wp-image-2331" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-293.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 293" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 702" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-293.jpeg 839w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-293-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-293-768x436.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-293-810x460.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 839px) 100vw, 839px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-197</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark728"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Add User</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add User/Modify </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark729"> Figure 5-198.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="542" height="419" class="wp-image-2332" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-294.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 294" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 703" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-294.jpeg 542w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-294-300x232.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-198</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark729"></a> Step 3 Enter user name, password, and select the group that you want this account to belong to.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<p>Click □ to modify the account; Click Fl</p>
<p>to delete the account.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark730"></a> 5.16 Voice Management</p>
<p>Voice management function manages audio files and configures the playing schedule. When there is an alarm event, the audio file can be activated.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark732"></a> Configuring Audio Files</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add audio files, listen to audio files, rename and delete audio files, and configure the audio volume.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Voice ^ FILE MANAGER</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>FILE MANAGER </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark734"> Figure 5-199.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="828" height="662" class="wp-image-2333" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-295.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 295" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 704" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-295.jpeg 828w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-295-300x240.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-295-768x614.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-295-810x648.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 828px) 100vw, 828px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-199</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark734"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark735"> Figure 5-200.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">Browse</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Device Name sdcl(USBUSB) 3.71GB/3.73GB(Free/Total)</td>
<td>Refresh</td>
<td>Format</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">Address /</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Size</td>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Delete</td>
<td>Play</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ (fd2b025a-ac98-e383-13ea-lcf86fc539fb)</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ ScreenShot</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ printf_20180317141255.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>g kmsg_printf_20180317141255.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>g| SmartPlayer.exe.Ink</td>
<td>1.7 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>8</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a Uni+ DVR_chl_main_20180317134749_&#8230;</td>
<td>26 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>□</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a Uni+ DVR_chl_main_20180317135000_&#8230;</td>
<td>26 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>□</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a ty.lnk</td>
<td>L7 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>□</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a printf_20180317143922.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>g kmsg_printf_20180317143922.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>New Folder</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>OK</td>
<td>Back</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5-200</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark735"></a> Step 3 Select the audio files that you want to import.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to start importing audio files from the USB storage device.</p>
<p>If the importing is successful, the audio files will display in the <strong>FILE MANAGER </strong>interface. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark736"> Figure 5-201.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="814" height="627" class="wp-image-2334" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-296.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 296" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 705" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-296.jpeg 814w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-296-300x231.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-296-768x592.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-296-810x624.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 814px) 100vw, 814px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-201</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark736"></a> The imported audio files are automatically saved into the HDD, so you do not need to connect to the USB storage device to get the file next time.</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="40" class="wp-image-2335" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-297.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 297" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 706"></p>
<p>to play the audio file.</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="41" class="wp-image-2336" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-298.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 298" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 707"></p>
<p>to rename the audio file.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click to delete the audio file.</li>
<li>To decrease or increase the playing volume, move the slider to the left or to the right.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark737"></a> 5.16.2 Configuring Playing Schedule for Audio Files</p>
<p>You can configure the settings to play the audio files during the defined time period.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Voice ^ SCHEDULE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>SCHEDULE </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark739"> Figure 5-202.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="702" height="394" class="wp-image-2337" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-299.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 299" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 708" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-299.jpeg 702w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-299-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 702px) 100vw, 702px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-202</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark739"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the schedule parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark740"> Table 5-66.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>In the <strong>Period </strong>box, enter the time. Select the check box to enable the settings.</p>
<p>You can configure up to six periods.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>File Name</td>
<td>In the <strong>File Name </strong>list, select the audio file that you want to play for this configured period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interval</td>
<td>In the <strong>Interval </strong>box, enter the time in minutes for how often you want to repeat the playing.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Repeat</td>
<td>Configure how many times you want to repeat the playing in the defined period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark740"></a> Output</td>
<td>Includes two options: MIC and Audio. It is MIC by default. The MIC function shares the same port with talkback function and the latter has the priority.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-66</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>• The finish time for audio playing is decided by audio file size and the configured interval.</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>Playing priority: Alarm event &gt; Talkback &gt; Trial listening &gt; Audio file.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark741"></a> 5.17 Storage Management</p>
<p>Storage management function manages the stored resources such as recorded video files and storage space. The function aims at providing easier operation and improving the storage efficiency.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="897" height="502" class="wp-image-2338" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-300.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 300" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 709" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-300.jpeg 897w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-300-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-300-768x430.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-300-810x453.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 897px) 100vw, 897px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark743"></a> Configuring Basic Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Storage <em>■+</em> BASIC</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>BASIC </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark745"> Figure 5-203.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="788" height="557" class="wp-image-2339" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-301.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 301" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 710" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-301.jpeg 788w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-301-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-301-768x543.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 788px) 100vw, 788px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-203</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark745"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the basic settings parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark746"> Table 5-67.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD Full</td>
<td>Configure the settings for the situation all the read/write discs are full, and there is no more free disc.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Stop Record </strong>to stop recording</li>
<li>Select <strong>Overwrite </strong>to overwrite the recorded video files</li>
</ul>
<p>always from the earliest time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pack Mode</td>
<td>Configure the time length and file length for each recorded video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark746"></a> Auto-Delete Old Files</td>
<td>Configure whether to delete the old files and if yes, configure the N days.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-67</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark747"></a> Configuring the Recording and Snapshot Schedule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark749"></a> The system starts recording and taking snapshot according to the configured schedule. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark157">&#8220;5.1.4.10 Configuring</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark157">Snapshot Storage ScheduleConfiguring Snapshot Storage Schedule&#8221;</a></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark750"></a> Configuring HDD Manager</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the HDD information, format HDD, and configure the HDD type through HDD manager.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Storage ^ HDD MANAGER</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>HDD MANAGER </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark752"> Figure 5-204.</a></p>
<p>In the table, you can view the information of current HDD, such as device name, HDD type, status, total space and free space, and serial number of the HDD port.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="726" height="559" class="wp-image-2340" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-302.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 302" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 711" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-302.jpeg 726w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-302-300x231.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 726px) 100vw, 726px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-204</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark752"></a> Step 2 Configuring the settings for the HDD manager.</p>
<ul>
<li>HDD type setting: In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>Read/Write</strong>, <strong>Read-Only </strong>or <strong>Redundant</strong>, and then click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</li>
<li>HDD format: Select the HDD that you want to format, click <strong>Format</strong>, in the pop-up message, click <strong>OK </strong>to start formatting, and then following the onscreen message to complete formatting.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark753"></a> 5.17.4 Configuring HDD Group</p>
<p>You can configure the HDD group to save the specified main stream, sub stream and snapshots</p>
<p>to the designated HDD group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="76" height="66" class="wp-image-2341" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-303.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 303" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 712"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>If &#8220;Current HDD Mode is Quota Mode&#8221; is shown on the interface, you need to switch to HDD mode.</li>
<li>You can enable either HDD Mode or Quota Mode at one time. The system reboots to activate the settings.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu &gt; STORAGE &gt; ADVANCE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>ADVANCE </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark755"> Figure 5-205.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="584" class="wp-image-2342" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-304.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 304" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 713" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-304.jpeg 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-304-300x234.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-205</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark755"></a> Step 2 Select the group for each HDD group, and then click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>Step 3 After configuring HDD group, under the <strong>Main Stream </strong>tab, <strong>Sub Stream </strong>tab and <strong>Snapshot </strong>tab, configure settings to save the main stream, sub stream and snapshot to different HDD group as selected by you. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark756"> Figure 5-206,</a><a href="#post-2037-bookmark757"> Figure 5-207,</a> and<a href="#post-2037-bookmark758"> Figure 5­208.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BASIC</td>
<td>HDD</td>
<td><strong>Main Stream</strong></td>
<td colspan="2">Sub Steam</td>
<td></td>
<td>Snnpshol</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">SCHEDULE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Current HDD Mode is HDD Group.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD MANAGER</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">&gt; ADVANCE</td>
<td colspan="2">Set AJI Charnel* 1</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Adi</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>QUOTA</td>
<td>ÇKırnH</td>
<td>Group Channel</td>
<td>Group</td>
<td colspan="2">Chitnncl</td>
<td>Group</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>Group</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>1</td>
<td>1 ’ 2</td>
<td>1 ’</td>
<td>3</td>
<td></td>
<td>1 ’</td>
<td>4</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD DETECT</td>
<td>5</td>
<td>1 &#8211; §</td>
<td>1 ’</td>
<td>7</td>
<td></td>
<td>1 ’</td>
<td>8</td>
<td>1 ’</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>REC ESTIMATE</td>
<td>9</td>
<td>1 * 10</td>
<td>1 W</td>
<td>11</td>
<td></td>
<td>1 ’</td>
<td>12</td>
<td>1 *</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>FTP</td>
<td>13</td>
<td>1 * 14</td>
<td>1 ’</td>
<td>15</td>
<td></td>
<td>1 •</td>
<td>Ifl</td>
<td>1 •</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Apply <sup>c</sup>«<sup>n</sup>“<sup>i</sup></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark756"></a> Figure 5-206</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="771" height="599" class="wp-image-2343" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-305.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 305" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 714" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-305.jpeg 771w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-305-300x233.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-305-768x597.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 771px) 100vw, 771px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark757"></a> Figure 5-207</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="770" height="597" class="wp-image-2344" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-306.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 306" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 715" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-306.jpeg 770w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-306-300x233.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-306-768x595.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 770px) 100vw, 770px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-208</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark758"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark759"></a> 5.17.5 Configuring HDD Detecting Settings</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>HDD detecting function detects the current status of HDD to let you know the HDD performance and replace the defective HDD.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark761"></a> Detecting HDD</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can detect HDD by quick detect and global detect.</p>
<ul>
<li>Quick detect: Detect the files saved in HDD. The detected bad track can be repaired by formatting. If there are no files in HDD, the system cannot detect the bad track.</li>
<li>Global detect: Detect the whole HDD through Windows, which takes time and might affect the HDD that is recording the video.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> Storage ^ HDD DETECT ^ Detect</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Detect </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark763"> Figure 5-209.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="793" height="445" class="wp-image-2345" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-307.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 307" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 716" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-307.jpeg 793w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-307-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-307-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 793px) 100vw, 793px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-209</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark763"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>Quick Detect </strong>or <strong>Global Detect</strong>; and in the <strong>HDD </strong>list, select the HDD that you want to detect.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Start Detect</strong>.</p>
<p>The system starts detecting the HDD. After detecting is completed, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark764"> Figure 5-210.</a></p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<p>During detecting, click <strong>Pause </strong>to pause detecting, click <strong>Continue </strong>to restart detecting, and click <strong>Stop Detect </strong>to stop detecting.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="853" height="479" class="wp-image-2346" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-308.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 308" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 717" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-308.jpeg 853w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-308-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-308-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-308-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 853px) 100vw, 853px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-210</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark764"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark765"></a> View Detecting Results</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After the detecting is completed, you can view the detecting reports to find out the problem and</p>
<p>replace the defective HDD to avoid data loss.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Storage ^ HDD DETECT ^ Report</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Report </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark767"> Figure 5-211.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="737" height="416" class="wp-image-2347" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-309.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 309" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 718" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-309.jpeg 737w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-309-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 737px) 100vw, 737px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-211</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark767"></a> Step 2 Click</p>
<p>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Details </strong>interface is displayed. You can view detecting results and S.M.A.R.T reports. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark768"> Figure 5-212 </a>and<a href="#post-2037-bookmark769"> Figure 5-213.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="718" height="539" class="wp-image-2348" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-310.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 310" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 719" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-310.jpeg 718w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-310-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 718px) 100vw, 718px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark768"></a> Figure 5-212</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="767" height="562" class="wp-image-2349" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-311.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 311" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 720" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-311.jpeg 767w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-311-300x220.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 767px) 100vw, 767px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-213</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark769"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark770"></a> Configuring Quota Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the quote for each channel to be saved into each HDD.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="76" height="66" class="wp-image-2350" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-312.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 312" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 721"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>If &#8220;Current HDD Mode is HDD Mode&#8221; is shown on the interface, you need to switch to Quota mode.</li>
<li>You can enable either HDD Mode or Quota Mode at one time. The system reboots to activate the settings.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Storage ^ QUOTA</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>QUOTA </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark772"> Figure 5-214.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BASIC</td>
<td>Current HEX) Mode is</td>
<td>HOD Group</td>
<td>Change lo Quota Mode</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>QUOTA</td>
<td>HEX) Que</p>
<p>SATAI</td>
<td>4a</td>
<td>SATA2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>REC ESTIMATE</p>
<p>FTP</td>
<td>SATA3</p>
<p>SATAS</p>
<p>SATA7</td>
<td></td>
<td>SATA4</p>
<p>SA TAG</p>
<p>SATAS</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Apply</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-214</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark772"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Channe</strong>l list, select the channel that you want to configure.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>SATA </strong>list, select the quota for the selected channel.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click Apply to complete the settings.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Statistic</strong>s to view the quota of each channel. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark773"> Figure 5-215.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="466" class="wp-image-2351" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-313.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 313" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 722" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-313.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-313-300x237.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark773"></a> Figure 5-215</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark774"></a> Configuring Record Estimate</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Record estimate function can calculate how long you can record video according to the HDD capacity, and calculate the required HDD capacity according to the record period.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ STORAGE ^ REC ESTIMATE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>REC ESTIMATE </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark776"> Figure 5-216.</a></p>
<p>STORAGE Storage / STORAGE / REC ESTIMATE</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BASIC</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>Edit</td>
<td>Bit Rate(Kb/S)</td>
<td>Record Time</td>
<td>Resolution</td>
<td>Frame Rate</td>
<td>•</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong><em>■J</em></strong> 1</td>
<td>X</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SCHEDULE</td>
<td><strong><em>■J</em></strong> 2</td>
<td>Z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">HDD MANAGER</td>
<td>V 3</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>V 4</td>
<td>✓&#8221;</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">HDD DETECT</td>
<td><strong><em>•J</em></strong> 5</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong><em>•J</em></strong> 6</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">REC ESTIMATE</td>
<td>V 7</td>
<td></td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td>=</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong><em>•J</em></strong> 8</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong><em>■J</em></strong> 9</td>
<td></td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>V 10</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>V 11</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>V 12</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong><em>J</em></strong> 13</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>2048</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280*720{720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>V 14</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>2048</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280’720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>15</td>
<td></td>
<td>2048</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280*720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>16</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>2048</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280*720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="5">17 / 2048 24 1280*720(720P)</p>
<p>Known Space Known Time</p>
<p>Capacity 0 TB = 0 GB Select</p>
<p>Time 0 Days</p>
<p>Note: The record estimation data here is for reference only. Please be cautious when you are calculating record period.</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5-216</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark776"></a> Step 2 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="41" class="wp-image-2352" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-314.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 314" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 723"></p>
<p>The <strong>Edit </strong>dialog box is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark777"> Figure 5-217.</a></p>
<p>You can configure the resolution, frame rate, bit rate and record time for the selected channel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="531" height="346" class="wp-image-2353" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-315.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 315" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 724" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-315.jpeg 531w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-315-300x195.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 531px) 100vw, 531px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-217</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark777"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>Then the system will calculate the time period that can be used for storage according to the channels settings and HDD capacity.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark778"></a> Calculating Recording Time</p>
<p>Step 1 On the <strong>REC ESTIMATE </strong>interface, click the <strong>Known Space </strong>tab.</p>
<p>The <strong>Known Space </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark780"> Figure 5-218.</a></p>
<p>Known Space Known Time</p>
<p>Capacity 0 TB= 0 GB Select</p>
<p>Time 0 Days</p>
<p>Note: The record estimation data here is for reference only. Please be cautious when you are calculating record period.</p>
<p>Figure 5-218</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark780"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Select</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Select HDD(s) </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="491" height="329" class="wp-image-2354" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-316.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 316" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 725" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-316.jpeg 491w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-316-300x201.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 491px) 100vw, 491px" /></p>
<p>Step 3 Select the check box of the HDD that you want to calculate.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Known Space </strong>tab, in the <strong>Time </strong>box, the recording time is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark781"> Figure</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark781">5-219.</a></p>
<p>Known Space Known Time</p>
<p>Capacity 2.000 TB= 2000 GB Select</p>
<p>Time 10 Days</p>
<p>Note: The record estimation data here is for reference only. Please be cautious when you are calculating record period.</p>
<p>Figure 5-219</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark781"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark782"></a> Calculating HDD Capacity for Storage</p>
<p>Step 1 On the <strong>REC ESTIMATE </strong>interface, click the <strong>Known Time </strong>tab.</p>
<p>The <strong>Known Time </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark784"> Figure 5-220.</a></p>
<p>Known Space Known Time</p>
<p>Time 0 Days</p>
<p>Capacity 0 TB = 0 GB</p>
<p>Note: The record estimation data here is for reference only. Please be cautious when you are calculating record period.</p>
<p>Figure 5-220</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark784"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Time </strong>box, enter the time period that you want to record.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Capacity </strong>box, the required HDD capacity is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark786"> Figure 5-221.</a></p>
<p>Known Space Known Time</p>
<p>Time 2 Days</p>
<p>Capacity 0.376 TB = 376 GB</p>
<p>Note: The record estimation data here is for reference only. Please be cautious when you are calculating record penod</p>
<p>Figure 5-221</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark785"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark786"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark787"></a> Configuring FTP Storage Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can store and view the recorded videos and snapshots on the FTP server.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark789"></a> Preparation for Configuration</p>
<p>Purchase or download a FTP server and install it on your PC.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>For the created FTP user, you need to set the write permission; otherwise the upload of recorded videos and snapshots will be failed.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark791"></a> Configuration Steps</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Storage <em>•+</em> FTP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>FTP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark793"> Figure 5-222.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="822" height="465" class="wp-image-2355" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-317.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 317" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 726" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-317.jpeg 822w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-317-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-317-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-317-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 822px) 100vw, 822px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-222</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark793"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the FTP settings parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark794"> Table 5-68.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the FTP upload function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Host IP</td>
<td>IP address of the PC that is installed with FTP server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Port</td>
<td>The default is 21.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anonymity</td>
<td>Enter the user name and password to login the FTP server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Name</td>
<td>Enable the anonymity function, and then you can login</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
<td>anonymously without entering the user name and password.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remote Directory</td>
<td>Create folder on FTP server.</p>
<ul>
<li>If you do not enter the name of remote directory, system</li>
</ul>
<p>automatically creates the folders according to the IP and time.</p>
<ul>
<li>If you enter the name of remote directory, the system</li>
</ul>
<p>creates the folder with the entered name under the FTP root directory first, and then automatically creates the folders according to the IP and time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>File Length(M)</td>
<td>Enter the length of the uploaded recorded video.</p>
<ul>
<li>If the entered length is less than the recorded video length,</li>
</ul>
<p>only a section of the recorded video can be uploaded.</p>
<ul>
<li>If the entered length is more than the recorded video length,</li>
</ul>
<p>the whole recorded video can be uploaded.</p>
<ul>
<li>If the entered length is 0, the whole recorded video will be</li>
</ul>
<p>uploaded.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Upload Interval (Sec.)</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>If this interval is longer than snapshot interval, the system</li>
</ul>
<p>takes the recent snapshot to upload. For example, the interval is 5 seconds, and snapshot interval is 2 seconds per snapshot, the system uploads the recent snapshot every 5 seconds.</p>
<ul>
<li>If this interval is shorter than snapshot interval, the system</li>
</ul>
<p>uploads the snapshot per the snapshot interval. For example, the interval is 5 seconds, and snapshot interval is 10 seconds per snapshot, the system uploads the snapshot every 10 seconds.</p>
<ul>
<li>To configure the snapshot interval, select <strong>Main Menu ^</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Camera ^ Encode ^ Snapshot</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>Select the channel that you want to apply the FTP settings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Week Day</p>
<p>Period 1, Period 2</td>
<td>Select the week day and set the time period that you want to upload the recorded files. You can set two periods for each week day.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark794"></a> Record type</td>
<td>Select the record type (Alarm, Intel, MD, and General) that you want to upload. The selected record type will be uploaded during the configured time period.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-68</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Test</strong>.</p>
<p>The system pops up a message to indicate success or failure. If failed, please check the network connection or configurations.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark795"></a> 5.18 Configuring System Settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1005" height="569" class="wp-image-2356" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-318.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 318" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 727" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-318.jpeg 1005w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-318-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-318-768x435.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-318-810x459.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1005px) 100vw, 1005px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark797"></a> Configuring General System Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the device basic settings, time settings, and holiday settings.</p>
<p>For details about basic and time settings, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark114">&#8220;5.1.4.2 Configuring General Settings&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark119">&#8220;5.1.4.3 Configuring Date and Time Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>To configure the holiday settings, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System^ GENERAL ^ Holiday</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Holiday </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark799"> Figure 5-223.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="788" height="442" class="wp-image-2357" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-319.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 319" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 728" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-319.jpeg 788w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-319-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-319-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 788px) 100vw, 788px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark799"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Add a Holiday</strong>.</p>
<p>Figure 5-223</p>
<p>The <strong>Add a Holiday </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark800"> Figure 5-224.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="675" height="389" class="wp-image-2358" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-320.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 320" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 729" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-320.jpeg 675w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-320-300x173.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 675px) 100vw, 675px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-224</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark800"></a> Step 3 Configure the holiday name, repeat mode, time range according to your actual situation.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The added holiday information is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark801"> Figure 5-225.</a> ED NOTE</p>
<p>Enable the <strong>Add More </strong>function, so you can continue adding holiday information.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="808" height="456" class="wp-image-2359" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-321.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 321" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 730" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-321.jpeg 808w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-321-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-321-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 808px) 100vw, 808px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-225</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark801"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark802"></a> Configuring RS232 Port Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^System ^ RS232</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>RS232 </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark804"> Figure 5-226.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="577" class="wp-image-2360" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-322.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 322" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 731" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-322.jpeg 862w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-322-300x201.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-322-768x514.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-322-810x542.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-226</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark804"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for RS232 port parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark805"> Table 5-69.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Function</td>
<td>In the Function list, select the protocol for the port.</p>
<ul>
<li>Console: Debug by connecting a mini terminal software.</li>
<li>Keyboard: Control the Device by connecting a dedicated</li>
</ul>
<p>keyboard.</p>
<ul>
<li>Adapter: Transit data by connecting to PC.</li>
<li>Protocol COM: This function is for card overlay.</li>
<li>NetKeyboard: Control the Device by connecting a dedicated</li>
</ul>
<p>keyboard to the LAN port.</p>
<ul>
<li>PTZ Matrix: Connect the video matrix for control.</li>
</ul>
<p>The default setting is <strong>Console</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Baudrate</td>
<td>In the <strong>Baudrate </strong>list, select a value for baudrate length. The default setting is <strong>115200</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Data Bits</td>
<td>In the <strong>Data Bits </strong>list, select <strong>5</strong>, <strong>6</strong>, <strong>7</strong>, or <strong>8</strong>. The default setting is <strong>8</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stop Bits</td>
<td>In the <strong>Stop Bits </strong>list, select <strong>1</strong>, <strong>1.5</strong>, or <strong>2</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark805"></a> Parity</td>
<td>In the <strong>Parity </strong>list, select <strong>None</strong>, <strong>Odd</strong>, <strong>Even</strong>, <strong>Mark</strong>, or <strong>Null</strong>. The default setting is <strong>None</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-69</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark806"></a> Configuring Security Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>To ensure the network security and protect data, you can configure the access permission to the Device from host IP (host IP means the PC or server that has an IP).</p>
<ul>
<li>White list includes the host IP that are permitted to access the Device.</li>
<li>Back list includes the host IP that are not permitted to access the Device.</li>
<li>Updata time white list includes the host IP that are permitted to sync the Device time.
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark808"></a> Configuring Access Right</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Security ^ Access Right</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Access Right </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark810"> Figure 5-227.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="855" height="486" class="wp-image-2361" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-323.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 323" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 732" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-323.jpeg 855w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-323-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-323-768x437.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-323-810x460.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 855px) 100vw, 855px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-227</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark810"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the security parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark811"> Table 5-70.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>In the Type list, you can select Limits of network-whitelist, Limits of network-blacklist, or Updata time-whitelist.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the security settings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Address</td>
<td>Enter a single IP address or a start IP address of a network segment.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add IP Address</td>
<td>Click <strong>Add IP Address </strong>to add a single IP address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>End Address</td>
<td>Enter the end IP address of a network segment.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark811"></a> Add IP Segment</td>
<td>Click <strong>Add IP Segment </strong>to add the IP addresses from the start IP through the end IP.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>The system supports up to 64 IP addresses.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-70</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark812"></a> Enabling Password Reset</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Security ^ Password Reset</strong>, the <strong>Password Reset </strong>interface</p>
<p>is displayed. The <strong>Enable </strong>check box is selected by default. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark814"> Figure 5-228.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="60" class="wp-image-2362" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-324.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 324" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 733"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<p>If you clear the <strong>Enable </strong>check box, you can only use the security questions to reset the password. Make sure you have set the security questions before clearing the check box.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="730" height="412" class="wp-image-2363" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-325.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 325" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 734" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-325.jpeg 730w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-325-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 730px) 100vw, 730px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-228</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark814"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark815"></a> Configuring System Maintenance Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the Device has been running for a long time, you can configure the auto reboot when the Device is not working. You can also configure the case fan mode to reduce noise and extend the service life.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> System ^ System Maintain</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>SYSTEM MAINTAIN </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark817"> Figure 5-229.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="777" height="436" class="wp-image-2364" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-326.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 326" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 735" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-326.jpeg 777w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-326-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-326-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 777px) 100vw, 777px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-229</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark817"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the system maintenance parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark819"> Table 5-71.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Reboot</td>
<td colspan="2">In the <strong>Auto Reboot </strong>list, select the reboot time.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Case Fan Mode</td>
<td colspan="3">In the <strong>Case Fan Mode </strong>list, you can select <strong>Always run </strong>or <strong>Auto</strong>.</p>
<p>If you select <strong>Auto</strong>, the case fan will stop or start according to the external conditions such as the Device temperature.</p>
<p>CQ <strong>NOTE</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">Not all models support this function, and it is only supported on</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>the local configuration interface.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-71</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark818"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark819"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark820"></a> Exporting and Importing System Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can export or import the Device system settings if there are several Devices that require the same setup.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The <strong>IMP/EXP </strong>interface cannot be opened if the backup operation is ongoing on the other interfaces.</li>
<li>When you open the <strong>IMP/EXP </strong>interface, the system refreshes the devices and sets the current directory as the first root directory.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Format </strong>to format the USB storage device.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark822"></a> Exporting System Settings</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ IMP/EXP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>IMP/EXP </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark824"> Figure 5-230.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="790" height="447" class="wp-image-2365" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-327.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 327" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 736" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-327.jpeg 790w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-327-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-327-768x435.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 790px) 100vw, 790px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-230</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark824"></a> Step 2 Insert a USB storage device into one of the USB ports on the Device.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to refresh the interface.</p>
<p>The connected USB storage device is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark825"> Figure 5-231.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Ji</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>S Ô</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>SYSTEM</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>System</strong></td>
<td><strong>/ SYSTEM</strong></td>
<td><strong>/ IMP/EXP</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>GENERAL</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Device Name sdal(USBUSB)</strong></td>
<td><strong>Refresh</strong></td>
<td><strong>Format</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>SECURITY</strong></td>
<td><strong>Total Space 3.73 GB</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Free Space 3.27 GB</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>SYSTEM MAINTAIN</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Address /</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>IMP/EXP</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Size</strong></td>
<td><strong>Typ«</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Delete</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>DEFAULT</strong></td>
<td><strong>■ ScreenShot</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Folder</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>&amp; LANl-20180313213059.pcap</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>111.7 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>File</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>UPGRADE</strong></td>
<td><strong>® LAN 1-20180313213722.peap</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>182.1 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>File</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ printf_20180314111548.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>1.2 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>File</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>3 kmsg_printf_20180314111548.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>19.8 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>File</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>® printf.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>1.97 MB</strong></td>
<td><strong>File</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>iffl kmsg_printf.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>LI KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>Rie</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B| printf_20180316153903.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>964 B</strong></td>
<td><strong>File</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>g) kmsg_printf_20180316153903.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2L2KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>file</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>K printf_20180316154049.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>1.5 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>file</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>@ kmsg_printf_20180316154049.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>21.7 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>file</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Q printf_20180316155148.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2.2 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>file</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ kmsg_printf_20180316155148.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>21.6 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>Fite</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>® printf_20180316161436.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2.5 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>Fite</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a kmsg_printf_20180316161436.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2L9KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>file</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>New Folder</strong></p>
<p><strong>Import Export</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-231</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark825"></a> Step 4 Click <strong>Export</strong>.</p>
<p>There is a folder under the name style of &#8220;Config_[YYYYMMDDhhmmss]&#8221;. Double­click this folder to view the backup files.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark826"></a> Importing System Settings</p>
<p>Step 1 Insert a USB storage device containing the exported configuration files from another Device) into one of the USB ports on the Device.</p>
<p>Step 2 Select <strong>Main Menu &gt; SYSTEM &gt; IMP/EXP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>IMP/EXP </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to refresh the interface.</p>
<p>The connected USB storage device is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click on the configuration folder (under the name style of &#8220;Config_[YYYYMMDDhhmmss]&#8221;) that you want to import.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Import</strong>.</p>
<p>The Device will reboot after the imported is succeeded.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark828"></a> Restoring Default Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Œ NOTE</p>
<p>Only Admin account supports this function.</p>
<p>You can select the settings that you want to restore to the factory default.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Default</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>DEFAULT </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark830"> Figure 5-232.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="839" height="474" class="wp-image-2366" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-328.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 328" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 737" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-328.jpeg 839w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-328-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-328-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-328-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 839px) 100vw, 839px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-232</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark830"></a> Step 2 Restore the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select the settings that you want to restore, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>. The system starts restoring the selected settings.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Factory Default</strong>, and then click <strong>OK</strong>. The system starts restoring the whole settings.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark831"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark832"></a> 5.18.7 Upgrading the Device</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark834"></a> Upgrading File</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Insert a USB storage device containing the upgrade files into the USB port of the Device.</p>
<p>Step 2 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Upgrade</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>UPGRADE </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark836"> Figure 5-233.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="895" height="511" class="wp-image-2367" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-329.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 329" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 738" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-329.jpeg 895w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-329-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-329-768x438.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-329-810x462.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 895px) 100vw, 895px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-233</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark836"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>System Upgrade</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>System Upgrade </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark837"> Figure 5-234.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="582" height="413" class="wp-image-2368" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-330.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 330" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 739" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-330.jpeg 582w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-330-300x213.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 582px) 100vw, 582px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-234</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark837"></a> Step 4 Click the file that you want to upgrade.</p>
<p>The selected file is displayed in the <strong>Update File </strong>box.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Start</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark838"></a> Performing Online Upgrade</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the Device is connected to Internet, you can use online upgrade function to upgrade the system.</p>
<p>Before using this function, you need to check if there is any new version by auto check or manual check.</p>
<ul>
<li>Auto check: The Device checks if there is any new version available at intervals.</li>
<li>Manual check: Perform real-time check if there is any new version available.</li>
</ul>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<p>Ensure the correct power supply and network connection during upgrading; otherwise the upgrading might be failed.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Upgrade</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>UPGRADE </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark840"> Figure 5-235.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="786" height="449" class="wp-image-2369" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-331.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 331" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 740" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-331.jpeg 786w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-331-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-331-768x439.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 786px) 100vw, 786px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-235</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark840"></a> Step 2 Check if there is any new version available.</p>
<ul>
<li>Auto check: Enable Auto-check for updates.</li>
<li>Manual check: Click Manual Check.</li>
</ul>
<p>The system starts checking the new versions. After checking is completed, the check result is displayed.</p>
<ul>
<li>If the &#8220;It is the latest version&#8221; text is displayed, you do not need to upgrade.</li>
<li>If the text indicating there is a new version, please go the step 3. See Figure 5­</li>
</ul>
<p>236.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="883" height="503" class="wp-image-2370" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-332.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 332" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 741" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-332.jpeg 883w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-332-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-332-768x437.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-332-810x461.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 883px) 100vw, 883px" /></p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Upgrade now</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark841"></a> 5.18.7.3 Uboot Upgrading</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="76" height="66" class="wp-image-2371" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-333.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 333" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 742"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>Under the root directory in the USB storage device, there must be &#8220;u-bootbin.img&#8221; file and &#8220;update.img&#8221; file saved, and the USB storage device must be in FAT32 format.</li>
<li>Make sure the USB storage device is inserted; otherwise the upgrading cannot be performed.</li>
</ul>
<p>When starting the Device, the system automatically check if there is a USB storage device connected and if there is any upgrade file, and if yes and the check result of the upgrade file is correct, the system will upgrade automatically. The Uboot upgrade can avoid the situation that you have to upgrade through +TFTP when the Device is halted.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark843"></a> 5.19 Viewing Information</p>
<p>You can view the information such as log information, HDD information, and version details</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="894" height="499" class="wp-image-2372" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-334.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 334" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 743" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-334.jpeg 894w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-334-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-334-768x429.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-334-810x452.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 894px) 100vw, 894px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark845"></a> Viewing Version Details</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the version details such as device model, system version, and build date.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Info ^ Version</strong>, the <strong>VERSION </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark848"> Figure 5-237.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="834" height="473" class="wp-image-2373" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-335.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 335" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 744" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-335.jpeg 834w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-335-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-335-768x436.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-335-810x459.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 834px) 100vw, 834px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-237</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark847"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark848"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark849"></a> Viewing Log Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view and search the log information.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>If there is no HDD installed, the system can save up to 10,000 logs.</li>
<li>If there is HDD installed and has been formatted, the system can save up to 500,000 logs.</li>
<li>If there is HDD installed, the logs about system operations are saved in the memory of the</li>
</ul>
<p>Device and other types of logs are saved into the HDD. If there is no HDD installed, the other types of logs are also saved in the memory of the Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>When formatting the HDD, the logs will not be lost. However, if you take out the HDD from the Device, the logs might be lost.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> INFO </strong>^ <strong>LOG</strong>, the <strong>LOG </strong>interface is displayed. See Figure 5­</p>
<p>238.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="837" height="473" class="wp-image-2374" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-336.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 336" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 745" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-336.jpeg 837w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-336-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-336-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-336-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 837px) 100vw, 837px" /></p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select the log type that you want to view (<strong>System</strong>, <strong>Config</strong>, <strong>Storage</strong>, <strong>Record</strong>, <strong>Account</strong>, <strong>Clear</strong>, <strong>Playback</strong>, and <strong>Connection</strong>) or select <strong>All </strong>to view all logs.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Start Time </strong>box and <strong>End Time </strong>box, enter the time period to search, and then click <strong>Search</strong>.</p>
<p>The search results are displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark851"> Figure 5-239.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="489" class="wp-image-2375" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-337.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 337" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 746" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-337.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-337-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-337-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-337-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-239</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="28" class="wp-image-2376" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-338.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 338" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 747"></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark851"></a> Click <strong>Details </strong>or double-click the log that you want to view, the <strong>Detailed Information </strong>interface is displayed. Click <strong>Next </strong>or <strong>Previous </strong>to view more log information.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Backup </strong>to back up the logs into the USB storage device.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Clear </strong>to remove all logs.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark852"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark853"></a> Viewing Event Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the event information of the Device and channel.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Info ^ Event</strong>, the <strong>EVENT </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark855"> Figure 5-240.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="491" class="wp-image-2377" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-339.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 339" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 748" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-339.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-339-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-339-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-339-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-240</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark855"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark856"></a> Viewing Network Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the online users, network data transmission details, and test network. For details about testing network, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark679">&#8220;5.14.2.1 Testing the Network.</a>&#8221;</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark858"></a> Viewing Online Users</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the online user information and block any user for a period of time.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Info ^ Network ^ Online users</strong>, the <strong>Online users </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark860"> Figure 5-241.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="834" height="469" class="wp-image-2378" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-340.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 340" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 749" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-340.jpeg 834w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-340-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-340-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-340-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 834px) 100vw, 834px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark860"></a> Figure 5-241</p>
<p>To block an online user, click and then enter the time that you want to block this user. The</p>
<p>maximum value you can set is 65535.</p>
<p>The system detects every 5 seconds to check if there is any user added or deleted, and update the user list timely.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark861"></a> Viewing the Network Load</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Network load means the data flow which measures the transmission capability. You can view the information such as data receiving speed and sending speed.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Info ^ NETWORK ^ Network Load</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Network Load </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark863"> Figure 5-242.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="32" class="wp-image-2379" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-341.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 341" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 750"></p>
<p>VERSION</p>
<p>LOG</p>
<p>EVENT</p>
<p><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> ASO</p>
<p>Info / INFO / NETWORK</p>
<p>Online User</p>
<p>Network Load</p>
<p>Network Test</p>
<p>Name MAC Address Status</p>
<p>LANI 20:18:02:09:11:34 Succeed</p>
<p>IP Address Type</p>
<p>172.8.2.51 Ethernet</p>
<p>MTU</p>
<p>1500</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="627" height="252" class="wp-image-2380" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-342.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 342" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 751" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-342.jpeg 627w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-342-300x121.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 627px) 100vw, 627px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-242</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark863"></a> Step 2 Click the LAN name that you want to view, for example, LAN1.</p>
<p>The system displays the information of data sending speed and receiving speed.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The default display is LAN1 load.</li>
<li>Only one LAN load can be displayed at one time.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark864"></a> Viewing HDD Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the HDD quantity, HDD type, total space, free space, status, and S.M.A.R.T information.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Info ^ HDD</strong>, the <strong>HDD </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark866"> Figure 5-243.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="822" height="644" class="wp-image-2381" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-343.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 343" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 752" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-343.jpeg 822w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-343-300x235.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-343-768x602.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-343-810x635.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 822px) 100vw, 822px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-243</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark866"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SATA</td>
<td>Indicates the quantity of HDD that can be installed. The total quantity is different depending on the model you purchased.</p>
<ul>
<li>o: HDD is in normal working status.</li>
<li>-: No HDD is installed.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>No.</td>
<td>Indicates the number of the currently connected HDD. <strong>* </strong>means the current working HDD.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Indicates HDD type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Total Space</td>
<td>Indicates the total capacity of HDD.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Free Space</td>
<td>Indicates the usable capacity of HDD.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td>Indicates the status of the HDD to show if it is working normally.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S.M.A.R.T</td>
<td>View the S.M.A.R.T reports from HDD detecting.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-72</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark867"></a> Viewing Device Status</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the information such as CPU temperature and memory usage to know the device status.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ INFO ^ DEVICE STATUS</strong>, the <strong>DEVICE STATUS </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark869"> Figure 5-244.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="637" class="wp-image-2382" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-344.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 344" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 753" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-344.jpeg 820w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-344-300x233.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-344-768x597.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-344-810x629.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-244</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark869"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark870"></a> Viewing Channel Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the camera information connected to each channel.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Info ^ Channel Info</strong>, the <strong>CHANNEL INFO </strong>interface is displayed. See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark872">Figure 5-245.</a></p>
<p>VERSION</p>
<p>NETWORK</p>
<p>HDD</p>
<p>DEVICE STATUS</p>
<p>»■ CHANNEL INFO</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="209" height="288" class="wp-image-2383" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-345.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 345" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 754"></p>
<p>Figure 5-245</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark872"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark873"></a> Viewing Data Stream Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the real-time data stream rate and resolution of each channel.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Info ^ BPS</strong>, the <strong>BPS </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark875"> Figure 5-246.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="888" height="500" class="wp-image-2384" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-346.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 346" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 755" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-346.jpeg 888w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-346-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-346-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-346-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 888px) 100vw, 888px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark875"></a> Figure 5-246</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark876"></a> 5.20 Logout the Device</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="38" class="wp-image-2385" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-347.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 347" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 756"></p>
<p>On the top right of the Main Menu interface or on any interface after you have entered the Main</p>
<p>Menu, click</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Logout</strong>, you will log out the device.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Reboot</strong>, the Device will be rebooted.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Shutdown</strong>, the Device will be turned off.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="888" height="500" class="wp-image-2386" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-348.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 348" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 757" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-348.jpeg 888w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-348-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-348-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-348-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 888px) 100vw, 888px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark878"></a> Web Operations</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>The interfaces in the Manual are used for introducing the operations and only for reference. The actual interface might be different dependent on the model you purchased. If there is inconsistency between the Manual and the actual product, the actual product shall govern.</li>
<li>The Manual is a general document for introducing the product, so there might be some functions described for the Device in the Manual not apply to the model you purchased.</li>
<li>Besides Web, you can use our Smart PSS to login the device. For detailed information, please refer to Smart PSS user’s manual.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark880"></a> Connecting to Network</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The factory default IP of the Device is 192.168.1.108.</li>
<li>The Device supports monitoring on different browsers such as Safari, fire fox, Google on Apple PC to perform the functions such as multi-channel monitoring, PTZ control, and device parameters configurations.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Check to make sure the Device has connected to the network.</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the IP address, subnet mask and gateway for the PC and the Device. For details about network configuration of the Device, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark124">&#8220;5.1.4.4 Configuring Network</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark124">Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 3 On your PC, check the network connection of the Device by using &#8220;ping ************&#8221; Usually the return value of TTL is 255.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark882"></a> Logging in the Web</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Open the IE browser, enter the IP address of the Device, and then press Enter.</p>
<p>The Login in dialog box is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark884"> Figure 6-1.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="470" height="423" class="wp-image-2387" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-349.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 349" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 758" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-349.jpeg 470w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-349-300x270.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 470px) 100vw, 470px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-1</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark884"></a> Step 2 Enter the user name and password.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="178" height="35" class="wp-image-2388" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-350.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 350" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 759"></p>
<ul>
<li>The default administrator account is <strong>admin</strong>. The password is the one that was configured during initial settings. To security your account, it is recommended to keep the password properly and change it regularly.</li>
<li>Click to display the password.</li>
<li>If you forgot the password, click <strong>Forgot Password? </strong>to reset the password. For details about resetting the password, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark885">&#8220;6.3 Resetting Password.</a>&#8220;</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Login</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark885"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark886"></a> 6.3 Resetting Password</p>
<p>You can reset the password through the reserved email address when you forget the password of admin account.</p>
<p>Step 1 Login the Web of the Device.</p>
<p>TheLogin in dialog box is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark888"> Figure 6-2.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="41" height="33" class="wp-image-2389" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-351.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 351" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 760"></p>
<p>3 <strong>RANGÉ&#8217;</strong></p>
<p><strong>i psci Natru</strong></p>
<p><strong>Login</strong></p>
<p><strong>Cancel</strong></p>
<p>Û</p>
<p>Figure 6-2</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark888"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Forgot Password?</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Reset the password </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark889"> Figure 6-3.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="896" height="615" class="wp-image-2390" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 352" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 761" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352.jpeg 896w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352-300x206.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352-768x527.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352-810x556.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352-145x100.jpeg 145w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352-380x260.jpeg 380w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 896px) 100vw, 896px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-3</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark889"></a> Step 3 Follow the onscreen instructions to scan the QR code and get the security code.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="60" class="wp-image-2391" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-353.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 353" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 762"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>You can get the security code twice by scanning the same QR code. If you need to get the security code once again, please refresh the interface.</li>
<li>Please use the security code received in your email box to reset the password within 24 hours; otherwise the security code becomes invalid.</li>
</ul>
<p>•</p>
<p>Wrong security code entrance up to five times will cause the security code locked for five minutes. After five minutes, you can continue to use this security code.</p>
<p>Step 4 In the <strong>Security code </strong>box, enter the security code received in your reserved email box.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The new password resetting interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark890"> Figure 6-4</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="667" height="470" class="wp-image-2392" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-354.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 354" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 763" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-354.jpeg 667w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-354-300x211.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 667px) 100vw, 667px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-4</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark890"></a> Step 6 In the <strong>Password </strong>box, enter the new password and enter it again in the <strong>Confirm Password </strong>box.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>The new password can be set from 8 characters through 32 characters and contain at least two types from number, letter and special characters (excluding , , &#8220;;&#8221;,&#8221;:&#8221; and</p>
<p>&#8220;&amp;&#8221;).</p>
<p>Step 7 Click <strong>Save</strong>. The password resetting is started.</p>
<p>After resetting is completed, a pop-up message is displayed to indicate the result and you will see the login interface is displayed. Then you can use the new password to login the Web.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark891"></a> 6.4 Introducing Web Main Menu</p>
<p>After you have logged in the Web, the main menu is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark893"> Figure 6-5.</a></p>
<p>For detailed operations, you can refer to <a href="#post-2037-bookmark84">&#8220;5 Local Configurations.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="764" height="580" class="wp-image-2393" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-355.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 355" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 764" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-355.jpeg 764w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-355-300x228.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 764px) 100vw, 764px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark893"></a> Figure 6-5</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/cp-plus-xvr-complete-setup-guide.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/xmeye-alarm-notification-settings-2023.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/xmeye-alarm-notification-settings-2023.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 22 Apr 2023 21:08:04 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[admin]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[annke]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[default]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[enable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[factory]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[google]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[motion detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Platform Access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security System]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[View interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[with]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[xmeye]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=1340</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 Please make sure DVR or NVR has connected to the router and Internet successfully. You can judge...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 Please make sure DVR or NVR has connected to the router and Internet successfully. You can judge by the picture below. If it always keeps disconnected, please click here to get some help. You had better use Gmail, not Yahoo or Hotmail.</p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="XMEye - How to Set Up Motion Detection App Push Function? ">How to Set Up Motion Detection App Push Function?</h1>
<p>1. Please make sure your system‘s firmware build date is after 2016. If not, please contact to upgrade.</p>
<p>In your email, please log in system and go to the Main menu&#8211;&gt;Info&#8211;&gt;Version and tell us your system‘s version like V4.02.R11.85100115.10001.130900 and build date like 2015-05-25</p>
<p>2. Please enable the <strong>mobile reported</strong> function in the Main menu&#8211;&gt;System&#8211;&gt;Netservice</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900002355886/XM_NetService.png" alt="XM_NetService.png" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 810"></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900002333043/XM_Mobile_reported.png" alt="XM_Mobile_reported.png" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 811"></p>
<p>3. Go to the Main Menu&#8211;&gt;Alarm&#8211;&gt;Motion detection to enable <strong>mobile reported</strong>.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900002355926/XM_Motion_Detect.png" alt="XM_Motion_Detect.png" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 812"></p>
<p>4. Add a system to app XMeye. Here is a method. <span class="wysiwyg-color-pink110"> </span></p>
<p><a href="https://help.annke.com/hc/en-us/articles/360000250041-How-to-connect-DVR-NVR-on-phone-app-xmeye-" target="_self" rel="noopener">https://help.annke.com/hc/en-us/articles/360000250041-How-to-connect-DVR-NVR-on-phone-app-xmeye-</a></p>
<h4>XMeye Alarm Notification</h4>
<blockquote><p>Read Next :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/xmeye-how-to-connect-dvr-nvr-on-pc-mobile-browser.html">XMEYE &amp;#8211; How to connect DVR/NVR on PC Mobile Browser</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/xmeye-what-to-do-if-you-forgot-the-admin-password-of-the-system.html">XMEYE What to Do If You Forgot The Admin Password of The System?</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/password-tools/new-method-xmeye-devices-password-reset.html">New Method XMEYE Devices Password Reset</a></li>
</ol>
</blockquote>
<p>5. Enable <strong>Alarm Push</strong> in APP.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900002333063/XMeye_Alarm_Push.png" alt="XMeye_Alarm_Push.png" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 813"></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900002355966/XMeye_Push_Setting.png" alt="XMeye_Push_Setting.png" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 814"></p>
<p>When there is motion detected, your phone will receive a push.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900002333083/XMeye_Push_results.png" alt="XMeye_Push_results.png" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 815"></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900002355986/XMeye_Push_results_2.jpg" alt="XMeye_Push_results_2.jpg" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 816"></p>
<p>If everything is set correctly, but there is no push, please double check to make sure your phone enabled notification for app XMeye.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900002333123/XMeye_notification.jpg" alt="XMeye_notification.jpg" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 817"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="XMeye - Why Does System Sends So Many Email Alerts And Keep Recording All The Time?">Why Does System Sends So Many Email Alerts And Keep Recording All The Time?</h1>
<p>To explain this question, we need to know the theory of how motion detection works. The DVR system can detect small image optical change. It can be triggered by small image change from the camera. Image is transmitted by a light signal. Therefore, even if there is no object in front of cameras such as human, animal or car, the system may still be triggered by small light change such as floating cloud, shaking leaf.</p>
<p>Most customers hope the system can only be triggered by a big object like people and ignore the small movement. But based on the theory of how motion detection works, there is a false alarm. It is hard to say the system is faulty since not only Annke brand system faces such issue, but also other brands who use a light sensor to work for motion detection function.</p>
<p>To reduce false alarm, you can turn the sensibility to lower and set schedule alarm.</p>
<p>Or you can select a smaller area to detect movement.</p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="XMeye - How to Set up Email Alerts?">XMeye &#8211; How to Set up Email Alerts?</h1>
<p><strong>Here are the steps for you:</strong><br />
1. Please make sure DVR or NVR has connected to the router and Internet successfully. You can judge by the picture below. If it always keeps disconnected, please click here to get some help. You had better use Gmail, not Yahoo or Hotmail.</p>
<p><a href="https://help.annke.com/hc/en-us/articles/360000250141-What-to-do-if-DVR-or-NVR-can-t-connect-to-internet-successfully-" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://help.annke.com/hc/en-us/articles/360000250141-What-to-do-if-DVR-or-NVR-can-t-connect-to-internet-successfully-</a></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900001900083/XM_email_alert.jpg" alt="XM_email_alert.jpg" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 818"></p>
<p>2. Please enable alarm and email alerts function.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900001900043/XM_email_alarm.jpg" alt="XM_email_alarm.jpg" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 819"></p>
<p>3. Log in <a href="https://myaccount.google.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Google account</a>, go to <strong>&#8216;Security</strong>&#8216;, then turn on &#8216;<strong>2-Step Verification</strong>&#8216;. Click on &#8216;<strong>App Password</strong>&#8216; to create your App Password (16 digits).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/7061700855193/5.jpg" alt="5.jpg" width="650" height="400" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 820"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/7061610930585/1.png" alt="1.png" width="650" height="400" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 821"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/7061584042905/2.jpg" alt="2.jpg" width="650" height="400" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 822"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/7061587592729/3.png" alt="3.png" width="650" height="400" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 823"></p>
<p>4. Please set up an email in the DVR setting like the picture below. If the mail test succeeds, it is working.</p>
<p>The SMTP server is <strong>smtp.gmail.com</strong></p>
<p>The Port is <strong>465 or 587</strong></p>
<p>Tick the <strong>SSL</strong></p>
<p>The user name is your <strong>Gmail account</strong></p>
<p>The password is your <span class="wysiwyg-color-red">App password (16 digits) from Google</span></p>
<p>The sender is your <strong>Gmail account</strong></p>
<p>The receiver can be any email.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900001924726/XM_email_alert_setting.jpg" alt="XM_email_alert_setting.jpg" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 824"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="XMeye - What to Do if DVR or NVR can't Connect to Internet Successfully?">What to Do if DVR or NVR can&#8217;t Connect to Internet Successfully?</h1>
<p><strong>Please plug DVR or NVR into the router with network cable if you wanna use a computer or phone to connect the recorder locally or remotely.</strong></p>
<p>You can judge whether the recorder was connected to the internet by the status of a network like a picture below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900001391706/can_not_connect_internet_XM_2.jpg" alt="can_not_connect_internet_XM_2.jpg" width="650" height="400" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 825"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900001391686/can_not_connect_internet_XM_1.jpg" alt="can_not_connect_internet_XM_1.jpg" width="650" height="400" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 826"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900001391726/can_not_connect_internet_XM_3.jpg" alt="can_not_connect_internet_XM_3.jpg" width="650" height="400" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 827"></p>
<p>If the status is not connected, it means the recorder did not connect to the cloud successfully.</p>
<p><strong><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-large">Here are the methods:</span></strong></p>
<p>1. Please check the <strong>yellow and green light</strong> on the ethernet port of the recorder. One should be blinking which indicates the recorder has connected to the router successfully. If not, please change the ethernet port of the router or another reticle to have a try.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900001391746/can_not_connect_internet_XM_4.jpg" alt="can_not_connect_internet_XM_4.jpg" width="650" height="400" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 828"></p>
<p>3. Go to the<strong> Main menu&#8212;-System&#8212;Network </strong>to confirm <strong>DHCP</strong> is ticked.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900001395263/can_not_connect_internet_XM_5.jpg" alt="can_not_connect_internet_XM_5.jpg" width="650" height="400" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 829"></p>
<p>4. Please <strong>reset</strong> the recorder to the factory default setting.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900001395303/can_not_connect_internet_XM_6.jpg" alt="can_not_connect_internet_XM_6.jpg" width="650" height="400" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 830"></p>
<p>5. If you can, please <strong>change the router</strong> to have a try.</p>
<p>Please sent an email to to ask new firmware to upgrade. But you need to inform us the model of your system. It is made up of numbers and letters such as DL81A. <strong>You can find it at the bottom of the recorder.</strong> Please refer to this link to find it.</p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="How to Turn on the &quot;Less secure apps&quot; in Gmail account?">How to Turn on the &#8220;Less secure apps&#8221; in Gmail account?</h1>
<p><strong>Email Test Failed</strong> and <strong>Sent Email Fail</strong> may be caused by not allowing less secure apps to access the email account. You may follow the steps below to change the settings.</p>
<p><strong>Step 1</strong>.<strong> </strong>Log into your G-mail account and go to <strong>Google apps &#8212;</strong>&gt; <strong>Account&#8211;</strong>&gt;<strong> Security </strong>page.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/360000757501/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 831"></p>
<p><strong>Step 2</strong>. Scroll the page down to <strong>Less secure app access</strong> and click to turn it on.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/360000783382/mceclip1.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 832"></p>
<div class="ak-panel-primary">
<p>Note:You can also click <span class="wysiwyg-color-blue"><strong><a href="https://myaccount.google.com/security?pli=1#connectedapps" target="_self" rel="noopener">here</a></strong></span> to enter your Gmail account and turn on the &#8220;Less secure apps&#8221; directly.</p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Annke Vision - How to Set Up APP Push Notification for Motion Detection? ">How to Set Up APP Push Notification for Motion Detection?</h1>
<p>Here are the steps about how to set up the push function for the security system.</p>
<p>1. Log into the Annke DVR/NVR system, then go to <strong>Menu&#8211;&gt;Configuration&#8211;&gt;Network&#8211;&gt;Platform Access</strong>. Make sure the status is &#8216;<strong>Online</strong>&#8216;.<br />
Note: If the status is &#8216;<strong>Offline</strong>&#8216;, please refer to this instruction to make it online at first: <a href="https://help.annke.com/hc/en-us/articles/360000648061" target="_self" rel="noopener">What to do if P2P status shows offline?</a><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900002007146/HK_Platform_access.jpg" alt="HK_Platform_access.jpg" width="650" height="400" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 833"></p>
<p>2. Go to <strong>Menu&#8211;&gt;Camera&#8211;&gt;Motion</strong> to enable motion detection and <strong>Notify Surveillance Center</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900002007166/HK_Motion.jpg" alt="HK_Motion.jpg" width="650" height="400" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 834"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900002007206/HK_Motion_Linkage_Action.png" alt="HK_Motion_Linkage_Action.png" width="650" height="400" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 835"></p>
<p>3. Add the system to app Annke Vision. Here is the instruction: <a href="https://help.annke.com/hc/en-us/articles/360000252581-How-to-connect-system-by-annke-vision-" target="_self" rel="noopener">How to connect system by Annke Vision?</a></p>
<p>4. Enable the alarm push function on the app.</p>
<p>Go to the APP setting to <strong>Enable Push Notification</strong>:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900004580706/setting.png" alt="setting.png" width="300" height="600" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 836"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900004580726/more_page.png" alt="more_page.png" width="300" height="600" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 837"></p>
<p>5. When finishing the APP setting, please connect the <strong>APP setting</strong> to the exact device. Go to the live view interface and enter the <strong>Setting</strong> page here:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900004582746/device_setting.png" alt="device_setting.png" width="300" height="600" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 838"></p>
<p>6. Finally, please go to <strong>Alarm Notification</strong> to enable it and set up the <strong>Notification Schedule:</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900005527903/notification.png" alt="notification.png" width="300" height="600" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 839"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900005526163/enable_notification.png" alt="enable_notification.png" width="300" height="600" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 840"></p>
<div class="ak-panel-primary">
<p>Note:</p>
<p>For the notification schedule button description:</p>
<p>A. Disable: Default is disabled, disable means you can receive the push always. 24h*7</p>
<p>B. Enable: You can enable it to set your own notification schedule.</p>
<p>Such as Monday: 00:00&#8211;08:00 + 15:00&#8211;18:00 ( It default is 00:00&#8211;23:59, so if you want to add multiple time segments, please edit the default 00:00&#8211;23:59 to your first-time segment, and then add the second one. Or you will get an error prompt message: The time segments cannot be overlapped.) And please note that the setting will be effective from the next day.</p>
<p>So if you want to enable the push function always, we suggest you disable the notification schedule, and the push function will effective immediately.</p>
</div>
<p>When there is motion detection, your phone will receive a push.<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900004581386/notification_message.png" alt="notification_message.png" width="300" height="600" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 841"></p>
<p>If you cannot receive a push, please double-check to make sure your phone <strong>enabled notification</strong> for the app Annke Vision.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900001979863/HK_Mobile_Phone_Notification.jpg" alt="HK_Mobile_Phone_Notification.jpg" width="300" height="600" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 842"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>If you cannot receive a push, please contact <a href="mailto:support@annke.com">support@annke.com</a> with your system‘s firmware version and build date like the picture below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900002007326/HK_Maintenance.png" alt="HK_Maintenance.png" width="650" height="400" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 843"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Annke Vision - How to Set Up Email Notification? ">How to Set Up Email Notification?</h1>
<p><strong>Purpose:</strong> You could set up the email alert function to receive the motion notification.</p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/8chkVfi-qwQ" width="560" height="315" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></p>
<p><strong>Steps:</strong></p>
<p>1. Please use<strong> Gmail</strong>, not yahoo nor Hotmail.</p>
<p>2. Check P2P status and make sure it is online. If it is not online, here is a solution.</p>
<p><a href="https://help.annke.com/hc/en-us/articles/360000648061" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://help.annke.com/hc/en-us/articles/360000648061</a></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900001586146/2-hk-email_alert-Configuration.jpg" alt="2-hk-email_alert-Configuration.jpg" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 844"></p>
<p>3. Log in <a href="https://myaccount.google.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Google account</a>, go to <strong>&#8216;Security</strong>&#8216;, then turn on &#8216;<strong>2-Step Verification</strong>&#8216;. Click on &#8216;<strong>App Password</strong>&#8216; to create your App Password (16 digits).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/7061700855193/5.jpg" alt="5.jpg" width="650" height="400" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 820"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/7061610930585/1.png" alt="1.png" width="650" height="400" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 821"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/7061584042905/2.jpg" alt="2.jpg" width="650" height="400" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 822"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/7061587592729/3.png" alt="3.png" width="650" height="400" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 823"></p>
<p>4. Go to Menu&#8211;&gt;Configuration&#8211;&gt;Network&#8211;&gt;Email and <strong>set up the email alert</strong> like the picture below.</p>
<p>SMTP server is <span class="wysiwyg-color-red">smtp.gmail.com</span></p>
<p>the user name is your <span class="wysiwyg-color-red">Gmail account</span></p>
<p>SMTP port is <span class="wysiwyg-color-red">587</span> or <span class="wysiwyg-color-red">465</span></p>
<p>password is your <span class="wysiwyg-color-red">App password (16 digits) from Google</span></p>
<p>Tick<span class="wysiwyg-color-red"> SSL</span></p>
<p>the sender can be anything</p>
<p>sender‘s address is your <span class="wysiwyg-color-red">Gmail account</span></p>
<p>the receiver can be anything</p>
<p>receiver‘s address can be any email address</p>
<p>tick option <span class="wysiwyg-color-red">enable attached file</span></p>
<p>click test. If the test succeeds, all is working.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900001586186/5.1-hk-email_alert-Configuration.jpg" alt="5.1-hk-email_alert-Configuration.jpg" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 849"></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900001586166/5.2-hk-email_alert-Attention.jpg" alt="5.2-hk-email_alert-Attention.jpg" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 850"></p>
<p>6. Go to Menu&#8211;&gt;Camera&#8211;&gt;Motion to <strong>enable Send Email Linkage Action</strong>. After you finish all, click <strong>Apply</strong> to save all your setting.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900001586226/6.1-hk-email_alert-Camera_Management.jpg" alt="6.1-hk-email_alert-Camera_Management.jpg" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 851"></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900001570583/6.2-hk-email_alert-Settings.jpg" alt="6.2-hk-email_alert-Settings.jpg" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 852"></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900001586246/6.3-hk-email_alert-Settings.jpg" alt="6.3-hk-email_alert-Settings.jpg" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 853"></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://help.annke.com/hc/article_attachments/900001586266/6.4-hk-email_alert--Settings.jpg" alt="6.4-hk-email_alert--Settings.jpg" title="XMeye Alarm Notification Settings 2023 854"></p>
<p>7. Then you will receive notifications via email when there is motion detection on the system.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Notice:</strong></p>
<p>Starting May 30, 2022, Google will no longer support the use of third-party apps or devices which ask you to sign in to your Google Account using only your username and password. This is why the email notification of motion stopped working.</p>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/xmeye-alarm-notification-settings-2023.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How To Use ICSEE Camera</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/how-to/how-to-use-icsee-camera.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/how-to/how-to-use-icsee-camera.html#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 02 Jan 2023 19:37:24 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Chinese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Client Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[default]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Doorbell]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[factory]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How to use]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iCSee]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ICSEE Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ie browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip cam]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iphone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest version]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Memory card]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Monitor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[opera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Serial Number]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[smart home]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Switch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[View interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[vms]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[wifi camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 7]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=1248</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[How To Use ICSEE Camera &#8211; iCSee is a monitoring security software ，which can work with the front-end devices such as robot...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How To Use ICSEE Camera &#8211; iCSee is a monitoring security software ，which can work with the front-end devices such as robot 、bullet , or intelligent devices such as doorbell 、doorlock . iCSee can access the device by cloud ID , you can preview and control the live video in the Android device .</p>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-81af409 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="81af409" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="W4P4ne ">
<div class="PHBdkd" data-content-height="144">
<div class="DWPxHb">This tutorial applies to both icsee and icsee pro cameras.<br />
Since the app is always being updated, the interface may be a little different.</div>
<h3>How To Use ICSEE Camera</h3>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-3bec23b elementor-widget elementor-widget-shortcode" data-id="3bec23b" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="shortcode.default">
<div></div>
<blockquote>
<div class="elementor-shortcode">Read Next</div>
<div><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/ip-camera/how-to-setup-icsee-cameras-all-models.html">How to Setup iCSee cameras all models</a></div>
<div><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/vivint-smart-home-app-user-guide.html">Vivint Smart Home App User Guide</a></div>
</blockquote>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-9bd39c1 elementor-toc--minimized-on-tablet elementor-widget elementor-widget-table-of-contents" data-id="9bd39c1" data-element_type="widget" data-settings="{&quot;headings_by_tags&quot;:[&quot;h3&quot;,&quot;h4&quot;],&quot;marker_view&quot;:&quot;bullets&quot;,&quot;icon&quot;:{&quot;value&quot;:&quot;fas fa-circle&quot;,&quot;library&quot;:&quot;fa-solid&quot;},&quot;minimize_box&quot;:&quot;yes&quot;,&quot;minimized_on&quot;:&quot;tablet&quot;,&quot;hierarchical_view&quot;:&quot;yes&quot;,&quot;min_height&quot;:{&quot;unit&quot;:&quot;px&quot;,&quot;size&quot;:&quot;&quot;,&quot;sizes&quot;:[]},&quot;min_height_tablet&quot;:{&quot;unit&quot;:&quot;px&quot;,&quot;size&quot;:&quot;&quot;,&quot;sizes&quot;:[]},&quot;min_height_mobile&quot;:{&quot;unit&quot;:&quot;px&quot;,&quot;size&quot;:&quot;&quot;,&quot;sizes&quot;:[]}}" data-widget_type="table-of-contents.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-toc__header">
<h4 class="elementor-toc__header-title">Table of Contents</h4>
<div class="elementor-toc__toggle-button elementor-toc__toggle-button--collapse"></div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-toc__body">
<ul class="elementor-toc__list-wrapper">
<li class="elementor-toc__list-item">
<div class="elementor-toc__list-item-text-wrapper">Camera description</div>
</li>
<li class="elementor-toc__list-item">
<div class="elementor-toc__list-item-text-wrapper">Connect To The Power Supply</div>
</li>
<li class="elementor-toc__list-item">
<div class="elementor-toc__list-item-text-wrapper">Video tutorial</div>
</li>
<li class="elementor-toc__list-item">
<div class="elementor-toc__list-item-text-wrapper">Register/Login</div>
</li>
<li class="elementor-toc__list-item">
<div class="elementor-toc__list-item-text-wrapper">[Auto-pairing] WiFi Network Configuration</div>
</li>
<li class="elementor-toc__list-item">
<div class="elementor-toc__list-item-text-wrapper">The second type: [Manual configuration] Wired network</div>
</li>
<li class="elementor-toc__list-item">
<div class="elementor-toc__list-item-text-wrapper">Manual configuration: AP netless direct connection mode</div>
</li>
<li class="elementor-toc__list-item">
<div class="elementor-toc__list-item-text-wrapper">How to set up mobile tracking？</div>
</li>
<li class="elementor-toc__list-item">
<div class="elementor-toc__list-item-text-wrapper">How to set the dual-ligh tal ert mode Star light full color？</div>
</li>
<li class="elementor-toc__list-item">
<div class="elementor-toc__list-item-text-wrapper">How to s et the humanoid alert function?</div>
</li>
<li class="elementor-toc__list-item">
<div class="elementor-toc__list-item-text-wrapper">Add shared device</div>
</li>
<li class="elementor-toc__list-item">
<div class="elementor-toc__list-item-text-wrapper">How to Restore factory settings/AP hotspot switching？</div>
</li>
<li class="elementor-toc__list-item">
<div class="elementor-toc__list-item-text-wrapper">How to query device serial number and info?</div>
</li>
<li class="elementor-toc__list-item">
<div class="elementor-toc__list-item-text-wrapper">Infographics</div>
</li>
<li class="elementor-toc__list-item">
<div class="elementor-toc__list-item-text-wrapper">39 Comments on “iCSee”</div>
</li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-c073f7c elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="c073f7c" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h3 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><b>Camera description</b></h3>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-f61f387 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="f61f387" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="W4P4ne ">
<div class="PHBdkd" data-content-height="144">
<div class="DWPxHb">The details are subject to your manual.</div>
<div><a href="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/Camera-product-description.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-239 size-full" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/Camera-product-description.jpg" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1820px) 100vw, 1820px" srcset="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/Camera-product-description.jpg 1820w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/Camera-product-description-300x192.jpg 300w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/Camera-product-description-1024x655.jpg 1024w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/Camera-product-description-768x491.jpg 768w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/Camera-product-description-1536x982.jpg 1536w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/Camera-product-description-16x10.jpg 16w" alt="Camera product description" width="1820" height="1164" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 901"></a></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-cf51728 elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="cf51728" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><b>Connect To The Power Supply</b></h3>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-1095f16 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="1095f16" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="W4P4ne ">
<div class="PHBdkd" data-content-height="144">
<div class="DWPxHb">
<p>Plz connect camera to the power cable,and turn on the power .</p>
<p>If you need to storage the video via the local TF card, plz install the TF card first then turn on the power.</p>
<p>（TF card doesn’t support the hot plugging,  plz plug and unplug memory card when device is power off)</p>
</div>
<div><a href="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/Connect-To-The-Power-Supply.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-246 aligncenter" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/Connect-To-The-Power-Supply.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1036px) 100vw, 1036px" srcset="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/Connect-To-The-Power-Supply.png 1036w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/Connect-To-The-Power-Supply-300x141.png 300w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/Connect-To-The-Power-Supply-1024x480.png 1024w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/Connect-To-The-Power-Supply-768x360.png 768w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/Connect-To-The-Power-Supply-16x8.png 16w" alt="Connect To The Power Supply" width="1036" height="486" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 902"></a></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-7bfe3e0 elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="7bfe3e0" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><b>Video tutorial</b></h3>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-5fefc76 elementor-aspect-ratio-169 elementor-widget elementor-widget-video" data-id="5fefc76" data-element_type="widget" data-settings="{&quot;youtube_url&quot;:&quot;https:\/\/youtu.be\/xyrNZByL9Sg&quot;,&quot;video_type&quot;:&quot;youtube&quot;,&quot;controls&quot;:&quot;yes&quot;,&quot;aspect_ratio&quot;:&quot;169&quot;}" data-widget_type="video.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-wrapper elementor-fit-aspect-ratio elementor-open-inline"><iframe loading="lazy" id="widget2" class="elementor-video" title="iCSee" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/xyrNZByL9Sg?controls=1&amp;rel=0&amp;playsinline=0&amp;modestbranding=0&amp;autoplay=0&amp;enablejsapi=1&amp;origin=https%3A%2F%2Ficseeapp.com&amp;widgetid=1" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-c61cb8c elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="c61cb8c" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><b>Register/Login</b></h3>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-3a49c0a elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="3a49c0a" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="W4P4ne ">
<div class="PHBdkd" data-content-height="144">
<div class="DWPxHb">
<p>1.Open”iCSee” app, click “sign up” then use the phone number or mailbox to register account.</p>
<p>2.Register successfully, enter your phone number or mail number in the login interface, enter the password, login your app.</p>
<p>3.You can also use the wechat, facebook, line or the temporary visit to login app.</p>
</div>
<div><a href="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/RegisterLogin.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-247" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/RegisterLogin.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 925px) 100vw, 925px" srcset="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/RegisterLogin.png 925w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/RegisterLogin-300x233.png 300w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/RegisterLogin-768x595.png 768w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/RegisterLogin-16x12.png 16w" alt="Register/Login" width="925" height="717" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 903"></a></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-6571d7b elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="6571d7b" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><b>[Auto-pairing] WiFi Network Configuration</b></h3>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-8292aee elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="8292aee" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="W4P4ne ">
<div class="PHBdkd" data-content-height="144">
<div class="DWPxHb">
<p>Note: camera can support 2.4G wifi for the time being, doesn’t support 5Gwifi, plz set the router parameter to2.4G first before configuring network, during the connection, phone,router and camera need keep within the 2m distance</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>1.Phone connect to the wifi network.</p>
<p>2.Click the “+”in the upper right corner click the “Add WiFi camera” according to the device’s voice prompt, follow the app interface guide to enter router’s password,click “confirm” start to configure network(if the device doesn’t appear voice prompt for a long time, you can long press the reset to restore default, then go on to configure network).</p>
<p><a href="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/Auto-pairing-WiFi-Network-Configuration.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-248" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/Auto-pairing-WiFi-Network-Configuration.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1273px) 100vw, 1273px" srcset="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/Auto-pairing-WiFi-Network-Configuration.png 1273w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/Auto-pairing-WiFi-Network-Configuration-300x203.png 300w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/Auto-pairing-WiFi-Network-Configuration-1024x692.png 1024w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/Auto-pairing-WiFi-Network-Configuration-768x519.png 768w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/Auto-pairing-WiFi-Network-Configuration-16x12.png 16w" alt="[Auto-pairing] WiFi Network Configuration" width="1273" height="860" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 904"></a></p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-09b05b4 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="09b05b4" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>3. Enter the search device’s interface, the device is in the connection process, plz wait.</p>
<p><a href="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/D8E2C549-2D37-4758-8167-CE1CB24E7BB6.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-249" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/D8E2C549-2D37-4758-8167-CE1CB24E7BB6.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1563px) 100vw, 1563px" srcset="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/D8E2C549-2D37-4758-8167-CE1CB24E7BB6.png 1563w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/D8E2C549-2D37-4758-8167-CE1CB24E7BB6-300x199.png 300w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/D8E2C549-2D37-4758-8167-CE1CB24E7BB6-1024x680.png 1024w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/D8E2C549-2D37-4758-8167-CE1CB24E7BB6-768x510.png 768w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/D8E2C549-2D37-4758-8167-CE1CB24E7BB6-1536x1020.png 1536w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/D8E2C549-2D37-4758-8167-CE1CB24E7BB6-16x12.png 16w" alt="[Auto-pairing] WiFi Network Configuration" width="1563" height="1038" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 905"></a></p>
<p>※ Program search, do not operate other programs ;</p>
<p>※ When the camera prompts “succes  sfully connected to router”, it will automatically go to the next step.</p>
<p>※ The camera fails to hear the prompt “succes sfully connect to router”. Please restore factory Settings and match again.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-408e541 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="408e541" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>4. After connecting successfully ,interface will prompt to set device’s password and name for your device, after finishing, follow the app interface guide to complete network configuration .</p>
<p><a href="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/7805104F-0E21-4FB8-A431-CF6CF91569EA.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-250" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/7805104F-0E21-4FB8-A431-CF6CF91569EA.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1358px) 100vw, 1358px" srcset="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/7805104F-0E21-4FB8-A431-CF6CF91569EA.png 1358w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/7805104F-0E21-4FB8-A431-CF6CF91569EA-300x191.png 300w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/7805104F-0E21-4FB8-A431-CF6CF91569EA-1024x651.png 1024w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/7805104F-0E21-4FB8-A431-CF6CF91569EA-768x489.png 768w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/7805104F-0E21-4FB8-A431-CF6CF91569EA-16x10.png 16w" alt="[Auto-pairing] WiFi Network Configuration" width="1358" height="864" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 906"></a></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-4973a56 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="4973a56" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>5. After finishing, device will show in the device’s list, it represent the device is connecting successfully.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>6. Click it you can view the monitoring image, and do the relevant operation and setting.</p>
<p><a href="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/A7436699-8C99-41F6-B1C0-C0D38121C127.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-252" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/A7436699-8C99-41F6-B1C0-C0D38121C127.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1340px) 100vw, 1340px" srcset="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/A7436699-8C99-41F6-B1C0-C0D38121C127.png 1340w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/A7436699-8C99-41F6-B1C0-C0D38121C127-300x257.png 300w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/A7436699-8C99-41F6-B1C0-C0D38121C127-1024x878.png 1024w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/A7436699-8C99-41F6-B1C0-C0D38121C127-768x659.png 768w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/A7436699-8C99-41F6-B1C0-C0D38121C127-14x12.png 14w" alt="[Auto-pairing] WiFi Network Configuration" width="1340" height="1149" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 907"></a></p>
<p>Note: Movement tracking is only for indoor ip cameras , bullet ip camera and dome cameras do not have this function</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Note: If the automatic etwork configuration fails, you can choose the following two methods to configure the device</strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-4821015 elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="4821015" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><b>The second type: [Manual configuration] Wired network</b></h3>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-fcdc2d6 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="fcdc2d6" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="W4P4ne ">
<div class="PHBdkd" data-content-height="144">
<div class="DWPxHb">
<p>1. Long press the camera Reset button for 10 seconds to restore the device to factory settings .</p>
<p>2. Connect your router to camera via network cable.</p>
<p>3. Connect phone to your router wifi network.</p>
<p><a href="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/03531897-C065-40B0-AB55-06F717D9F260-1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-254" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/03531897-C065-40B0-AB55-06F717D9F260-1.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1318px) 100vw, 1318px" srcset="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/03531897-C065-40B0-AB55-06F717D9F260-1.png 1318w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/03531897-C065-40B0-AB55-06F717D9F260-1-300x162.png 300w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/03531897-C065-40B0-AB55-06F717D9F260-1-1024x554.png 1024w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/03531897-C065-40B0-AB55-06F717D9F260-1-768x415.png 768w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/03531897-C065-40B0-AB55-06F717D9F260-1-16x9.png 16w" alt="The second type: [Manual configuration] Wired network" width="1318" height="713" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 908"></a></p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-e73d2a4 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="e73d2a4" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>4. Login “iCSee” app, click the “+”in the upper right corner, and click “more” in the upper right corner.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>5. click “Add the camera on same router.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>6. Enter search device interface, click searched camera to add device,device will show in the device’s list, which represent device connect successfully.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>7. Click it to view the monitoring image, also can do the relevant operation and setting</p>
<p><a href="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/8A04E454-3FB9-4484-80DB-7378F68CC213.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-255" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/8A04E454-3FB9-4484-80DB-7378F68CC213.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1278px) 100vw, 1278px" srcset="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/8A04E454-3FB9-4484-80DB-7378F68CC213.png 1278w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/8A04E454-3FB9-4484-80DB-7378F68CC213-300x214.png 300w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/8A04E454-3FB9-4484-80DB-7378F68CC213-1024x731.png 1024w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/8A04E454-3FB9-4484-80DB-7378F68CC213-768x548.png 768w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/8A04E454-3FB9-4484-80DB-7378F68CC213-16x12.png 16w" alt="The second type: [Manual configuration] Wired network" width="1278" height="912" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 909"></a></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-8b6d90d elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="8b6d90d" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><b>Manual configuration: AP netless direct connection mode</b></h3>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-d921b57 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="d921b57" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div data-content-height="144">
<p>When there is no network in the installation environment, please select the following pairing method;</p>
<div></div>
<p>1. Long press the camera Reset button for 10 seconds to restore the device to factory settings .</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>2. Short press the camera Reset button 2-5 to enter the direct connection mode (most devices will voice prompt “enter direct connection mode”).</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>3. Open the mobile phone desktop-settings-wireless network, search for the device wireless hotspot name, Enter the wireless <strong>password:1234567890</strong>, connect to the wireless hotspot of the device;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Indoor IP Camera hot spot name: robot_xxxx;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Other kind of camera hot spot names: camera_xxxx;</p>
<p><a href="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/E6FE53D8-5300-4FC2-827A-592B1F66712E.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-256" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/E6FE53D8-5300-4FC2-827A-592B1F66712E.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1181px) 100vw, 1181px" srcset="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/E6FE53D8-5300-4FC2-827A-592B1F66712E.png 1181w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/E6FE53D8-5300-4FC2-827A-592B1F66712E-300x204.png 300w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/E6FE53D8-5300-4FC2-827A-592B1F66712E-1024x697.png 1024w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/E6FE53D8-5300-4FC2-827A-592B1F66712E-768x523.png 768w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/E6FE53D8-5300-4FC2-827A-592B1F66712E-16x12.png 16w" alt="Manual configuration: AP netless direct connection mode" width="1181" height="804" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 910"></a></p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-7238455 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="7238455" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p><b>Tips:</b></p>
<p>AP hotspot mode is only used for installation when there is no network in the environment, and cannot be remotely monitored,can only be accessed within 10 meters of the establishment of the hotspot!</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-abeab76 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="abeab76" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>4. Open the ‘iCSee’ APP, and directly add the device in the local direct connection mode.</p>
<p>5. The device is displayed on the device list interface, which means that the device is successfully connected.</p>
<p><a href="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/10C43D58-6908-4B71-B903-1913C6EF091D.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-257" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/10C43D58-6908-4B71-B903-1913C6EF091D.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1112px) 100vw, 1112px" srcset="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/10C43D58-6908-4B71-B903-1913C6EF091D.png 1112w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/10C43D58-6908-4B71-B903-1913C6EF091D-300x199.png 300w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/10C43D58-6908-4B71-B903-1913C6EF091D-1024x679.png 1024w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/10C43D58-6908-4B71-B903-1913C6EF091D-768x509.png 768w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/10C43D58-6908-4B71-B903-1913C6EF091D-16x12.png 16w" alt="Manual configuration: AP netless direct connection mode" width="1112" height="737" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 911"></a></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-d197230 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="d197230" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>6. Click the ‘Play’ button to enter the monitoring screen and perform related operations and settings.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>7. If you have already registered an account to log in, please click the “+” sign at the top right, and click the “AP direct connection” mode to add.</p>
<p><a href="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/BD762BCF-980F-4A5C-85F4-78408FF896BA.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-258" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/BD762BCF-980F-4A5C-85F4-78408FF896BA.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1120px) 100vw, 1120px" srcset="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/BD762BCF-980F-4A5C-85F4-78408FF896BA.png 1120w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/BD762BCF-980F-4A5C-85F4-78408FF896BA-300x186.png 300w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/BD762BCF-980F-4A5C-85F4-78408FF896BA-1024x635.png 1024w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/BD762BCF-980F-4A5C-85F4-78408FF896BA-768x477.png 768w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/BD762BCF-980F-4A5C-85F4-78408FF896BA-16x10.png 16w" alt="Manual configuration: AP netless direct connection mode" width="1120" height="695" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 912"></a></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-625d5f5 elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="625d5f5" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><b>How to set up mobile tracking？</b></h3>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-8aa8293 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="8aa8293" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div data-content-height="144">
<p>Note: Mobile tracking and smart humanoid alert can’t be used at the same time;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>●Click the “Mobile Tracking” switch buttonin the preview interface to turn on the corresponding function;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>●Motion tracking: when it’s on, as long as an object enters the camera’s illumination range, camera will track the moving trajectory;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>●Watch Point: set a fixed position, when the camera is operating or tracking, it will automatically return to the set position after staying for a period of time;</p>
<p><a href="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/0EAD7688-7FF6-47BE-9ED8-E1B2ED125C08.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-259" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/0EAD7688-7FF6-47BE-9ED8-E1B2ED125C08.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 935px) 100vw, 935px" srcset="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/0EAD7688-7FF6-47BE-9ED8-E1B2ED125C08.png 935w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/0EAD7688-7FF6-47BE-9ED8-E1B2ED125C08-300x274.png 300w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/0EAD7688-7FF6-47BE-9ED8-E1B2ED125C08-768x701.png 768w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/0EAD7688-7FF6-47BE-9ED8-E1B2ED125C08-13x12.png 13w" alt="How to set up mobile tracking？" width="935" height="853" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 913"></a></p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-418ce4a elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="418ce4a" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><b>How to set the dual-ligh tal ert mode Star light full color？</b></h3>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-ad6e7a9 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="ad6e7a9" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>Note: Mobile tracking and smart humanoid alert can’t be used at the same time;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Open the ‘iCSee’, click the ‘real-time playback’ , click or slide to the “light” or the “bulb” icon in the screen to open the setting screen;</p>
<p><a href="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/2C3DAC13-02AC-4E8F-8084-70674B799B33.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-260" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/2C3DAC13-02AC-4E8F-8084-70674B799B33.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 894px) 100vw, 894px" srcset="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/2C3DAC13-02AC-4E8F-8084-70674B799B33.png 894w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/2C3DAC13-02AC-4E8F-8084-70674B799B33-300x253.png 300w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/2C3DAC13-02AC-4E8F-8084-70674B799B33-768x647.png 768w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/2C3DAC13-02AC-4E8F-8084-70674B799B33-14x12.png 14w" alt=" How to set the dual-ligh tal ert mode Star light full color？" width="894" height="753" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 914"></a></p>
<p>●Night colored lights：When the light is insufficient, the white light will start, and the image will be colorful;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>●Infrared night vision： When the light is insufficient, the infrared light is activated and the image becomes black and white;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>●Double light alert：When the light is insufficient, the infrared light will be activated. When someone enters the monitoring screen, the white light will be triggered and the image will be colorful.<br />
After a few seconds when the person walks away, the infrared mode will be switched on and the image will become black and white;</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-a84942e elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="a84942e" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><b>How to s et the humanoid alert function?</b></h3>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-deeffa8 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="deeffa8" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>Note: Mobile tracking and smart humanoid alert can’t be used at the same time;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Open the ‘iCSee’, click the device real-time playback, click on the upper right button ‘setting’ ，Enter the ‘settings’-smart alarm, open the interface to make related settings.</p>
<p><a href="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/4E5CCC69-72C8-4506-B762-FFE4ABD52B86.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-261" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/4E5CCC69-72C8-4506-B762-FFE4ABD52B86.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 986px) 100vw, 986px" srcset="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/4E5CCC69-72C8-4506-B762-FFE4ABD52B86.png 986w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/4E5CCC69-72C8-4506-B762-FFE4ABD52B86-300x201.png 300w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/4E5CCC69-72C8-4506-B762-FFE4ABD52B86-768x516.png 768w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/4E5CCC69-72C8-4506-B762-FFE4ABD52B86-16x12.png 16w" alt="How to s et the humanoid alert function?" width="986" height="662" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 915"></a></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-c109fbe elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="c109fbe" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>Function introduction:</p>
<p>●Notification: Must be turned on to receive alarm trigger information.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>●Humanoid detection: only judge and detect people to trigger an alarm;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>●Show Tracking: When the human figure appears on the screen, the human figure can be tracked and reminded; Rule setting: select the designated area [Warning Line], when someone enters the divided area, the alarm can be triggered;</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-f955c99 elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="f955c99" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><b>Add shared device</b></h3>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-ec8b083 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="ec8b083" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>1. Click “Share” in the device list to pop up the QR code page using the main phone.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>2. Log in to the ‘iCSee’ APP with the mobile phone you want to share,<br />
click the “+” sign in the upper right corner of the APP main interface, click “Scan QR code to add a camera” , scan the QR code of the device shared by others or input Add the device serial number (the shared device must be connected to the Internet and successfully<br />
added to the APP).</p>
<p><a href="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/BB167A43-C706-43C2-9291-5DACF52B1C76.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-262" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/BB167A43-C706-43C2-9291-5DACF52B1C76.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 997px) 100vw, 997px" srcset="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/BB167A43-C706-43C2-9291-5DACF52B1C76.png 997w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/BB167A43-C706-43C2-9291-5DACF52B1C76-300x214.png 300w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/BB167A43-C706-43C2-9291-5DACF52B1C76-768x547.png 768w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/BB167A43-C706-43C2-9291-5DACF52B1C76-16x12.png 16w" alt="Add shared device" width="997" height="710" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 916"></a></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-e6dea79 elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="e6dea79" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><b>How to Restore factory settings/AP hotspot switching？</b></h3>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-878e80e elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="878e80e" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>1. Long press the camera ‘Reset ‘ button for 10 seconds, and you can let go when you hear ‘ Restore factory setting,please wait’.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>2. Short press the camera Reset button 2-5 to enter the direct connection mode (most devices will voice prompt “enter direct connection mode”).</p>
<p><a href="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/97EA254C-A533-45B5-8E04-DA2459D5D16D.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-263" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/97EA254C-A533-45B5-8E04-DA2459D5D16D.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1806px) 100vw, 1806px" srcset="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/97EA254C-A533-45B5-8E04-DA2459D5D16D.png 1806w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/97EA254C-A533-45B5-8E04-DA2459D5D16D-300x109.png 300w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/97EA254C-A533-45B5-8E04-DA2459D5D16D-1024x373.png 1024w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/97EA254C-A533-45B5-8E04-DA2459D5D16D-768x280.png 768w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/97EA254C-A533-45B5-8E04-DA2459D5D16D-1536x560.png 1536w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/97EA254C-A533-45B5-8E04-DA2459D5D16D-16x6.png 16w" alt="How to Restore factory settings/AP hotspot switching." width="1806" height="658" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 917"></a></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-aba6227 elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="aba6227" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><b>How to query device serial number and info?</b></h3>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-7fe55cf elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="7fe55cf" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>1. Open the ‘iCSee’, enter the real-time playback of the device, click on the upper right setting to enter the setting center-about the device , the QR code can be directly scanned and shared with other family members to watch (the QR code valid time is 30 Minutes); if exceeded, it will automatically expire;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>2. If you find that the device time is not synchronized, please click the device time to synchronize it;</p>
<p><a href="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/2D7060EB-A81F-47DA-9351-BAEA07C40B98.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-264" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/2D7060EB-A81F-47DA-9351-BAEA07C40B98.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 993px) 100vw, 993px" srcset="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/2D7060EB-A81F-47DA-9351-BAEA07C40B98.png 993w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/2D7060EB-A81F-47DA-9351-BAEA07C40B98-300x205.png 300w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/2D7060EB-A81F-47DA-9351-BAEA07C40B98-768x524.png 768w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/2D7060EB-A81F-47DA-9351-BAEA07C40B98-16x12.png 16w" alt="2D7060EB A81F 47DA 9351 BAEA07C40B98" width="993" height="677" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 918"></a></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-1c6088c elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="1c6088c" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><b>Infographics</b></h3>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-9afd93a elementor-widget elementor-widget-image" data-id="9afd93a" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="image.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container"><a href="https://icseeapp.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-full size-full" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/icsee-Infographics-scaled.jpg" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1503px) 100vw, 1503px" srcset="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/icsee-Infographics-scaled.jpg 1503w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/icsee-Infographics-176x300.jpg 176w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/icsee-Infographics-601x1024.jpg 601w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/icsee-Infographics-768x1308.jpg 768w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/icsee-Infographics-902x1536.jpg 902w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/icsee-Infographics-1203x2048.jpg 1203w" alt="icsee Infographics" width="1503" height="2560" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 919"></a></div>
<div>
<section class="elementor-section elementor-top-section elementor-element elementor-element-60e57ad elementor-section-height-min-height elementor-section-boxed elementor-section-height-default elementor-section-items-middle" data-id="60e57ad" data-element_type="section" data-settings="{&quot;background_background&quot;:&quot;classic&quot;}">
<div class="elementor-container elementor-column-gap-default">
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-100 elementor-top-column elementor-element elementor-element-ea6082c" data-id="ea6082c" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-7d0d026 elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="7d0d026" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h1 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><b>ICSEE FOR PC</b></h1>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-485e992 elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="485e992" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h3 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default">Download the latest version of icsee PC client.<br />
Support icsee and icsee pro app cameras</h3>
</div>
</div>
<section class="elementor-section elementor-inner-section elementor-element elementor-element-e68cc8f elementor-section-boxed elementor-section-height-default elementor-section-height-default" data-id="e68cc8f" data-element_type="section">
<div class="elementor-container elementor-column-gap-default">
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-50 elementor-inner-column elementor-element elementor-element-cdd69b9" data-id="cdd69b9" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-f85af7c elementor-widget elementor-widget-image" data-id="f85af7c" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="image.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-large size-large" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-for-pc-vms-lite.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" srcset="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-for-pc-vms-lite.png 800w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-for-pc-vms-lite-300x203.png 300w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-for-pc-vms-lite-768x518.png 768w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-for-pc-vms-lite-16x12.png 16w" alt="icsee for pc - vms lite" width="800" height="540" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 920"></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-50 elementor-inner-column elementor-element elementor-element-7e7baaa" data-id="7e7baaa" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-220ab8d elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="220ab8d" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h2 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><b>VMS LITE</b></h2>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-a2c438e elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="a2c438e" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>Support windows 7/8/10 system, not support mac computer.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-1e5d42b elementor-align-center elementor-widget elementor-widget-button" data-id="1e5d42b" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="button.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-button-wrapper"><a class="elementor-button-link elementor-button elementor-size-sm elementor-animation-float" role="button" href="https://mega.nz/file/9htEhDBI#L1L44kZc_twT9V77BSayDwXz5Uez7bML0YPVk2LhRAc" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener"><span class="elementor-button-content-wrapper"><span class="elementor-button-text">DOWNLOAD</span></span></a></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</section>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</section>
<section class="elementor-section elementor-top-section elementor-element elementor-element-9ead707 elementor-section-boxed elementor-section-height-default elementor-section-height-default" data-id="9ead707" data-element_type="section">
<div class="elementor-container elementor-column-gap-default">
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-100 elementor-top-column elementor-element elementor-element-64dd9a0" data-id="64dd9a0" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-f52e7ad elementor-widget elementor-widget-wp-quads" data-id="f52e7ad" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="wp-quads.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container"></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</section>
<section class="elementor-section elementor-top-section elementor-element elementor-element-99d4668 elementor-section-boxed elementor-section-height-default elementor-section-height-default" data-id="99d4668" data-element_type="section">
<div class="elementor-container elementor-column-gap-default">
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-100 elementor-top-column elementor-element elementor-element-515206d" data-id="515206d" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<section class="elementor-section elementor-inner-section elementor-element elementor-element-717adc0 elementor-section-boxed elementor-section-height-default elementor-section-height-default" data-id="717adc0" data-element_type="section">
<div class="elementor-container elementor-column-gap-default">
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-50 elementor-inner-column elementor-element elementor-element-7e7632c" data-id="7e7632c" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-e84fb1c elementor-widget elementor-widget-image" data-id="e84fb1c" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="image.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-large size-large" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-for-pc-diskplayer.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" srcset="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-for-pc-diskplayer.png 800w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-for-pc-diskplayer-300x203.png 300w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-for-pc-diskplayer-768x518.png 768w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-for-pc-diskplayer-16x12.png 16w" alt="icsee for pc - diskplayer" width="800" height="540" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 921"></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-50 elementor-inner-column elementor-element elementor-element-1916271" data-id="1916271" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-263ec3a elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="263ec3a" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h2 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><b>PLAYERS</b></h2>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-4852aae elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="4852aae" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>Play video from icsee camera memory card.<br />
The video files are encrypted and need to be played by this software</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-7936ee2 elementor-align-center elementor-widget elementor-widget-button" data-id="7936ee2" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="button.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-button-wrapper"><a class="elementor-button-link elementor-button elementor-size-sm elementor-animation-float" role="button" href="https://mega.nz/file/B48RXLba#U_tX3HRABNjWfU2nQgOuY_zgoR8GtJBEWWz_Glf8pAY" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener"><span class="elementor-button-content-wrapper"><span class="elementor-button-text">DOWNLOAD</span></span></a></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</section>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</section>
<section class="elementor-section elementor-top-section elementor-element elementor-element-70be082 elementor-section-boxed elementor-section-height-default elementor-section-height-default" data-id="70be082" data-element_type="section">
<div class="elementor-container elementor-column-gap-default">
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-100 elementor-top-column elementor-element elementor-element-0aa74ac" data-id="0aa74ac" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<section class="elementor-section elementor-inner-section elementor-element elementor-element-c7aac77 elementor-section-boxed elementor-section-height-default elementor-section-height-default" data-id="c7aac77" data-element_type="section">
<div class="elementor-container elementor-column-gap-default">
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-50 elementor-inner-column elementor-element elementor-element-3a177de" data-id="3a177de" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-98acd4c elementor-widget elementor-widget-image" data-id="98acd4c" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="image.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-large size-large" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-for-pc-xmeye.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" srcset="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-for-pc-xmeye.png 800w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-for-pc-xmeye-300x203.png 300w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-for-pc-xmeye-768x518.png 768w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-for-pc-xmeye-16x12.png 16w" alt="icsee for pc - xmeye" width="800" height="540" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 922"></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-50 elementor-inner-column elementor-element elementor-element-09da335" data-id="09da335" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-4de5fbb elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="4de5fbb" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h2 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><b>WEB CLIENT</b></h2>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-29cdf2d elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="29cdf2d" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>Only support ie browser, the future will be eliminated, please use the computer client software</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-307e96a elementor-align-center elementor-widget elementor-widget-button" data-id="307e96a" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="button.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-button-wrapper"><a class="elementor-button-link elementor-button elementor-size-sm elementor-animation-float" role="button" href="https://www.xmeye.net/index" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener"><span class="elementor-button-content-wrapper"><span class="elementor-button-text">VISIT THE WEBSITE</span></span></a></div>
<div></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</section>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</section>
</div>
</div>
<div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-80d50ad elementor-widget elementor-widget-image" data-id="80d50ad" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="image.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-full size-full" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-pro.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 80px) 100vw, 80px" srcset="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-pro.png 80w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-pro-12x12.png 12w" alt="icsee pro" width="80" height="80" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 923"></div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-561f8a8 elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="561f8a8" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h1 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><b>ICSEE PRO</b></h1>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-03e439a elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="03e439a" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h3 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default">iCSee Pro is a monitoring security software ，which can work with the front-end devices such as robot 、bullet , or intelligent devices such as doorbell 、doorlock . iCSee Pro can access the device by cloud ID , you can preview and control the live video in the Android device .</h3>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-3e3e58d elementor-hidden-phone elementor-arrows-position-inside elementor-pagination-position-outside elementor-widget elementor-widget-image-carousel e-widget-swiper" data-id="3e3e58d" data-element_type="widget" data-settings="{&quot;navigation&quot;:&quot;both&quot;,&quot;autoplay&quot;:&quot;yes&quot;,&quot;pause_on_hover&quot;:&quot;yes&quot;,&quot;pause_on_interaction&quot;:&quot;yes&quot;,&quot;autoplay_speed&quot;:5000,&quot;infinite&quot;:&quot;yes&quot;,&quot;speed&quot;:500}" data-widget_type="image-carousel.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-image-carousel-wrapper swiper-container swiper-container-initialized swiper-container-horizontal" dir="ltr">
<div class="elementor-image-carousel swiper-wrapper">
<div class="swiper-slide swiper-slide-duplicate" data-swiper-slide-index="2">
<figure class="swiper-slide-inner"><img decoding="async" class="swiper-slide-image" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-app3-768x1365.jpg" alt="icsee app" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 924"></figure>
</div>
<div class="swiper-slide swiper-slide-duplicate" data-swiper-slide-index="3">
<figure class="swiper-slide-inner"><img decoding="async" class="swiper-slide-image" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-app4-768x1365.jpg" alt="icsee app" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 925"></figure>
</div>
<div class="swiper-slide swiper-slide-duplicate swiper-slide-prev" data-swiper-slide-index="4">
<figure class="swiper-slide-inner"><img decoding="async" class="swiper-slide-image" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-app6-768x1365.jpg" alt="icsee app" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 926"></figure>
</div>
<div class="swiper-slide swiper-slide-active" data-swiper-slide-index="0">
<figure class="swiper-slide-inner"><img decoding="async" class="swiper-slide-image" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-app1-768x1365.jpg" alt="icsee app" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 927"></figure>
</div>
<div class="swiper-slide swiper-slide-next" data-swiper-slide-index="1">
<figure class="swiper-slide-inner"><img decoding="async" class="swiper-slide-image" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-app2-768x1365.jpg" alt="icsee app" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 928"></figure>
</div>
<div class="swiper-slide" data-swiper-slide-index="2">
<figure class="swiper-slide-inner"><img decoding="async" class="swiper-slide-image" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-app3-768x1365.jpg" alt="icsee app" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 924"></figure>
</div>
<div class="swiper-slide" data-swiper-slide-index="3">
<figure class="swiper-slide-inner"><img decoding="async" class="swiper-slide-image" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-app4-768x1365.jpg" alt="icsee app" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 925"></figure>
</div>
<div class="swiper-slide swiper-slide-duplicate-prev" data-swiper-slide-index="4">
<figure class="swiper-slide-inner"><img decoding="async" class="swiper-slide-image" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-app6-768x1365.jpg" alt="icsee app" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 926"></figure>
</div>
<div class="swiper-slide swiper-slide-duplicate swiper-slide-duplicate-active" data-swiper-slide-index="0">
<figure class="swiper-slide-inner"><img decoding="async" class="swiper-slide-image" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-app1-768x1365.jpg" alt="icsee app" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 927"></figure>
</div>
<div class="swiper-slide swiper-slide-duplicate swiper-slide-duplicate-next" data-swiper-slide-index="1">
<figure class="swiper-slide-inner"><img decoding="async" class="swiper-slide-image" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-app2-768x1365.jpg" alt="icsee app" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 928"></figure>
</div>
<div class="swiper-slide swiper-slide-duplicate" data-swiper-slide-index="2">
<figure class="swiper-slide-inner"><img decoding="async" class="swiper-slide-image" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-app3-768x1365.jpg" alt="icsee app" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 924"></figure>
</div>
</div>
<div class="swiper-pagination swiper-pagination-clickable swiper-pagination-bullets"></div>
<div class="elementor-swiper-button elementor-swiper-button-prev" tabindex="0" role="button" aria-label="Previous slide"><span class="elementor-screen-only">Previous</span></div>
<div class="elementor-swiper-button elementor-swiper-button-next" tabindex="0" role="button" aria-label="Next slide"><span class="elementor-screen-only">Next</span></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<section class="elementor-section elementor-inner-section elementor-element elementor-element-578080d elementor-section-boxed elementor-section-height-default elementor-section-height-default" data-id="578080d" data-element_type="section">
<div class="elementor-container elementor-column-gap-default">
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-33 elementor-inner-column elementor-element elementor-element-1359b0f" data-id="1359b0f" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-f04c956 elementor-align-center elementor-widget elementor-widget-button" data-id="f04c956" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="button.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-button-wrapper"><a class="elementor-button-link elementor-button elementor-size-sm elementor-animation-float" role="button" href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.xm.csee.debug" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener"><span class="elementor-button-content-wrapper"><span class="elementor-button-text">ANDROID</span></span></a></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-33 elementor-inner-column elementor-element elementor-element-650d970" data-id="650d970" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-177dc90 elementor-align-center elementor-widget elementor-widget-button" data-id="177dc90" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="button.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-button-wrapper"><a class="elementor-button-link elementor-button elementor-size-sm elementor-animation-float" role="button" href="https://apps.apple.com/us/app/icsee-pro/id1345246500" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener"><span class="elementor-button-content-wrapper"><span class="elementor-button-text">IPHONE</span></span></a></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-33 elementor-inner-column elementor-element elementor-element-b31c918" data-id="b31c918" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-1a91897 elementor-align-center elementor-widget elementor-widget-button" data-id="1a91897" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="button.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-button-wrapper"><a class="elementor-button-link elementor-button elementor-size-sm elementor-animation-float" role="button" href="https://icseeapp.com/icsee-for-pc/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span class="elementor-button-content-wrapper"><span class="elementor-button-text">COMPUTER</span></span></a></div>
<div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-ac965d3 elementor-widget elementor-widget-image" data-id="ac965d3" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="image.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-full size-full" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/5gsee.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 80px) 100vw, 80px" srcset="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/5gsee.png 80w, https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/5gsee-12x12.png 12w" alt="5gsee" width="80" height="80" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 935"></div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-ae8d7bc elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="ae8d7bc" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h1 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><b>5GSEE</b></h1>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-c69da58 elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="c69da58" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h3 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default">5GSee is a monitoring security software ，which can work with the front-end devices such as robot 、bullet , or intelligent devices such as doorbell 、doorlock . 5GSee can access the device by cloud ID , you can preview and control the live video in the Android device .</h3>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-c32fa55 elementor-hidden-phone elementor-arrows-position-inside elementor-pagination-position-outside elementor-widget elementor-widget-image-carousel e-widget-swiper" data-id="c32fa55" data-element_type="widget" data-settings="{&quot;navigation&quot;:&quot;both&quot;,&quot;autoplay&quot;:&quot;yes&quot;,&quot;pause_on_hover&quot;:&quot;yes&quot;,&quot;pause_on_interaction&quot;:&quot;yes&quot;,&quot;autoplay_speed&quot;:5000,&quot;infinite&quot;:&quot;yes&quot;,&quot;speed&quot;:500}" data-widget_type="image-carousel.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-image-carousel-wrapper swiper-container swiper-container-initialized swiper-container-horizontal" dir="ltr">
<div class="elementor-image-carousel swiper-wrapper">
<div class="swiper-slide swiper-slide-duplicate" data-swiper-slide-index="2">
<figure class="swiper-slide-inner"><img decoding="async" class="swiper-slide-image" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-app3-768x1365.jpg" alt="icsee app" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 924"></figure>
</div>
<div class="swiper-slide swiper-slide-duplicate" data-swiper-slide-index="3">
<figure class="swiper-slide-inner"><img decoding="async" class="swiper-slide-image" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-app4-768x1365.jpg" alt="icsee app" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 925"></figure>
</div>
<div class="swiper-slide swiper-slide-duplicate swiper-slide-prev" data-swiper-slide-index="4">
<figure class="swiper-slide-inner"><img decoding="async" class="swiper-slide-image" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-app6-768x1365.jpg" alt="icsee app" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 926"></figure>
</div>
<div class="swiper-slide swiper-slide-active" data-swiper-slide-index="0">
<figure class="swiper-slide-inner"><img decoding="async" class="swiper-slide-image" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-app1-768x1365.jpg" alt="icsee app" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 927"></figure>
</div>
<div class="swiper-slide swiper-slide-next" data-swiper-slide-index="1">
<figure class="swiper-slide-inner"><img decoding="async" class="swiper-slide-image" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-app2-768x1365.jpg" alt="icsee app" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 928"></figure>
</div>
<div class="swiper-slide" data-swiper-slide-index="2">
<figure class="swiper-slide-inner"><img decoding="async" class="swiper-slide-image" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-app3-768x1365.jpg" alt="icsee app" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 924"></figure>
</div>
<div class="swiper-slide" data-swiper-slide-index="3">
<figure class="swiper-slide-inner"><img decoding="async" class="swiper-slide-image" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-app4-768x1365.jpg" alt="icsee app" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 925"></figure>
</div>
<div class="swiper-slide swiper-slide-duplicate-prev" data-swiper-slide-index="4">
<figure class="swiper-slide-inner"><img decoding="async" class="swiper-slide-image" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-app6-768x1365.jpg" alt="icsee app" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 926"></figure>
</div>
<div class="swiper-slide swiper-slide-duplicate swiper-slide-duplicate-active" data-swiper-slide-index="0">
<figure class="swiper-slide-inner"><img decoding="async" class="swiper-slide-image" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-app1-768x1365.jpg" alt="icsee app" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 927"></figure>
</div>
<div class="swiper-slide swiper-slide-duplicate swiper-slide-duplicate-next" data-swiper-slide-index="1">
<figure class="swiper-slide-inner"><img decoding="async" class="swiper-slide-image" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-app2-768x1365.jpg" alt="icsee app" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 928"></figure>
</div>
<div class="swiper-slide swiper-slide-duplicate" data-swiper-slide-index="2">
<figure class="swiper-slide-inner"><img decoding="async" class="swiper-slide-image" src="https://icseeapp.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/icsee-app3-768x1365.jpg" alt="icsee app" title="How To Use ICSEE Camera 924"></figure>
</div>
</div>
<div class="swiper-pagination swiper-pagination-clickable swiper-pagination-bullets"></div>
<div class="elementor-swiper-button elementor-swiper-button-prev" tabindex="0" role="button" aria-label="Previous slide"><span class="elementor-screen-only">Previous</span></div>
<div class="elementor-swiper-button elementor-swiper-button-next" tabindex="0" role="button" aria-label="Next slide"><span class="elementor-screen-only">Next</span></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<section class="elementor-section elementor-inner-section elementor-element elementor-element-221d364 elementor-section-boxed elementor-section-height-default elementor-section-height-default" data-id="221d364" data-element_type="section">
<div class="elementor-container elementor-column-gap-default">
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-33 elementor-inner-column elementor-element elementor-element-f6be5c2" data-id="f6be5c2" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-7262034 elementor-align-center elementor-widget elementor-widget-button" data-id="7262034" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="button.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-button-wrapper"><a class="elementor-button-link elementor-button elementor-size-sm elementor-animation-float" role="button" href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.xm.csee.g5&amp;hl=en" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener"><span class="elementor-button-content-wrapper"><span class="elementor-button-text">ANDROID</span></span></a></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-33 elementor-inner-column elementor-element elementor-element-4abe659" data-id="4abe659" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-6beca6a elementor-align-center elementor-widget elementor-widget-button" data-id="6beca6a" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="button.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-button-wrapper"><a class="elementor-button-link elementor-button elementor-size-sm elementor-animation-float" role="button" href="https://apps.apple.com/us/app/5g%E7%9C%8B%E7%9C%8B/id1469679024" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener"><span class="elementor-button-content-wrapper"><span class="elementor-button-text">IPHONE</span></span></a></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-33 elementor-inner-column elementor-element elementor-element-eae5819" data-id="eae5819" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-b5bc7a6 elementor-align-center elementor-widget elementor-widget-button" data-id="b5bc7a6" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="button.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-button-wrapper"><a class="elementor-button-link elementor-button elementor-size-sm elementor-animation-float" role="button" href="https://icseeapp.com/5gsee/#" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span class="elementor-button-content-wrapper"><span class="elementor-button-text">NO COMPUTER</span></span></a></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</section>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</section>
</div>
<div></div>
<div>
<section class="elementor-section elementor-top-section elementor-element elementor-element-90e7b49 elementor-section-boxed elementor-section-height-default elementor-section-height-default" data-id="90e7b49" data-element_type="section">
<div class="elementor-container elementor-column-gap-default">
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-100 elementor-top-column elementor-element elementor-element-e8da3db" data-id="e8da3db" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-35d5247 elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="35d5247" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h1 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-xl">FAQ</h1>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-980ca29 elementor-widget elementor-widget-wp-widget-lpwtoc_widget" data-id="980ca29" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="wp-widget-lpwtoc_widget.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="lwptoc lwptoc-autoWidth lwptoc-baseItems lwptoc-light lwptoc-notInherit" data-smooth-scroll="1" data-smooth-scroll-offset="24" data-lwptoc-initialized="1">
<div class="lwptoc_i">
<div class="lwptoc_header">The direct connection mode appears to be disconnected and the video preview freezes?</div>
<div class="lwptoc_items lwptoc_items-visible">
<div class="lwptoc_itemWrap">
<div class="lwptoc_item"><span class="lwptoc_item_label">What should I do if the ICSEE camera cannot be connected to the router?</span></div>
<div class="lwptoc_item"><span class="lwptoc_item_label">What should I do if I forget the password of the ICSEE camera?</span></div>
<div class="lwptoc_item"><span class="lwptoc_item_label">What should I do if the video cannot be retrieved during playback?</span></div>
<div class="lwptoc_item"><span class="lwptoc_item_label">How to change the language of the app client?</span></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</section>
<section class="elementor-section elementor-top-section elementor-element elementor-element-54d0cff elementor-section-boxed elementor-section-height-default elementor-section-height-default" data-id="54d0cff" data-element_type="section">
<div class="elementor-container elementor-column-gap-default">
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-100 elementor-top-column elementor-element elementor-element-1c4240f" data-id="1c4240f" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-312376f elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="312376f" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h2 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-large"><span id="The_direct_connection_mode_appears_to_be_disconnected_and_the_video_preview_freezes">The direct connection mode appears to be disconnected and the video preview freezes?</span></h2>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-333ffe3 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="333ffe3" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>1.The disconnection problem is mostly caused by the program being too old, you can check it after updating the version of the device</p>
<p>2. If the wifi signal is too weak, the mobile phone and the device should be placed closer to check (test can be tested in the range of 1-2 meters)</p>
<p>3. If the mobile phone’s main frequency is too low, confirm that the mobile phone’s cpu frequency should not be lower than 1G or switch to smooth image quality</p>
<p>4. App Local configuration-decoding strategy-hard decoding Hard decoding needs to be supported by Android 4.1 or above</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-351ac43 elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="351ac43" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h2 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-large"><span id="What_should_I_do_if_the_ICSEE_camera_cannot_be_connected_to_the_router">What should I do if the ICSEE camera cannot be connected to the router?</span></h2>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-61b147d elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="61b147d" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>1. Whether the WiFi network is normal (you can connect to wifi with your mobile phone to test);</p>
<p>2. Whether the device has entered the connected state (the indicator light flashes red quickly);</p>
<p>3. Is the WiFi password entered correctly?<br />
4. The distance between the device, router, and mobile phone is closer (the test is recommended to be in the range of 1-2 meters)</p>
<p>5. Confirm the router configuration</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>a.5G WIF is not supported, dual-band routers need to close the 5G frequency band);</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>b. Routers that do not support connection to enterprise-level security protocols;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>c. Wi-Fi launched by modems (commonly known as cats) is not supported;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>d. Close AP isolation;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>e. Does not support network bridging;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>f. Whether WiFi has been hidden?</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>g. The frequency band bandwidth is changed to 20MHz;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>h. Router restart</p>
<p>After confirming the above information, restore the router and device to pair again</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-1ed056e elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="1ed056e" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h2 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-large"><span id="What_should_I_do_if_I_forget_the_password_of_the_ICSEE_camera">What should I do if I forget the password of the ICSEE camera?</span></h2>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-6f1f2b0 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="6f1f2b0" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>Find the reset button or reset hole on the device, press and hold the reset button for more than 3 seconds or poke the reset hole with a needle for 3 seconds, the device will restore the default and restart (you need to re-pair after recovery)</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-7b6528e elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="7b6528e" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h2 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-large"><span id="What_should_I_do_if_the_video_cannot_be_retrieved_during_playback">What should I do if the video cannot be retrieved during playback?</span></h2>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-d4a5fca elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="d4a5fca" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>1. Query whether the recording setting is normally turned on</p>
<p>2. Confirm the status of the TF card, which can be viewed in the disk information</p>
<p>3 Confirm that the current time display of the device is normal, and the recording time is obtained from the device. If the device time is abnormal, it cannot be queried normally.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-68da8ff elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="68da8ff" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h2 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-large"><span id="How_to_change_the_language_of_the_app_client">How to change the language of the app client?</span></h2>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-08742a6 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="08742a6" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<p>The app only supports Chinese and English, and the mobile client language will automatically switch with the mobile phone system language.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</section>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/how-to/how-to-use-icsee-camera.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		
		
		<media:content url="https://www.youtube.com/embed/xyrNZByL9Sg" medium="video" width="1280" height="720">
			<media:player url="https://www.youtube.com/embed/xyrNZByL9Sg" />
			<media:title type="plain">iCSee</media:title>
			<media:description type="html"><![CDATA[0:02 Smart add0:45 AP mode add2:14 AP mode view video3:01 Share camera3:36 Video settings 3:49 Viewing Memory Card Footage4:06 Motion Detection SettingsiCSee...]]></media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/icsee.jpg" />
			<media:rating scheme="urn:simple">nonadult</media:rating>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/aiview-wireless-nvr-security-camera-system-user-manual.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/aiview-wireless-nvr-security-camera-system-user-manual.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 16 Dec 2022 20:13:31 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Aiview]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[APP Store]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Comfast]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Danale]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[default]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[enable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Engenius]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[installation guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP address]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip cam]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[motion detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mouse]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[opera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[plugin]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Search Tool]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Search Tools]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security camera system]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Switch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tools]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ubiquiti]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[View interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[wifi camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[WiFi NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless NVR]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=1220</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual Statement Thank you for using our product, please contact us if you have any...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-269d9e1 elementor-widget elementor-widget-theme-post-title elementor-page-title elementor-widget-heading" data-id="269d9e1" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="theme-post-title.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h1 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default">Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual</h1>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-34a7b95 elementor-widget elementor-widget-shortcode" data-id="34a7b95" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="shortcode.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-shortcode">
<h2 id="statement" class="has-vivid-cyan-blue-color has-text-color joli-heading"><strong>Statement</strong></h2>
<ul>
<li>Thank you for using our product, please contact us if you have any question.</li>
<li>This guide is for Wireless NVR Kit. · Content may be modified and updated based on new function.</li>
<li>The function of the actual products maybe a little different from the guide, please operate it referring to actual products.</li>
</ul>
<h2 id="attention" class="has-vivid-cyan-blue-color has-text-color joli-heading"><strong>Attention</strong></h2>
<ul>
<li>Do not install the wireless NVR in humid and dusty environment.</li>
<li>Put the wireless NVR in drafty environment in case of ventilation port being blocked.</li>
<li>Check the power supply to avoid damage because of voltage mismatch.</li>
<li>Make sure the wireless NVR working within suitable temperature and humidity environment.</li>
<li>Please install the wireless NVR horizontally, and avoid vibration.</li>
<li>Short circuit may occur when dust become wet on circuit board. Please clean the dust on circuit board, connectors, and NVR case.</li>
<li>Explosion may happen because of improper replacement of battery, do not replace it by yourself; If you need, make sure it is the same type of battery. And do not open or repair it.</li>
<li>Please use suitable and professional hard disk to ensure continues and stable recording.</li>
<li>Lightning protection is needed when device is connected to communication cables. Ethenet cable which comes form outside, connecting to the wireless NVR directly is forbidden.</li>
</ul>
<figure id="attachment_1221" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-1221" style="width: 300px" class="wp-caption alignnone"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-medium wp-image-1221" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/12/Aiview-Wireless-NVR-Security-camera-system-User-Manual-300x172.jpg" alt="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual" width="300" height="172" title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 996" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/12/Aiview-Wireless-NVR-Security-camera-system-User-Manual-300x172.jpg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/12/Aiview-Wireless-NVR-Security-camera-system-User-Manual-768x440.jpg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/12/Aiview-Wireless-NVR-Security-camera-system-User-Manual-810x464.jpg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/12/Aiview-Wireless-NVR-Security-camera-system-User-Manual.jpg 960w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /><figcaption id="caption-attachment-1221" class="wp-caption-text">Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual</figcaption></figure>
<blockquote><p>Load More :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/wireless-bridge-comfast-engenius-ubiquiti-installation-guide.html">Wireless Bridge (Comfast, Engenius, Ubiquiti) installation guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/how-to-connect-a-wifi-camera-to-wifi-router-to-wired-nvr.html">How to Connect a WiFi Camera to WiFi Router to Wired NVR</a></li>
</ol>
</blockquote>
<h2 id="open-and-check" class="has-vivid-cyan-blue-color has-text-color joli-heading"><strong>Open and Check</strong></h2>
<p>Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual Open the package when received, put the products and spare part in suitable place, check them based on packing list. If there is anything broken or missing, please contact to us as soon as possible.</p>
<h2 id="hardware" class="has-vivid-cyan-blue-color has-text-color joli-heading"><strong>Hardware</strong></h2>
<h3 id="hard-disk-installation" class="joli-heading">Hard Disk Installation</h3>
<ul>
<li>Please use suitable and professional hard disk; Do shut off power before installation.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1: Put the NVR on table horizontally, loosen 4pcs M3*6 screws;</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-730 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-3.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 476px) 100vw, 476px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-3.png 476w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-3-300x211.png 300w" alt="Hard Disk Installation 3" width="476" height="335" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-3.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-3.png 476w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-3-300x211.png 300w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 997"></figure>
<p>Step 2: Push the cover to the back direction , connect data cable and power supply cable to the ports on hard disk separately;</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-729 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-2.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 383px) 100vw, 383px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-2.png 383w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-2-300x231.png 300w" alt="Hard Disk Installation 2" width="383" height="295" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-2.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-2.png 383w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-2-300x231.png 300w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 998"></figure>
<p>Step 3: Match the hole between hard disk and NVR case;</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-728 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-1.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 411px) 100vw, 411px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-1.png 411w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-1-300x253.png 300w" alt="Hard Disk Installation 1" width="411" height="347" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-1.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-1.png 411w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-1-300x253.png 300w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 999"></figure>
<p>Step 4 : Pu t NV R o n t a b l e sideways, fix hard disk with 4pcs BM6#-32*6 screws;</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-731 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-4.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 374px) 100vw, 374px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-4.png 374w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-4-300x266.png 300w" alt="Hard Disk Installation 4" width="374" height="332" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-4.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-4.png 374w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-4-300x266.png 300w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1000"></figure>
<p>Step 5: Install the NVR cover, fix it with 4pcs M3*6 screws, and change NVR antenna to the direction.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-732 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-5.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 418px) 100vw, 418px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-5.png 418w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-5-300x233.png 300w" alt="Hard Disk Installation 5" width="418" height="325" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-5.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-5.png 418w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Hard-Disk-Installation-5-300x233.png 300w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1001"></figure>
<h3 id="interface" class="joli-heading">Interface</h3>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-733 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Interface.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 941px) 100vw, 941px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Interface.png 941w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Interface-300x91.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Interface-768x233.png 768w" alt="Interface" width="941" height="286" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Interface.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Interface.png 941w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Interface-300x91.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Interface-768x233.png 768w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1002"></figure>
<p>① Audio output Antenna ② VGA output<br />
③ HD- output<br />
④ Network port<br />
⑤ USB interface<br />
⑥ Power supply : DC12V</p>
<h3 id="log-in-log-out" class="joli-heading">Log in / Log out</h3>
<p>Please make sure the voltage of power supply is matched with wireless NVR, and ground connection work well in socket.<br />
When power supply connected, indication lamp 【POWER】 turn on, it means system runs smoothly.</p>
<h3 id="installation-of-wireless-ipc" class="joli-heading">Installation of wireless IPC</h3>
<p>The IPC should be installed on the wall with suitable thickness, which can sustain 4 times weight of IPC&amp; spare<br />
part.</p>
<p>① Hole location sticker: put the sticker on the wall, punch with 5mm drill in the marked areas, make sure the deep of hole is over 30mm at least.Then punch expansion screws in hole.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-734 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Installation-of-wireless-IPC-1.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Installation-of-wireless-IPC-1.png 432w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Installation-of-wireless-IPC-1-300x284.png 300w" alt="Installation of wireless IPC 1" width="432" height="409" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Installation-of-wireless-IPC-1.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Installation-of-wireless-IPC-1.png 432w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Installation-of-wireless-IPC-1-300x284.png 300w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1003"></figure>
<p>② Fixing IPC: The structure of wireless IPC is integrated, please use 3pcs PA4 screws to fix IPC on the wall.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-735 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Installation-of-wireless-IPC-2.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 445px) 100vw, 445px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Installation-of-wireless-IPC-2.png 445w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Installation-of-wireless-IPC-2-300x247.png 300w" alt="Installation of wireless IPC 2" width="445" height="366" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Installation-of-wireless-IPC-2.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Installation-of-wireless-IPC-2.png 445w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Installation-of-wireless-IPC-2-300x247.png 300w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1004"></figure>
<p>③ Bracket adjustment: loosen the screw on IPC, the range of angle for adjusting is showed on picture below,adjust the IPC to suitable direction, then tighten the screws.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-736 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Installation-of-wireless-IPC-3.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 452px) 100vw, 452px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Installation-of-wireless-IPC-3.png 452w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Installation-of-wireless-IPC-3-264x300.png 264w" alt="Installation of wireless IPC 3" width="452" height="514" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Installation-of-wireless-IPC-3.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Installation-of-wireless-IPC-3.png 452w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Installation-of-wireless-IPC-3-264x300.png 264w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1005"></figure>
<h3 id="wifi-nvr-kit-diagram" class="joli-heading">WiFi NVR Kit Diagram</h3>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-738 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/WiFi-NVR-Kit-Diagram.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/WiFi-NVR-Kit-Diagram.png 676w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/WiFi-NVR-Kit-Diagram-300x224.png 300w" alt="WiFi NVR Kit Diagram" width="676" height="504" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/WiFi-NVR-Kit-Diagram.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/WiFi-NVR-Kit-Diagram.png 676w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/WiFi-NVR-Kit-Diagram-300x224.png 300w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1006"></figure>
<h3 id="placement-of-wireless-ipc" class="joli-heading">Placement of Wireless IPC</h3>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-739 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Placement-of-Wireless-IPC.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 798px) 100vw, 798px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Placement-of-Wireless-IPC.png 798w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Placement-of-Wireless-IPC-300x166.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Placement-of-Wireless-IPC-768x424.png 768w" alt="Placement of Wireless IPC" width="798" height="441" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Placement-of-Wireless-IPC.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Placement-of-Wireless-IPC.png 798w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Placement-of-Wireless-IPC-300x166.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Placement-of-Wireless-IPC-768x424.png 768w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1007"></figure>
<p>The shape of wireless NVR signal coverage is a ball, antenna is located in the center. Signal is strong around antenna, and weak in the dent area of the 2 antennas.</p>
<p>Based on the signal spreading ways, please make the wireless IPC keeping parallel or tangent with wireless NVR, which ensure stable signal transmission and better picture quality.</p>
<h3 id="extending-signal-coverage-range-by-antenna-extension-cable" class="joli-heading">Extending signal coverage range by antenna extension cable</h3>
<p>When there comes to no/stuck image because the barrier weaken the signal, user can replace the antenna with extension cable, to bypass the obstacles, user can place it in a better signal position of NVR.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-737 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Extending-signal-coverage-range-by-antenna-extension-cable-1024x417.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Extending-signal-coverage-range-by-antenna-extension-cable-1024x417.png 1024w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Extending-signal-coverage-range-by-antenna-extension-cable-300x122.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Extending-signal-coverage-range-by-antenna-extension-cable-768x313.png 768w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Extending-signal-coverage-range-by-antenna-extension-cable.png 1029w" alt="Extending signal coverage range by antenna extension cable" width="1024" height="417" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Extending-signal-coverage-range-by-antenna-extension-cable-1024x417.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Extending-signal-coverage-range-by-antenna-extension-cable-1024x417.png 1024w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Extending-signal-coverage-range-by-antenna-extension-cable-300x122.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Extending-signal-coverage-range-by-antenna-extension-cable-768x313.png 768w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Extending-signal-coverage-range-by-antenna-extension-cable.png 1029w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1008"></figure>
<h2 id="software-operation" class="has-vivid-cyan-blue-color has-text-color joli-heading"><strong>Software Operation</strong></h2>
<h3 id="code-matching-ipc-adding" class="joli-heading">Code matching &amp; IPC adding</h3>
<p>① Right-click on main interface, select【IP Camera】-【Add】- 【Match Code】</p>
<p>② If just match one device, please connect IPC and NVR with IP cable in WAN port. For multiple matching, please connect IPC to switch, and connect NVR to switch in WAN port.</p>
<p>③ Click 【Match Code】, system will match the code between IPC and NVR.</p>
<p>④ When finished code matching, click 【Search】, then select【Add All】. User also can click <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-740 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/icon-1.png" alt="icon 1" width="61" height="60" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/icon-1.png" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1009">to add it and view picture.</p>
<p><strong>The code has been matched before output, user no need to add the IPC again, picture will be shown automatically when power on. For code matching, please follow the steps above, and delete the useless channels.</strong></p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-741 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Code-matching-IPC-adding-1024x449.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Code-matching-IPC-adding-1024x449.png 1024w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Code-matching-IPC-adding-300x132.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Code-matching-IPC-adding-768x337.png 768w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Code-matching-IPC-adding.png 1035w" alt="Code matching IPC adding" width="1024" height="449" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Code-matching-IPC-adding-1024x449.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Code-matching-IPC-adding-1024x449.png 1024w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Code-matching-IPC-adding-300x132.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Code-matching-IPC-adding-768x337.png 768w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Code-matching-IPC-adding.png 1035w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1010"></figure>
<h3 id="record-and-playback" class="joli-heading">Record and Playback</h3>
<p>① Check the hard disk. Right-click→ 【 Menu】 → 【 Disk】 . Make sure hard disk is connected to NVR and run normally.</p>
<p><strong>Please format hard disk, it can come into using after showing capability.</strong></p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-742 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 938px) 100vw, 938px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback.png 938w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback-300x139.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback-768x356.png 768w" alt="Record and Playback" width="938" height="435" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback.png 938w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback-300x139.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback-768x356.png 768w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1011"></figure>
<p>② Timing and alarm record: 【 Menu】 → 【 Record】 → 【Record Time】→ choose type→【apply】.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-743 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback-2.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 926px) 100vw, 926px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback-2.png 926w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback-2-300x140.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback-2-768x357.png 768w" alt="Record and Playback 2" width="926" height="431" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback-2.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback-2.png 926w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback-2-300x140.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback-2-768x357.png 768w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1012"></figure>
<p><strong>Wi-Fi NVR system is default setting 24h manual record, and also, 【All Day】/ 【Daytime】/【Night】/【Custom】are for optional</strong></p>
<p>③ Manual Record: Right-click → 【 Manual Record】 → choose recording channel → 【 Save】 (Actually, the Wi-Fi NVR system have default set 24th recording)</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-744 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback-3.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 478px) 100vw, 478px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback-3.png 478w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback-3-300x169.png 300w" alt="Record and Playback 3" width="478" height="269" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback-3.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback-3.png 478w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback-3-300x169.png 300w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1013"></figure>
<p>④ Playback: Right-click → 【 Playback】 → choose channel and date → double click date to query→ double click timeline to check record.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-745 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback-4.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 643px) 100vw, 643px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback-4.png 643w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback-4-300x210.png 300w" alt="Record and Playback 4" width="643" height="450" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback-4.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback-4.png 643w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Record-and-Playback-4-300x210.png 300w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1014"></figure>
<h3 id="backup" class="joli-heading">Backup</h3>
<p>Insert U disk to NVR USB port→ Right-click→ 【 Menu】 → 【Record】→【Backup】→ choose time, channel and type→ 【 Query】 → select target file → 【 Start Backup】 (some wireless NVR will just 1 USB port, please pull out mouse and insert backup device in 45S after click【Start Backup】.</p>
<p><strong>If target file can not be searched out, please click 【Empty】 → 【Add】. Please remove the files which is no<br />
need before backup. Ensure insert device( like USB) in 45S, as system reserved searching time for it is 45S.</strong></p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-746 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Backup-1.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 685px) 100vw, 685px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Backup-1.png 685w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Backup-1-300x178.png 300w" alt="Backup 1" width="685" height="407" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Backup-1.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Backup-1.png 685w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Backup-1-300x178.png 300w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1015"></figure>
<h3 id="motion-detection-record" class="joli-heading">Motion Detection Record</h3>
<p>① Right-click→【Menu】→【Alarm】→【Motion Detect】 → choose target channel→ click 【Enable】→ Set Sensitivity &amp; Area &amp; Time &amp; Alarm mode→ Choose Channels for recording when Motion Detection Alarm is triggered→【Apply】.</p>
<p>② Back to【 Record】 interface→ 【 Record time】 → 【 Custom】 → set record period of target channel→ click 【Motion】→【Apply】. User can also set shelter and linkage alarm in the same way above.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-747 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Motion-Detection-Record-1024x298.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Motion-Detection-Record-1024x298.png 1024w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Motion-Detection-Record-300x87.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Motion-Detection-Record-768x224.png 768w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Motion-Detection-Record.png 1120w" alt="Motion Detection Record" width="1024" height="298" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Motion-Detection-Record-1024x298.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Motion-Detection-Record-1024x298.png 1024w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Motion-Detection-Record-300x87.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Motion-Detection-Record-768x224.png 768w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Motion-Detection-Record.png 1120w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1016"></figure>
<h3 id="internet-connecting" class="joli-heading">Internet Connecting</h3>
<p>【Menu】→【Wire Network】 In LAN, there are 2 ways for wireless NVR to connect to Internet. Manual setting: Fill in IP address, DNS data, and click【Apply】.</p>
<p>DHCP: open DHCP, device will connect to Internet automatically, no need data setting. If user doesn’t familiar about the network environment, prefer use DHCP first, please.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-748 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Internet-Connecting.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 688px) 100vw, 688px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Internet-Connecting.png 688w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Internet-Connecting-300x180.png 300w" alt="Internet Connecting" width="688" height="412" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Internet-Connecting.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Internet-Connecting.png 688w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Internet-Connecting-300x180.png 300w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1017"></figure>
<h3 id="auto-bridge" class="joli-heading">Auto Bridge</h3>
<p>By new mesh network auto-bridging function, without any manual setting, wireless camera in further area will have a<br />
judgment about the WIFI signal and auto connect to the camera which have a better WIFI signal, to achieve more stable and reliable video transmission.</p>
<p>Auto bridging is designed to expand the coverage area of wireless signal, instead of enhancing the signal. When camera is a little far away from NVR, or there are too many interference factors/sources between them, camera in further area will auto bridge/connect to the one nearby to transmit the video data.</p>
<p>① Chec k the bridging information Right click →【Channel】 →【Bridge】</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-749 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Auto-Bridge.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 531px) 100vw, 531px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Auto-Bridge.png 531w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Auto-Bridge-300x185.png 300w" alt="Auto Bridge" width="531" height="327" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Auto-Bridge.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Auto-Bridge.png 531w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Auto-Bridge-300x185.png 300w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1018"></figure>
<p>②Then, bridging relationship will be showed on the interface automatically.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-750 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Auto-Bridge-2.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 529px) 100vw, 529px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Auto-Bridge-2.png 529w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Auto-Bridge-2-300x178.png 300w" alt="Auto Bridge 2" width="529" height="313" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Auto-Bridge-2.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Auto-Bridge-2.png 529w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Auto-Bridge-2-300x178.png 300w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1019"></figure>
<p>③ Picture above shows 2 auto bridging connect types<br />
<strong>One by one: </strong>CH1→CH3→NVR</p>
<p><strong>Connected directly to NVR:</strong> CH4→NVR</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-751 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Auto-Bridge-3.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 530px) 100vw, 530px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Auto-Bridge-3.png 530w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Auto-Bridge-3-300x184.png 300w" alt="Auto Bridge 3" width="530" height="325" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Auto-Bridge-3.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Auto-Bridge-3.png 530w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Auto-Bridge-3-300x184.png 300w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1020"></figure>
<p><strong>please ensure there is no obstacle in two cameras,let let them be visible in pairs,which means when person in one camera installing position, he/she can see the other camera, as it will benefit for image to transmit stably.</strong></p>
<h3 id="wire-connect" class="joli-heading">Wire connect</h3>
<p>Wireless connect is very convenient, and wire connect is also a good supplement.</p>
<p>In some complicate scenes, like too much thick obstacles/metal which will weaken signal, even lead to disconnection, then wire connect will help to solve it to ensure image clarity and stability. Steps:</p>
<p>① Connect IPC and NVR with network cable directly or through switch, 【Menu】→【IP camera】→【Search】→ select target IP address(as the IP address is the same before modify)→ → 【Modify the device IP】.</p>
<p>② Delete the channel which no need to add→ double click the target IP address to finish connection.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-752 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Wire-connect.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 985px) 100vw, 985px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Wire-connect.png 985w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Wire-connect-300x166.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Wire-connect-768x426.png 768w" alt="Wire connect" width="985" height="546" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Wire-connect.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Wire-connect.png 985w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Wire-connect-300x166.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Wire-connect-768x426.png 768w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1021"></figure>
<h2 id="mobile-phone-view" class="has-vivid-cyan-blue-color has-text-color joli-heading"><strong>Mobile Phone View</strong></h2>
<ol>
<li>Software download: user can download “Aiview” on Android market/App store, customer can scan QR code on the right.</li>
</ol>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-753 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/aiview-qr-code.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 256px) 100vw, 256px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/aiview-qr-code.png 256w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/aiview-qr-code-150x150.png 150w" alt="aiview qr code" width="256" height="256" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/aiview-qr-code.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/aiview-qr-code.png 256w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/aiview-qr-code-150x150.png 150w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1022"></figure>
<ol start="2">
<li>Open Aiview, and sign up a personal/company account.</li>
</ol>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-754 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 345px) 100vw, 345px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View.png 345w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-177x300.png 177w" alt="Mobile Phone View" width="345" height="585" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View.png 345w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-177x300.png 177w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1023"></figure>
<ol start="3">
<li>Connect NVR with router by network cable directly to ensure it is connected to Internet and IP address on NVR is valid. Steps: Right click→【 Wire Network】→ set IP address.</li>
</ol>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-755 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-2.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 787px) 100vw, 787px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-2.png 787w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-2-300x180.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-2-768x461.png 768w" alt="Mobile Phone View 2" width="787" height="472" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-2.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-2.png 787w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-2-300x180.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-2-768x461.png 768w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1024"></figure>
<p>If not familiar about the LAN environment or the device is in private network, user can turn on “DHCP”, which ensure<br />
gaining IP address automatically.</p>
<p>If familiar about LAN, user can set it and DNS manually to connect to internet.</p>
<p>4. Open P2P function</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-756 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-3.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 791px) 100vw, 791px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-3.png 791w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-3-300x180.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-3-768x461.png 768w" alt="Mobile Phone View 3" width="791" height="475" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-3.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-3.png 791w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-3-300x180.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-3-768x461.png 768w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1025"></figure>
<p>【Menu】 → 【Network】 → 【Mobile】 → 【Enable】, click 【Refresh】to let the status shows “online”. If shows “Not online” more than 5 minutes, please check step to ensure NVR is connected to Internet.</p>
<p>5. Device Adding</p>
<p>① Logging in Aiview, click <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-770 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/icon-9.png" alt="icon 9" width="67" height="64" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/icon-9.png" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1026">→ 【Scan QR code】 to add device, if the account have added camera before, interface will be like the second picture, please choose the top right icon <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-763 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/icon-2.png" alt="icon 2" width="59" height="64" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/icon-2.png" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1027">.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-757 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-4-1024x552.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-4-1024x552.png 1024w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-4-300x162.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-4-768x414.png 768w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-4.png 1205w" alt="Mobile Phone View 4" width="1024" height="552" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-4-1024x552.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-4-1024x552.png 1024w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-4-300x162.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-4-768x414.png 768w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-4.png 1205w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1028"></figure>
<p>② Scan device’s ID QR code or click ” <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-764 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/icon-3.png" alt="icon 3" width="58" height="56" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/icon-3.png" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1029">” to input it manually In the pop-up interface, then name the device to finish add it .</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-758 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-5.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 853px) 100vw, 853px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-5.png 853w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-5-300x244.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-5-768x624.png 768w" alt="Mobile Phone View 5" width="853" height="693" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-5.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-5.png 853w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-5-300x244.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-5-768x624.png 768w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1030"></figure>
<ol start="6">
<li>Preview: click device in list to enter preview interface, select a channel to view it’s picture, click <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-765 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/icon-4.png" alt="icon 4" width="61" height="64" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/icon-4.png" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1031">to enter full-screen.</li>
</ol>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-759 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-6-1024x555.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-6-1024x555.png 1024w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-6-300x162.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-6-768x416.png 768w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-6.png 1178w" alt="Mobile Phone View 6" width="1024" height="555" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-6-1024x555.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-6-1024x555.png 1024w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-6-300x162.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-6-768x416.png 768w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-6.png 1178w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1032"></figure>
<p>7. Preview interface icon .</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-771 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-7-1024x882.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-7-1024x882.png 1024w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-7-300x259.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-7-768x662.png 768w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-7.png 1273w" alt="Mobile Phone View 7" width="1024" height="882" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-7-1024x882.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-7-1024x882.png 1024w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-7-300x259.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-7-768x662.png 768w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-7.png 1273w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1033"></figure>
<ol start="8">
<li>Share to others: click “ <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-766 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/icon-5-1.png" alt="icon 5 1" width="55" height="57" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/icon-5-1.png" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1034">” , input account or scan account QR code to share to others, then click【Next】.</li>
</ol>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-760 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-8-1024x560.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-8-1024x560.png 1024w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-8-300x164.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-8-768x420.png 768w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-8.png 1142w" alt="Mobile Phone View 8" width="1024" height="560" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-8-1024x560.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-8-1024x560.png 1024w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-8-300x164.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-8-768x420.png 768w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-8.png 1142w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1035"></figure>
<ol start="9">
<li>Playback: select “ <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-767 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/icon-6.png" alt="icon 6" width="63" height="58" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/icon-6.png" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1036">” on the interface, click “Hard disk video” to enter related playback interface, user can drag timeline to playback the video in different time, and click <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-768 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/icon-7.png" alt="icon 7" width="65" height="60" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/icon-7.png" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1037">to switch channel or to change to target channel.</li>
</ol>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-761 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-9.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 804px) 100vw, 804px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-9.png 804w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-9-300x231.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-9-768x592.png 768w" alt="Mobile Phone View 9" width="804" height="620" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-9.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-9.png 804w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-9-300x231.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-9-768x592.png 768w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1038"></figure>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-762 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-10-1024x674.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-10-1024x674.png 1024w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-10-300x198.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-10-768x506.png 768w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-10.png 1198w" alt="Mobile Phone View 10" width="1024" height="674" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-10-1024x674.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-10-1024x674.png 1024w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-10-300x198.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-10-768x506.png 768w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Mobile-Phone-View-10.png 1198w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1039"></figure>
<h2 id="pc-view" class="has-vivid-cyan-blue-color has-text-color joli-heading"><strong>PC view</strong></h2>
<p>Software install: download address: <a href="https://cameramanual.org/aiview" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://cameramanual.org/aiview</a> ; User can search tools software, choose version, download it according PC system.</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>Please ensure Danale account have been signed in and added camera successfully on cellphone, open software, input user name and password, select【Login P2P】</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><strong>user won’t log in an account or find a device without a registered account/ no camera have been added on it. User can’t view the video on cellphone and PC by the same account simultaneously.</strong></li>
</ul>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-772 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/PC-view.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/PC-view.png 672w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/PC-view-300x150.png 300w" alt="PC view" width="672" height="337" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/PC-view.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/PC-view.png 672w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/PC-view-300x150.png 300w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1040"></figure>
<ol start="3">
<li>Danale on PC will show the added device on left list after logging in, select 4 split display, click device list to choose a channel or right-click to connect all.</li>
</ol>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-773 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/PC-view-2.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 925px) 100vw, 925px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/PC-view-2.png 925w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/PC-view-2-300x175.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/PC-view-2-768x448.png 768w" alt="PC view 2" width="925" height="540" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/PC-view-2.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/PC-view-2.png 925w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/PC-view-2-300x175.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/PC-view-2-768x448.png 768w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1041"></figure>
<ol start="4">
<li>If don’t select 【Login P2P】, input user: admin, password: admin, customer can search and add all the device of the LAN.</li>
</ol>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-774 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/PC-view-3.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 960px) 100vw, 960px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/PC-view-3.png 960w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/PC-view-3-300x175.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/PC-view-3-768x449.png 768w" alt="PC view 3" width="960" height="561" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/PC-view-3.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/PC-view-3.png 960w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/PC-view-3-300x175.png 300w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/PC-view-3-768x449.png 768w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1042"></figure>
<h2 id="ie-view" class="has-vivid-cyan-blue-color has-text-color joli-heading"><strong>IE view</strong></h2>
<ol>
<li>Connect WAN port to switch with IP cable.</li>
<li>Check the network wire network IP address, put it on IE.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>The segment of NVR and PC should be the same.</strong></p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-775 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/IE-view.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 633px) 100vw, 633px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/IE-view.png 633w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/IE-view-300x187.png 300w" alt="IE view" width="633" height="395" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/IE-view.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/IE-view.png 633w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/IE-view-300x187.png 300w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1043"></figure>
<ol start="3">
<li>Log in IE, input the user name and password (user name : admin , no password) , click【Login】.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>please click【 Download plug-in NEW】 for install plugin for the first time, and remember to log out Internet Explore in procession.</strong></p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-776 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/IE-view-2.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 627px) 100vw, 627px" srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/IE-view-2.png 627w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/IE-view-2-300x179.png 300w" alt="IE view 2" width="627" height="374" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/IE-view-2.png" data-srcset="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/IE-view-2.png 627w, https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/IE-view-2-300x179.png 300w" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1044"></figure>
<ol start="4">
<li>Click <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-769 lazyloaded" src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/icon-8.png" alt="icon 8" width="71" height="64" data-src="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/icon-8.png" data- title="Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual 1045">, and choose【Live View】, user can view the picture and set data on the user interface, picture as below.</li>
</ol>
<h2 id="pdf-download" class="has-vivid-cyan-blue-color has-text-color joli-heading">Source &#8211; PDF download</h2>
<div class="wp-block-file"><a href="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Aiview-Wireless-NVR-Security-camera-system-User-Manual.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Aiview Wireless NVR Security camera system User Manual</a><a class="wp-block-file__button" href="https://cameramanual.org/wp-content/uploads/Aiview-Wireless-NVR-Security-camera-system-User-Manual.pdf" download="" target="_blank" rel="noopener">下载</a></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/aiview-wireless-nvr-security-camera-system-user-manual.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>V380 Instructions for use Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/v380-instructions-for-use-guide.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/v380-instructions-for-use-guide.html#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 31 Oct 2022 19:34:50 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[enable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ios]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[step by step]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Verification Code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[View interface]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=1130</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[V380 Instructions for use Guide Video Playlist 2 Videos   V380 and V380 PRO 5:02   V380 Pro Apk Home Security Camera...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<section class="elementor-section elementor-top-section elementor-element elementor-element-fe67db4 elementor-section-boxed elementor-section-height-default elementor-section-height-default" data-id="fe67db4" data-element_type="section">
<div class="elementor-container elementor-column-gap-default">
<div class="elementor-row">
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-100 elementor-top-column elementor-element elementor-element-a59d87d" data-id="a59d87d" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-column-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-af679cd elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="af679cd" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h2>V380 Instructions for use Guide</h2>
<h2 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><span id="Video">Video</span></h2>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-3b34b5a e-tabs-view-vertical elementor-layout-right elementor-widget elementor-widget-video-playlist" data-id="3b34b5a" data-element_type="widget" data-settings="{&quot;playlist_title&quot;:&quot;Playlist&quot;,&quot;tabs&quot;:[{&quot;title&quot;:&quot;V380 and V380 PRO&quot;,&quot;youtube_url&quot;:&quot;https:\/\/youtu.be\/caTOn986PDY&quot;,&quot;duration&quot;:&quot;5:02&quot;,&quot;thumbnail&quot;:{&quot;url&quot;:&quot;http:\/\/img.youtube.com\/vi\/caTOn986PDY\/maxresdefault.jpg&quot;,&quot;id&quot;:&quot;&quot;},&quot;_id&quot;:&quot;5f5f05b&quot;,&quot;vimeo_url&quot;:null,&quot;type&quot;:&quot;youtube&quot;,&quot;is_external_url&quot;:null,&quot;hosted_url&quot;:null,&quot;external_url&quot;:null,&quot;inner_tab_is_content_visible&quot;:&quot;&quot;,&quot;inner_tab_content_1&quot;:null,&quot;inner_tab_content_2&quot;:null},{&quot;title&quot;:&quot;V380 Pro Apk Home Security Camera Settings&quot;,&quot;youtube_url&quot;:&quot;https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/watch?v=mIAItpDnLM8&quot;,&quot;duration&quot;:&quot;13:01&quot;,&quot;thumbnail&quot;:{&quot;url&quot;:&quot;http:\/\/img.youtube.com\/vi\/mIAItpDnLM8\/maxresdefault.jpg&quot;,&quot;id&quot;:&quot;&quot;},&quot;_id&quot;:&quot;124caee&quot;,&quot;vimeo_url&quot;:null,&quot;type&quot;:&quot;youtube&quot;,&quot;is_external_url&quot;:null,&quot;hosted_url&quot;:null,&quot;external_url&quot;:null,&quot;inner_tab_is_content_visible&quot;:&quot;&quot;,&quot;inner_tab_content_1&quot;:null,&quot;inner_tab_content_2&quot;:null}],&quot;inner_tab_title_1&quot;:&quot;Tab #1&quot;,&quot;inner_tab_title_2&quot;:&quot;Tab #2&quot;}" data-widget_type="video-playlist.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="e-tabs">
<div class="e-tabs-main-area">
<div class="e-tabs-wrapper">
<div class="e-tabs-header">
<h2 class="e-tabs-title"><span id="Playlist">Playlist</span></h2>
<div class="e-tabs-header-right-side"><span class="e-tabs-videos-count">2 Videos</span></div>
</div>
<div class="e-tabs-items-wrapper">
<div class="e-tabs-items" role="tablist">
<div id="e-tab-title-6201" class="e-tab-title e-tab-desktop-title e-active" tabindex="0" role="tab" aria-selected="true" data-tab="1" aria-controls="e-tab-content-6201">
<div class="e-tab-thumbnail"><img decoding="async" src="https://img.youtube.com/vi/caTOn986PDY/maxresdefault.jpg" alt="" title="V380 Instructions for use Guide 1059"> <i class="fas fa-play-circle" aria-hidden="true"></i></div>
<h4 class="e-tab-title-text" title="V380 and V380 PRO"><span id="V380_and_V380_PRO"><a href="https://v380.org/v380-instructions-for-use/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">V380 and V380 PRO</a></span></h4>
<p><span class="e-tab-duration">5:02</span></div>
<div id="e-tab-title-6202" class="e-tab-title e-tab-desktop-title" tabindex="-1" role="tab" aria-selected="false" data-tab="2" aria-controls="e-tab-content-6202">
<div class="e-tab-thumbnail"><img decoding="async" src="https://img.youtube.com/vi/mIAItpDnLM8/maxresdefault.jpg" alt="" title="V380 Instructions for use Guide 1060"> <i class="fas fa-play-circle" aria-hidden="true"></i></div>
<h4 class="e-tab-title-text" title="V380 Pro Apk Home Security Camera Settings"><span id="V380_Pro_Apk_Home_Security_Camera_Settings"><a href="https://v380.org/v380-instructions-for-use/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">V380 Pro Apk Home Security Camera Settings</a></span></h4>
<p><span class="e-tab-duration">13:01</span></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="e-tabs-content-wrapper" role="tablist" aria-orientation="vertical">
<div id="e-tab-content-6201" class="e-tab-content elementor-clearfix e-active" tabindex="0" role="tabpanel" data-tab="1" aria-labelledby="e-tab-title-6201" data-video-url="https://youtu.be/caTOn986PDY" data-video-type="youtube" data-video-title="V380 and V380 PRO" data-video-duration="5:02"><iframe loading="lazy" id="widget2" title="V380 and V380 PRO" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/caTOn986PDY?rel=0&amp;showinfo=0&amp;ecver=2&amp;enablejsapi=1&amp;origin=https%3A%2F%2Fv380.org&amp;widgetid=1" width="773" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></div>
<div tabindex="0" role="tabpanel" data-tab="1" aria-labelledby="e-tab-title-6201" data-video-url="https://youtu.be/caTOn986PDY" data-video-type="youtube" data-video-title="V380 and V380 PRO" data-video-duration="5:02"></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="e-tabs-inner-tabs">Load more : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/software/free-cctv-camera-software-top-25.html">Free CCTV Camera Software Top 25</a></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-b07f016 elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="b07f016" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h2 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><span id="Reset_the_device">Reset the device</span></h2>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-b2676bd elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="b2676bd" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-text-editor elementor-clearfix">
<p>V380 Instructions for use Guide</p>
<p>Please configure patiently for the first time of use Power on the device, wait for voice prompts,and proceed according to voice prompts.</p>
<p>（the “reset” button is for reference only, actual position may vary depends on the actual product in your hand）</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-e55614a elementor-widget elementor-widget-image" data-id="e55614a" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="image.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-image"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-large size-large" src="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/9E146EF1-713C-4BFF-93E0-0EF4C4E13930.png" alt="reset button" width="709" height="295" title="V380 Instructions for use Guide 1061"></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-7df4849 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="7df4849" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-text-editor elementor-clearfix">
<p>1.when you hear“waiting for WiFi smart link configuration”，please use WiFi smart link to configure</p>
<p>2.when you hear “access point established”，please use AP quick configuration to configure</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-0efab97 elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="0efab97" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h2 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><span id="Network_configuration">Network configuration</span></h2>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-8b33052 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="8b33052" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-text-editor elementor-clearfix">
<p>1. Tap”+“ and then tap ”Next“.<br />
2. Wait until you hear“Access-Point established”or“Waiting for WiFi smartlink configuration”now you can start connecting the camera to Wi-Fi</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-8247a05 elementor-widget elementor-widget-image" data-id="8247a05" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="image.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-image"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-large size-large" src="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Network-configuration.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1088px) 100vw, 1088px" srcset="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Network-configuration.png 1088w, https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Network-configuration-800x404.png 800w, https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Network-configuration-768x388.png 768w" alt="Network configuration" width="1088" height="550" title="V380 Instructions for use Guide 1062"></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-67199d7 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="67199d7" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-text-editor elementor-clearfix">
<p>3. If you hear the camera voice prompt”Access-Point established” choose method A or B to configure the camera.</p>
<p>4. If you hear the camera voice prompt“Waitingfor WiFi smartlink configuration”, choose method C to configure the camera.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-a049165 elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="a049165" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h2 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><span id="AAP_quick_configuration">A.AP quick configuration</span></h2>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-f32ddd5 elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="f32ddd5" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h3 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><span id="Android">Android:</span></h3>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-dc42379 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="dc42379" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-text-editor elementor-clearfix">
<p>Tap “Access-Point established”, MV+ID will be shown, tap it to proceed.</p>
<p>Choose your Wi-Fi network, enter the password, tap “Confirm”, and the camera will start connecting Wi-Fi.</p>
<p>Once you hear the camera voice prompt “WiFi connected”, it will be shown on device list.</p>
<p>The last step for setting up your camera is to set a password for the camera.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-7e52cdf elementor-widget elementor-widget-image" data-id="7e52cdf" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="image.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-image"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-large size-large" src="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/A.AP-quick-configuration.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1070px) 100vw, 1070px" srcset="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/A.AP-quick-configuration.png 1070w, https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/A.AP-quick-configuration-800x399.png 800w, https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/A.AP-quick-configuration-768x383.png 768w" alt="A.AP quick configuration" width="1070" height="534" title="V380 Instructions for use Guide 1063"></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-07e5431 elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="07e5431" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h3 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><span id="iOS">iOS:</span></h3>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-db15b30 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="db15b30" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-text-editor elementor-clearfix">
<p>Tap “Access-Point established”, go to your Phone settings, tap “Wi-Fi” and connect “MV+ID”.</p>
<p>Wait for the status bar to display “wifi” icon, and then return to the App, tap “Next”.</p>
<p>Choose your Wi-Fi network, enter the password, tap “Confirm”, and the camera will start connecting Wi-Fi.</p>
<p>Once you hear the camera voice prompt “WiFi connected”, it will be shown on device list.</p>
<p>The last step for setting up your camera is to set a password for the camera.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-5634fa1 elementor-widget elementor-widget-image" data-id="5634fa1" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="image.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-image"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-large size-large" src="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/A.AP-quick-configuration-1.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1055px) 100vw, 1055px" srcset="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/A.AP-quick-configuration-1.png 1055w, https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/A.AP-quick-configuration-1-800x403.png 800w, https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/A.AP-quick-configuration-1-768x387.png 768w" alt="A.AP quick configuration" width="1055" height="531" title="V380 Instructions for use Guide 1064"></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-5a6fd67 elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="5a6fd67" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h2 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><span id="BAP_Hot_spot_configuration">B.AP Hot spot configuration</span></h2>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-8e69968 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="8e69968" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-text-editor elementor-clearfix">
<p>Go to your phone settings, tap “Wi-Fi” and connect “MV+ID”.</p>
<p>Wait for the status bar to display “wifi” icon, and then return to the App, pull down the device list, the device will be shown on the list.</p>
<p>You are now able to view live stream on LAN, but in order to achieve remote view, you need to proceed the following steps:</p>
<p>Tap“setttings”—“network”—“change to wi-fi station mode”, then choose your Wi-Fi network, enter the password, tap “confirm”, and the camera will start connecting Wi-Fi.</p>
<p>Once you hear the camera voice prompt “WiFi connected”, the camera is ready to use.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-bcadb2a elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="bcadb2a" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h2 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><span id="Cwi-fi_smart_link_configuration">C.wi-fi smart link configuration</span></h2>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-5c7895b elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="5c7895b" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-text-editor elementor-clearfix">
<p>Tap “Waiting for WiFi smartlink configuration”, enter Wi-Fi password, you can also enter camera ID, and then tap “Next”.</p>
<p>Once you hear the camera voice prompt “WiFi connected”, it will be shown on device list.</p>
<p>The last step for setting up your camera is to set a password for the camera.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-9fb6c89 elementor-widget elementor-widget-image" data-id="9fb6c89" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="image.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-image"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-large size-large" src="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/C.wi-fi-smart-link-configuration.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1043px) 100vw, 1043px" srcset="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/C.wi-fi-smart-link-configuration.png 1043w, https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/C.wi-fi-smart-link-configuration-800x557.png 800w, https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/C.wi-fi-smart-link-configuration-768x535.png 768w" alt="C.wi-fi smart link configuration" width="1043" height="726" title="V380 Instructions for use Guide 1065"></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-54b7121 elementor-widget elementor-widget-html" data-id="54b7121" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="html.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container"></div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-1fae35e elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="1fae35e" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h2 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><span id="Cloud_storage">Cloud storage</span></h2>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-e57c4b1 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="e57c4b1" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-text-editor elementor-clearfix">
<p>When the camera captures moving object, alarm will be triggered, alarm video will be uploaded to cloud, users are able to access cloud recordings even the device or SD card gets stolen.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-a5ac9e9 elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="a5ac9e9" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h2 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><span id="Buy_a_package">Buy a package</span></h2>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-9116a2a elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="9116a2a" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-text-editor elementor-clearfix">
<p>1. Tap cloud icon.</p>
<p>2. Tap “Buy a new package”.</p>
<p>3. Tap “Subscribe”, now you have ordered a package.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-6c86e6e elementor-widget elementor-widget-image" data-id="6c86e6e" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="image.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-image"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-large size-large" src="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Buy-a-package-1200x661.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1200px) 100vw, 1200px" srcset="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Buy-a-package-1200x661.png 1200w, https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Buy-a-package-800x440.png 800w, https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Buy-a-package-768x423.png 768w, https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Buy-a-package.png 1384w" alt="Buy a package" width="1200" height="661" title="V380 Instructions for use Guide 1066"></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-613c2eb elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="613c2eb" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h2 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><span id="Activate_the_package">Activate the package</span></h2>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-6f1e79a elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="6f1e79a" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-text-editor elementor-clearfix">
<p>Tap “Activate” ,now the cloud service comes into effect.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-00124ac elementor-widget elementor-widget-image" data-id="00124ac" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="image.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-image"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-large size-large" src="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Activate-the-package.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1108px) 100vw, 1108px" srcset="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Activate-the-package.png 1108w, https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Activate-the-package-800x599.png 800w, https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Activate-the-package-768x575.png 768w" alt="Activate the package" width="1108" height="830" title="V380 Instructions for use Guide 1067"></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-6734477 elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="6734477" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h2 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><span id="Deactivate_the_package">Deactivate the package</span></h2>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-e5bd218 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="e5bd218" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-text-editor elementor-clearfix">
<p>1. Disable “Cloud Storage Service”.</p>
<p>2. Tap “Verify Code”, the verification code will be sent to your phone or e-mail which you use to register App account.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-8d8b821 elementor-widget elementor-widget-image" data-id="8d8b821" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="image.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-image"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-large size-large" src="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Deactivate-the-package.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1016px) 100vw, 1016px" srcset="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Deactivate-the-package.png 1016w, https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Deactivate-the-package-800x643.png 800w, https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Deactivate-the-package-768x618.png 768w" alt="Deactivate the package" width="1016" height="817" title="V380 Instructions for use Guide 1068"></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-79fbaf5 elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="79fbaf5" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h2 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><span id="Alarm_settings">Alarm settings</span></h2>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-8f38bd0 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="8f38bd0" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-text-editor elementor-clearfix">
<p>When camera detects moving object, it will send a notification to the App.</p>
<p>Tap ”Settings” ,then tap “Alarm” enable it.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-c2be821 elementor-widget elementor-widget-image" data-id="c2be821" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="image.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-image"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-large size-large" src="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Alarm-settings.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1084px) 100vw, 1084px" srcset="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Alarm-settings.png 1084w, https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Alarm-settings-800x614.png 800w, https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Alarm-settings-768x589.png 768w" alt="Alarm settings" width="1084" height="832" title="V380 Instructions for use Guide 1069"></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-416acc3 elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="416acc3" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h2 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><span id="Replay">Replay</span></h2>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-facdd64 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="facdd64" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-text-editor elementor-clearfix">
<p>Enter preview interface,tap “Replay”, you can choose SD card or cloud recordings, choose a date to find recordings in a specific date.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-2cdbf04 elementor-widget elementor-widget-image" data-id="2cdbf04" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="image.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-image"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-large size-large" src="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Replay.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1069px) 100vw, 1069px" srcset="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Replay.png 1069w, https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Replay-800x623.png 800w, https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Replay-768x598.png 768w" alt="Replay" width="1069" height="833" title="V380 Instructions for use Guide 1070"></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-0cd6768 elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="0cd6768" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h2 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><span id="Preview">Preview</span></h2>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-51a20c7 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="51a20c7" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-text-editor elementor-clearfix">
<p>Here are feature introductory pictures for the preview, tap play button to start previewing.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-4b103be elementor-widget elementor-widget-image" data-id="4b103be" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="image.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-image"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-large size-large" src="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Preview.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1060px) 100vw, 1060px" srcset="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Preview.png 1060w, https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Preview-800x700.png 800w, https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Preview-768x672.png 768w" alt="Preview" width="1060" height="928" title="V380 Instructions for use Guide 1071"></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-cea72ef elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="cea72ef" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h2 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><span id="Pdf_download">Pdf download</span></h2>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-24c698b elementor-widget elementor-widget-button" data-id="24c698b" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="button.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-button-wrapper"><a class="elementor-button-link elementor-button elementor-size-sm" role="button" href="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/V380-Instructions-for-use.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span class="elementor-button-content-wrapper"><span class="elementor-button-text">DOWNLOAD</span></span></a></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-aef8591 elementor-widget elementor-widget-heading" data-id="aef8591" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="heading.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<h2 class="elementor-heading-title elementor-size-default"><span id="Faq">Faq</span></h2>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</section>
<section class="elementor-section elementor-top-section elementor-element elementor-element-1f0c071 elementor-section-boxed elementor-section-height-default elementor-section-height-default" data-id="1f0c071" data-element_type="section">
<div class="elementor-container elementor-column-gap-default">
<div class="elementor-row">
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-33 elementor-top-column elementor-element elementor-element-c34de50" data-id="c34de50" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-column-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-a5a1a2f elementor-widget elementor-widget-image" data-id="a5a1a2f" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="image.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-image">
<figure class="wp-caption"><a href="https://v380.org/equipment-startup/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" title="Equipment startup" src="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Equipment-startup-oxva2ogjjvtoj8v7mr2ee8e1ziqt96qkzi5z1eku1s.jpg" alt="Equipment startup" /></a><figcaption class="widget-image-caption wp-caption-text">Equipment startup</figcaption></figure>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-33 elementor-top-column elementor-element elementor-element-106276e" data-id="106276e" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-column-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-9ddfd25 elementor-widget elementor-widget-image" data-id="9ddfd25" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="image.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-image">
<figure class="wp-caption"><a href="https://v380.org/network-setting/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" title="Network setting" src="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Network-setting-ozbn7c4jwzf9x5nyp4fwqbmt6shijfq2ide5vgz38g.jpg" alt="Network setting" /></a><figcaption class="widget-image-caption wp-caption-text">Network setting</figcaption></figure>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-33 elementor-top-column elementor-element elementor-element-6cdf97c" data-id="6cdf97c" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-column-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-a5ce64a elementor-widget elementor-widget-image" data-id="a5ce64a" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="image.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-image">
<figure class="wp-caption"><a href="https://v380.org/password-setting/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" title="Password setting" src="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Password-setting-ozh1td4dr85bt30pf0mixvjx7yo1r8622zm5972fq8.jpg" alt="Password setting" /></a><figcaption class="widget-image-caption wp-caption-text">Network setting</figcaption></figure>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</section>
<section class="elementor-section elementor-top-section elementor-element elementor-element-a9cbd84 elementor-section-boxed elementor-section-height-default elementor-section-height-default" data-id="a9cbd84" data-element_type="section">
<div class="elementor-container elementor-column-gap-default">
<div class="elementor-row">
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-33 elementor-top-column elementor-element elementor-element-422da78" data-id="422da78" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-column-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-8b1470c elementor-widget elementor-widget-image" data-id="8b1470c" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="image.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-image">
<figure class="wp-caption"><a href="https://v380.org/image-display-problem/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" title="Real-time preview" src="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Real-time-preview-oztb27ps9fb5nje01tx4rw1dqq9jgqx5pp2deofxgg.jpg" alt="Real-time preview" /></a><figcaption class="widget-image-caption wp-caption-text">Real-time preview</figcaption></figure>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-33 elementor-top-column elementor-element elementor-element-284b03c" data-id="284b03c" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-column-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-7625e1a elementor-widget elementor-widget-image" data-id="7625e1a" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="image.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-image">
<figure class="wp-caption"><a href="https://v380.org/real-time-video-problems/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" title="Video problem" src="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Video-problem-oztb28nmg9cfz5cmwcbrcdsuc44wog0w1tpuvyeja8.jpg" alt="Video problem" /></a><figcaption class="widget-image-caption wp-caption-text">Video problem</figcaption></figure>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-33 elementor-top-column elementor-element elementor-element-20e1d2f" data-id="20e1d2f" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-column-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-85cb31a elementor-widget elementor-widget-image" data-id="85cb31a" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="image.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-image">
<figure class="wp-caption"><a href="https://v380.org/cloud-storage-issues/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" title="Cloud storage issues" src="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Cloud-storage-issues-oztb26ry2l9vbxfd7bii7e9x5ce691tfdkevxehbmo.jpg" alt="Cloud storage issues" /></a><figcaption class="widget-image-caption wp-caption-text">Cloud storage issues</figcaption></figure>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</section>
<section class="elementor-section elementor-top-section elementor-element elementor-element-9f72094 elementor-section-boxed elementor-section-height-default elementor-section-height-default" data-id="9f72094" data-element_type="section">
<div class="elementor-container elementor-column-gap-default">
<div class="elementor-row">
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-33 elementor-top-column elementor-element elementor-element-5371dee" data-id="5371dee" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-column-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-fabd866 elementor-widget elementor-widget-image" data-id="fabd866" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="image.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-image">
<figure class="wp-caption"><a href="https://v380.org/alarm-problem/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" title="Alarm problem" src="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Alarm-problem-oztb25u3vr8l0bgqct3vmwigjyit1cpp1freg4ipsw.jpg" alt="Alarm problem" /></a><figcaption class="widget-image-caption wp-caption-text">Alarm problem</figcaption></figure>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-33 elementor-top-column elementor-element elementor-element-b5d9423" data-id="b5d9423" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-column-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-d14328e elementor-widget elementor-widget-image" data-id="d14328e" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="image.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-image">
<figure class="wp-caption"><a href="https://v380.org/nvr-problem/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" title="NVR problem" src="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/NVR-problem-oztb26ry2l9vbxfd7bii7e9x5ce691tfdkevxehbmo.jpg" alt="NVR problem" /></a><figcaption class="widget-image-caption wp-caption-text">NVR problem</figcaption></figure>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-33 elementor-top-column elementor-element elementor-element-68bcdb9" data-id="68bcdb9" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-column-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-74d9559 elementor-widget elementor-widget-image" data-id="74d9559" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="image.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="elementor-image">
<figure class="wp-caption"><a href="https://v380.org/other-questions/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" title="other questions" src="https://v380.org/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/other-questions-oztb27ps9fb5nje01tx4rw1dqq9jgqx5pp2deofxgg.jpg" alt="other questions" /></a><figcaption class="widget-image-caption wp-caption-text">other questions</figcaption></figure>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</section>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/v380-instructions-for-use-guide.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>24</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>EasternCCTV NVR DVR Firmware Software Download</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/firmware/easterncctv-nvr-dvr-firmware-software-download.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/firmware/easterncctv-nvr-dvr-firmware-software-download.html#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 18 May 2022 19:52:21 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[analog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[enable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware updates]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[New GUI]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Serial Number]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[View interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[zoom]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=862</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Hello, we are with a new firmware download letter. In this article, we present the software of EasternCCTV, a company that supplies basic security materials  such as board lens irrigation . You can...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Hello, we are with a new firmware download letter. In this article, we present the software of <em>EasternCCTV, a</em> company that supplies basic <strong>security</strong> materials  such as board lens irrigation . You can learn the serial number and current software version on the card or device system information and update accordingly.</p>
<p>Download All HD-TVI / All-In-1 / AHD DVRs Firmware</p>
<table class="table table-bordered" border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="30%">Model</td>
<td width="12%">Download</td>
<td width="21%">Date</td>
<td width="37%">Notes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4" height="4">HD TVI / All-In-One DVRs</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed7004tsl/ed7004tsl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED7004TSL<br />
</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed7004tsl/ed7004tsl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%"> 12/21/2014</td>
<td width="37%">Latest 3.3 Stable Version,Improves NAT Connectivity</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed7008tsl&amp;ed7208tel/ed7008tsl&amp;ed7208tel.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED7008TSL / 7208TEL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed7008tsl&amp;ed7208tel/ed7008tsl&amp;ed7208tel.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%"> 09/16/2014</td>
<td width="37%">Latest 3.3 Stable Version,Improves NAT Connectivity</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed7016tsl&amp;ed7216tel/ed7016tsl&amp;ed7216tel.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED7016TSL / 7216TEL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed7016tsl&amp;ed7216tel/ed7016tsl&amp;ed7216tel.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%"> 09/16/2014</td>
<td width="37%">Latest 3.3 Stable Version,Improves NAT Connectivity</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed7616tdl&amp;ed7632tdl/ed7616tdl&amp;ed7632tdl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED7616TDL / 7632TDL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed7616tdl&amp;ed7632tdl/ed7616tdl&amp;ed7632tdl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%"> 06/03/2015</td>
<td width="37%">Latest 3.3 Stable Version,Improves NAT Connectivity</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/Hybrid/ed7004tsl/ed7004tsl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED7004TSL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/Hybrid/ed7004tsl/ed7004tsl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">hybrid</a></td>
<td width="21%"> 06/02/2015</td>
<td width="37%">Ver 3.4.3 and above Adds IP to the System</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/Hybrid/ed7008tsl&amp;7208tel/ed7008tsl&amp;7208tel.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED7008TSL / 7208TEL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/Hybrid/ed7008tsl&amp;7208tel/ed7008tsl&amp;7208tel.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">hybrid</a></td>
<td width="21%"> 06/02/2015</td>
<td width="37%">Ver 3.4.3 and above Adds IP to the System</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/Hybrid/ed7016tsl&amp;7216tel/ed7016tsl&amp;7216tel.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED7016TSL / 7216TEL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/Hybrid/ed7016tsl&amp;7216tel/ed7016tsl&amp;7216tel.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">hybrid</a></td>
<td width="21%"> 05/20/2015</td>
<td width="37%">Ver 3.4.3 and above Adds IP to the System</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/Hybrid/ed7616tdl/ed7616tdl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED7616TDL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/Hybrid/ed7616tdl/ed7616tdl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">hybrid</a></td>
<td width="21%"> 09/01/2015</td>
<td width="37%">Ver 3.4.3 and above Adds IP to the System</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.3/ed7008tsl&amp;ed7208tel/TD3531_PACK_SDI_0BX_BLACK_TOOL_BUTTON_IE1_U_ONVIF_NAT_IN_20150602.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED7008TSL / 7208TEL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.3/ed7008tsl&amp;ed7208tel/TD3531_PACK_SDI_0BX_BLACK_TOOL_BUTTON_IE1_U_ONVIF_NAT_IN_20150602.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">06/02/2015</td>
<td width="37%">Improves Onvif Compatibiltiy</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.3/ed7016tsl&amp;ed7216tel/TD3531_PACK_SDI_0BX_BLACK_TOOL_BUTTON_IE1_U_ONVIF_NAT_IN_20150509.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED7016TSL / 7216TEL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.3/ed7016tsl&amp;ed7216tel/TD3531_PACK_SDI_0BX_BLACK_TOOL_BUTTON_IE1_U_ONVIF_NAT_IN_20150509.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">05/09/2015</td>
<td width="37%">Improves Onvif Compatibiltiy</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.4/ed7004tsl/ed7004tsl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED7004TSL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.4/ed7004tsl/ed7004tsl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.4</a></td>
<td width="21%">24/06/2015</td>
<td width="37%">Add’s COC Feature,16x D-Zoom,Supports 6TB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.4/ed7008tsl&amp;ed7208tel&amp;ed7016tsl&amp;ed7216tel/ed7008tsl&amp;ed7208tel&amp;ed7016tsl&amp;ed7216tel.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED7008TSL / 7208TEL / 7016TSL / 7216TEL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.4/ed7008tsl&amp;ed7208tel&amp;ed7016tsl&amp;ed7216tel/ed7008tsl&amp;ed7208tel&amp;ed7016tsl&amp;ed7216tel.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.4</a></td>
<td width="21%">08/08/2015</td>
<td width="37%">Add’s COC Feature,16x D-Zoom,Supports 6TB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.4/ed7616tdl/ed7616tdl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED7616TDL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.4/ed7616tdl/ed7616tdl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.4</a></td>
<td width="21%">08/08/2015</td>
<td width="37%">Add’s COC Feature,16x D-Zoom,Supports 6TB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.4/ed7632tdl/ed7632tdl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED7632TDL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.4/ed7632tdl/ed7632tdl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.4</a></td>
<td width="21%">08/08/2015</td>
<td width="37%">Add’s COC Feature,16x D-Zoom,Supports 6TB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed7816tdl/ed7816tdl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED7616TDL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed7816tdl/ed7816tdl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.5</a></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="37%">Supports 8CH, realtime recording</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed7832tdl/ed7832tdl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED7632TDL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed7832tdl/ed7832tdl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.5</a></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="37%">Supports 16CH, realtime recording</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.0.3/ed8004tsc/ed8004tsc-09092016.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ED8004TSC</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.0.3/ed8004tsc/ed8004tsc-09092016.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Titanium 1.0.3</a></td>
<td width="10%">09/09/2016</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="37%">1. VGA/<a class="st_tag internal_tag" title="Tags related to text hdmi" href="https://www.dvrdestek.com/etiket/hdmi/" rel="tag noopener" target="_blank">HDMI</a> auto adapt function<br />
2. Can be enable/disable DST function<br />
3. autoddns.com setting interface is updated<br />
4. Not change the language settings when doing factory default<br />
5. show the correct IP address while DHCP enable in setting interface<br />
6. fixed no image problem of some 720P TVI cameras</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.0.3/ed8008tsc/ed8008tsc-09092016.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ED8008TSC</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.0.3/ed8008tsc/ed8008tsc-09092016.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Titanium 1.0.3</a></td>
<td width="10%">09/09/2016</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.0.3/ed8216tec/ed8216tec-09092016.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ED8216TEC</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.0.3/ed8216tec/ed8216tec-09092016.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Titanium 1.0.3</a></td>
<td width="10%">09/09/2016</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.0.4/ed8004tsc/2704TS-C%20FLASH.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED8004TSC</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.0.4/ed8004tsc/2704TS-C%20FLASH.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Titanium 1.0.4</a></td>
<td width="21%">11/21/2016</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="37%"><u><b>Add functions</b></u>: reboot in schedule, add schedule in email receiver, support <a class="st_tag internal_tag" title="Tags about the article e-sata" href="https://www.dvrdestek.com/etiket/e-sata/" rel="tag noopener" target="_blank">E-SATA</a> recording in 2U device (need reboot to fit with this function), DDNS to add camera, adjust the camera order in <a class="st_tag internal_tag" title="Tags about text dvr" href="https://www.dvrdestek.com/etiket/dvr/" rel="tag noopener" target="_blank">DVR</a>, support adjust the order of camera , and Web client same with the device site, add NAT setup in the wizard, improvement of English keyboard, add 13 separate preview interface<br />
improving web client functions, such as, adjusting the resolution/video format, manually stopping the recording, and adjusting AZ camera via web client, solved the bug of auto offline the camera issue, limit the mainstream</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.0.4/ed8008tsc/2708TS-C%20FLASH.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED8008TSC</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.0.4/ed8008tsc/2708TS-C%20FLASH.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Titanium 1.0.4</a></td>
<td width="21%">11/21/2016</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.0.4/ed8216tec/2716TE-C.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED8216TEC</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.0.4/ed8216tec/2716TE-C.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Titanium 1.0.4</a></td>
<td width="21%">10/02/2016</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.0.4.2R5/ED8004TSC-2704TS-C.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ED8004TSC</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.0.4.2R5/ED8004TSC-2704TS-C.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Titanium 1.0.4.2R5</a></td>
<td width="21%">03/10/2017</td>
<td width="37%">Supports HD-CVI, IPV6, Log-Out video</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.0.4.2R5/ED8004TSP-ED8008TSC_2704TS-P&amp;2708TS-C.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ED8004TSP &amp; ED8008TSC</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.0.4.2R5/ED8004TSP-ED8008TSC_2704TS-P&amp;2708TS-C.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Titanium 1.0.4.2R5</a></td>
<td width="21%">03/10/2017</td>
<td width="37%">Supports HD-CVI, IPV6, Log-Out video</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.0.4.2R5/ED8208TEP-ED8216TEC_2708TE-P&amp;2716TE-C.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ED8208TEP &amp; ED8216TEC</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.0.4.2R5/ED8208TEP-ED8216TEC_2708TE-P&amp;2716TE-C.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Titanium 1.0.4.2R5</a></td>
<td width="21%">03/10/2017</td>
<td width="37%">Supports HD-CVI, IPV6, Log-Out video</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.0.4.2R5/ED8216TEP-ED8432TCC_2716TE-P&amp;2732TC-C.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ED8216TEP &amp; ED8432TCC</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.0.4.2R5/ED8216TEP-ED8432TCC_2716TE-P&amp;2732TC-C.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Titanium 1.0.4.2R5</a></td>
<td width="21%">03/10/2017</td>
<td width="37%">Supports HD-CVI, IPV6, Log-Out video</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.1.0/ed8004tsc/ed8004tsc.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ED8004TSC</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.1.0/ed8004tsc/ed8004tsc.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Titanium 1.1.0</a></td>
<td width="21%">05/01/2017 (New)</td>
<td rowspan="7" width="37%">1) MTU Value adjustment<br />
2) Special Characters are supported for passwords<br />
3) RTSP stream for DVR/<a class="st_tag internal_tag" title="Tags about text nvr" href="https://www.dvrdestek.com/etiket/nvr/" rel="tag noopener" target="_blank">NVR</a> ( Which can be obtained through the API). This is good for Integration projects.<br />
4) Enabling of Push functions to the phone. ( Needs internet connection to work)<br />
5) Manage Camera signal’s for DVR’s from the Web Browsers(TVI/AHD/CVI/Analog)<br />
6) Enable of Watermark settings<br />
7) Intelligent Functions (Object Detection/Line Cross/Exception/Intrusion Detection) for IPC’s only (Serial 1703 ver4.1.1 and later)<br />
8) Added – When you logout of system you can choose which cameras to Display</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.1.0/ed8004tsp/ed8004tsp.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ED8004TSP</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.1.0/ed8004tsp/ed8004tsp.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Titanium 1.1.0</a></td>
<td width="21%">05/01/2017 (New)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.1.0/ed8008tsc/ed8008tsc.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ED8008TSC</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.1.0/ed8008tsc/ed8008tsc.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Titanium 1.1.0</a></td>
<td width="21%">05/01/2017 (New)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.1.0/ed8208tep/ed8208tep.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ED8208TEP</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.1.0/ed8208tep/ed8208tep.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Titanium 1.1.0</a></td>
<td width="21%">05/01/2017 (New)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.1.0/ed8216tec/ed8216tec.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ED8216TEC</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.1.0/ed8216tec/ed8216tec.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Titanium 1.1.0</a></td>
<td width="21%">05/01/2017 (New)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.1.0/ed8216tep/ed8216tep.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ED8216TEP</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.1.0/ed8216tep/ed8216tep.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Titanium 1.1.0</a></td>
<td width="21%">05/01/2017 (New)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.1.0/ed8432tcc/ed8432tcc.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ED8432TCC</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.1.0/ed8432tcc/ed8432tcc.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Titanium 1.1.0</a></td>
<td width="21%">05/01/2017 (New)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.1.0R3/ED8004TSP.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ED8004TSP</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.1.0R3/ED8004TSP.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Titanium 1.1.0.R3</a></td>
<td width="21%">30/09/2017</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="37%">This is a hotfix for supporting 4MP 15FPS Cameras.<br />
Flashing is necessary for units older than 1.1.0R2 this will RESET the unit.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.1.0R3/ED8208TEP.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ED8208TEP</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.1.0R3/ED8208TEP.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Titanium 1.1.0.R3</a></td>
<td width="21%">30/09/2017</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.1.0R3/ED8216TEP.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ED8216TEP</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.1.0R3/ED8216TEP.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Titanium 1.1.0.R3</a></td>
<td width="21%">30/09/2017</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.2.1/ED8004TSP.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED8004TSP</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.2.1/ED8004TSP.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Titanium 1.2.1.R0</a></td>
<td width="21%">10/15/2017</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="37%">1. Adding FTP Functions<br />
2. Convert Coax Channels to IP<br />
3. Added schedule to Push Notification.<br />
4. IP Planning ( Manage other NVR/DVR IPC settings)<br />
5. Added Graphical Lock (Pattern lock) to the unit</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.2.1/ED8208TEP.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED8208TEP</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.2.1/ED8208TEP.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Titanium 1.2.1.R0</a></td>
<td width="21%">10/15/2017</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.2.1/ED8216TEP.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED8216TEP</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.2.1/ED8216TEP.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Titanium 1.2.1.R0</a></td>
<td width="21%">10/15/2017</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed7004tal/ed7004tal-3_4_5-11012016.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED7004TAL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed7004tal/ed7004tal-3_4_5-11012016.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.5</a></td>
<td width="21%">01/11/2016</td>
<td width="37%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed7008tal/ed7008tal-3_4_5-04082016.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED7008TAL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed7008tal/ed7008tal-3_4_5-04082016.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.5</a></td>
<td width="21%">08/04/2016</td>
<td width="37%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed7216tal/ed7216tal-3_4_5-11012016.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED7216TAL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed7216tal/ed7216tal-3_4_5-11012016.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.5</a></td>
<td width="21%">01/11/2016</td>
<td width="37%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"></td>
<td width="7%"></td>
<td width="10%"></td>
<td width="37%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4" height="4">HD TVI DVRs (H Series)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/dvr_firmware/ar304/AR304-16_V3.1.8_151126.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">AR304-16</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/dvr_firmware/ar304/AR304-16_V3.1.8_151126.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.1.8</a></td>
<td width="21%">11/26/2015</td>
<td width="37%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/dvr_firmware/ar314/AR314_V3_4_4-160506.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">AR314</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/dvr_firmware/ar314/AR314_V3_4_4-160506.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.4</a></td>
<td width="21%">06/05/2016</td>
<td width="37%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/dvr_firmware/OTHER_TVI_DVR_except_ar304-16_V3.1.8_151113.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ARXXX</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/dvr_firmware/OTHER_TVI_DVR_except_ar304-16_V3.1.8_151113.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">3.1.8</a></td>
<td width="21%">11/13/2015</td>
<td width="37%">All other TVI DVR’s  except AR304-16</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/dvr_firmware/ar3xx/V3.3.2_160310.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ARXXX</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/dvr_firmware/ar3xx/V3.3.2_160310.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">3.3.2</a></td>
<td width="21%">10/03/2016</td>
<td width="37%">All TVI Firmware <a class="st_tag internal_tag" title="Tags about writing upgrade" href="https://www.dvrdestek.com/etiket/upgrade/" rel="tag noopener" target="_blank">upgrade</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"></td>
<td width="7%"></td>
<td width="10%"></td>
<td width="37%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4" height="4">AHD DVRs</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/Hybrid/ed6004asl/ed6004asl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED6004ASL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/Hybrid/ed6004asl/ed6004asl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">hybrid</a></td>
<td width="21%"> 05/09/2015</td>
<td width="37%">Ver 3.4.3 and above Adds IP to the System</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/Hybrid/ed6008asl/ed6008asl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED6008ASL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/Hybrid/ed6008asl/ed6008asl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">hybrid</a></td>
<td width="21%"> 26/05/2015</td>
<td width="37%"> Ver 3.4.3 and above Adds IP to the System</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/Hybrid/ed6216ael/ed6216ael.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED6216AEL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/Hybrid/ed6216ael/ed6216ael.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">hybrid</a></td>
<td width="21%"> 26/05/2015</td>
<td width="37%"> Ver 3.4.3 and above Adds IP to the System</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.3/ed6216ael/ed6216ael.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED6216AEL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.3/ed6216ael/ed6216ael.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.3</a></td>
<td width="21%"> 26/05/2015</td>
<td width="37%">Improves COC features, optimizes time sync.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.4/ed6004asl/ed6004asl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED6004ASL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.4/ed6004asl/ed6004asl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.4</a></td>
<td width="21%"> 20/06/2015</td>
<td width="37%">Improves COC features, optimizes time sync.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.4/ed6008asl&amp;ed6216ael/ed6008asl&amp;ed6216ael.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED6008ASL / 6216AEL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.4/ed6008asl&amp;ed6216ael/ed6008asl&amp;ed6216ael.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.4</a></td>
<td width="21%">08/08/2015</td>
<td width="37%">Improves COC features, optimizes time sync.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.4/ed6016asl/ed6016asl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED6016ASL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.4/ed6016asl/ed6016asl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.4</a></td>
<td width="21%">08/08/2015</td>
<td width="37%">Improves COC features, optimizes time sync.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed5004as-s/ed5004as-s.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED5004AS-S</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed5004as-s/ed5004as-s.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.5</a></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="37%">Improves COC features, optimizes time sync.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed5008as-s/ed5008as-s.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED5008AS-S</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed5008as-s/ed5008as-s.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.5</a></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="37%">Improves COC features, optimizes time sync.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed5016as-s&amp;ed5016ae-s/ed5016as-s&amp;ed5016ae-s.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED5016AS-S&amp;ED5016AE-S</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed5016as-s&amp;ed5016ae-s/ed5016as-s&amp;ed5016ae-s.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.5</a></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="37%">Improves COC features, optimizes time sync.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed6008asl&amp;ed6216ael/ed6208asl&amp;ed6216ael.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED6008ASL / ED6216AEL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed6008asl&amp;ed6216ael/ed6208asl&amp;ed6216ael.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.5</a></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="37%">Improves COC features, optimizes time sync.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"></td>
<td width="7%"></td>
<td width="10%"></td>
<td width="37%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4" height="4">HD SDI DVRs</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed8708/ed8708.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED8708</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed8708/ed8708.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="37%">Final Firmware Release</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed8708-1u/ed8708-1u.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED8708-1U</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed8708-1u/ed8708-1u.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="37%">Final Firmware Release</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed8716/ed8716.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED8716</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed8716/ed8716.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="37%">Final Firmware Release</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed8804/ed8804.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED8804</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed8804/ed8804.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="37%">Final Firmware Release</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed8808/ed8808.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED8808</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed8808/ed8808.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="37%">Final Firmware Release</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed8808-1u/ed8808-1u.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED8808-1U</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed8808-1u/ed8808-1u.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="37%">Final Firmware Release</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed8816/ed8816.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED8816</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed8816/ed8816.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="37%">Final Firmware Release</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed8916/TD3531_PACK_SDI_BLACK_TOOL_BUTTON_IE1_P_IN_BKC(1).tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED8916</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed8916/TD3531_PACK_SDI_BLACK_TOOL_BUTTON_IE1_P_IN_BKC(1).tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="37%">Final Firmware Release</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"></td>
<td width="7%"></td>
<td width="10%"></td>
<td width="37%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4" height="5">Analog DVRs</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed6004sc&amp;ed6008se-c&amp;ed6008sc/ed6004sc&amp;ed6008se-c&amp;ed6008sc.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED6004SC / 6008SE-C / 6008SC</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed6004sc&amp;ed6008se-c&amp;ed6008sc/ed6004sc&amp;ed6008se-c&amp;ed6008sc.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">05/09/2014</td>
<td width="37%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed6004se&amp;ed6004sc&amp;ed6004ss-sl&amp;ed6008ss-sl(3520d)/ed6004se&amp;ed6004sc&amp;ed6004ss-sl&amp;ed6008ss-sl(3520d).rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED6004SE / 6004SC / 6004SS-SL / 6008SS-SL(3520D)</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed6004se&amp;ed6004sc&amp;ed6004ss-sl&amp;ed6008ss-sl(3520d)/ed6004se&amp;ed6004sc&amp;ed6004ss-sl&amp;ed6008ss-sl(3520d).rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">05/08/2014</td>
<td width="37%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version, Add’s 3G Connectivity</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed6004se&amp;ed6004sc(3520a)/ed6004se&amp;ed6004sc(3520a).rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED6004SE / 6004SC(3520a)</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed6004se&amp;ed6004sc(3520a)/ed6004se&amp;ed6004sc(3520a).rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">11/14/2013</td>
<td width="37%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed6004sl&amp;ed6008sl/ed6004sl&amp;ed6008sl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED6004SL / 6008SL</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed6004sl&amp;ed6008sl/ed6004sl&amp;ed6008sl.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">07/31/2014</td>
<td width="37%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version,Adds NAT Function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed6004ss&amp;ed6004se-b&amp;6904me-h/ed6004ss&amp;ed6004se-b&amp;6904me-h.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED6004SS / 6004SE-B / 6904ME-H</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed6004ss&amp;ed6004se-b&amp;6904me-h/ed6004ss&amp;ed6004se-b&amp;6904me-h.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">11/14/2013</td>
<td width="37%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed6008ss&amp;ed6008se-b&amp;ed6908he-h/ed6008ss&amp;ed6008se-b&amp;ed6908he-h.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED6008SS / 6008SE-B / ED6908HE-H</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed6008ss&amp;ed6008se-b&amp;ed6908he-h/ed6008ss&amp;ed6008se-b&amp;ed6908he-h.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">11/14/2013</td>
<td width="37%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed6016sc/ed6016sc.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED6016SC</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed6016sc/ed6016sc.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">18/05/2014</td>
<td width="37%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed6016se-c/ed6016se-c.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED6016SE-C</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed6016se-c/ed6016se-c.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">26/09/2014</td>
<td width="37%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version,Adds NAT Function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed6016ss&amp;ed6016se-b&amp;ed6916he-h/ed6016ss&amp;ed6016se-b&amp;ed6916he-h.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED6016SS / 6016SE-B / 6916HE-H</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed6016ss&amp;ed6016se-b&amp;ed6916he-h/ed6016ss&amp;ed6016se-b&amp;ed6916he-h.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">18/05/2014</td>
<td width="37%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version,Adds NAT Function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed7016me/ed7016me.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED7016ME</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed7016me/ed7016me.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">26/09/2014</td>
<td width="37%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version,Adds NAT Function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed7808he-h&amp;&amp;ed6908he-h/ed7808he-h&amp;&amp;ed6908he-h.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED7808HE-H / 6908HE-H</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed7808he-h&amp;&amp;ed6908he-h/ed7808he-h&amp;&amp;ed6908he-h.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">09/16/2014</td>
<td width="37%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version, Add’s 3G Connectivity</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed7816he-h&amp;ed7816hd-h&amp;ed6916he-h&amp;ed7808hd-h/ed7816he-h&amp;ed7816hd-h&amp;ed6916he-h&amp;ed7808hd-h.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED7816HE-H / 7816HD-H / 6916HE-H / 7808HD-H</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed7816he-h&amp;ed7816hd-h&amp;ed6916he-h&amp;ed7808hd-h/ed7816he-h&amp;ed7816hd-h&amp;ed6916he-h&amp;ed7808hd-h.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">22/09/2014</td>
<td width="37%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version,Add’s NAT Function,Add’s 3G Connectivity</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed7824hd-h&amp;ed7832hd-h/ed7824hd-h&amp;ed7832hd-h.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED7824HD-H / 7832HD-H</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed7824hd-h&amp;ed7832hd-h/ed7824hd-h&amp;ed7832hd-h.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">15/11/2013</td>
<td width="37%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version, Add’s 3G Connectivity</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed7832he-h&amp;ed6932he-h&amp;ed7824he-h&amp;ed6924he-h/ed7832he-h&amp;ed6932he-h&amp;ed7824he-h&amp;ed6924he-h.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED7832HE-H / 6932HE-H / 7824HE-H / 6924HE-H</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed7832he-h&amp;ed6932he-h&amp;ed7824he-h&amp;ed6924he-h/ed7832he-h&amp;ed6932he-h&amp;ed7824he-h&amp;ed6924he-h.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3.0</a></td>
<td width="21%">05/08/2014</td>
<td width="37%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/Hybrid/ed6004sc/ed6004sc.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED6004SC</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/Hybrid/ed6004sc/ed6004sc.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">hybrid</a></td>
<td width="21%">12/21/2014</td>
<td width="37%">Ver 3.4.3 and above Adds IP to the System</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/Hybrid/ed6008sc/ed6008sc.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED6008SC</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/Hybrid/ed6008sc/ed6008sc.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">hybrid</a></td>
<td width="21%">12/21/2014</td>
<td width="37%">Ver 3.4.3 and above Adds IP to the System</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/Hybrid/ed6016sc/ed6016sc.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED6016SC</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/Hybrid/ed6016sc/ed6016sc.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">hybrid</a></td>
<td width="21%">12/21/2014</td>
<td width="37%">Ver 3.4.3 and above Adds IP to the System</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/Hybrid/ed7808he-h/ed7808he-h.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED7808HE-H</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/Hybrid/ed7808he-h/ed7808he-h.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">hybrid</a></td>
<td width="21%">10/15/2014</td>
<td width="37%">Ver 3.4.3 and above Adds IP to the System</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="30%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/Hybrid/ed7816he-h/ed7816he-h.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED7816HE-H</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/Hybrid/ed7816he-h/ed7816he-h.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">hybrid</a></td>
<td width="21%">12/15/2014</td>
<td width="37%">Ver 3.4.3 and above Adds IP to the System</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Download All NVRs’ Firmware</p>
<table class="table table-bordered" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="35%">Model</td>
<td width="12%">Download</td>
<td width="21%">Release Date</td>
<td width="32%">Notes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4" height="4">NVRs (ED Series)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9000nv/ed9000nv.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9000NV</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9000nv/ed9000nv.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%"> 07/26/2013</td>
<td width="32%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9000nv&amp;ed8004nv/ed9000nv&amp;ed8004nv.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9000NV / 8004NV</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9000nv&amp;ed8004nv/ed9000nv&amp;ed8004nv.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%"> 07/26/2013</td>
<td width="32%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9308nv-4p&amp;9316nv-8p/ed9308nv-4p&amp;9316nv-8p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9308NV-4P / 9316NV-8P</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9308nv-4p&amp;9316nv-8p/ed9308nv-4p&amp;9316nv-8p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%"> 17/12/2014</td>
<td width="32%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version,Add’s NAT Function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9404nv/ed9404nv.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9404NV</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9404nv/ed9404nv.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%"> 05/09/2014</td>
<td width="32%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version,Add’s NAT Function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9404nv-4p/ed9404nv-4p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9404NV-4P</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9404nv-4p/ed9404nv-4p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%"> 11/09/2014</td>
<td width="32%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version,Add’s NAT Function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9408nv&amp;ed9608nv/ed9408nv&amp;ed9608nv.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9408NV / 9608NV</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9408nv&amp;ed9608nv/ed9408nv&amp;ed9608nv.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">17/12/2014</td>
<td width="32%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version,Add’s NAT Function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9408nv-8p/ed9408nv-8p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9408NV-8P</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9408nv-8p/ed9408nv-8p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">09/16/2014</td>
<td width="32%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version,Add’s NAT Function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9416nv-8p&amp;ed9424nv-8p/ed9416nv-8p&amp;ed9424nv-8p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9416NV-8P / 9424NV-8P</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9416nv-8p&amp;ed9424nv-8p/ed9416nv-8p&amp;ed9424nv-8p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">11/14/2014</td>
<td width="32%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version,Add’s NAT Function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9508nv&amp;ed9516nv&amp;ed9532nv/ed9508nv&amp;ed9516nv&amp;ed9532nv.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9508NV / 9516NV / 9532NV</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9508nv&amp;ed9516nv&amp;ed9532nv/ed9508nv&amp;ed9516nv&amp;ed9532nv.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">17/12/2014</td>
<td width="32%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version,Add’s NAT Function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9532nv-8p&amp;ed9516nv-8p/ed9532nv-8p&amp;ed9516nv-8p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9532NV-8P / 9516NV-8P</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9532nv-8p&amp;ed9516nv-8p/ed9532nv-8p&amp;ed9516nv-8p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">17/12/2014</td>
<td width="32%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version,Add’s NAT Function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9616nv&amp;ed9416nv/ed9616nv&amp;ed9416nv.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9616NV / 9416NV</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9616nv&amp;ed9416nv/ed9616nv&amp;ed9416nv.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">11/14/2014</td>
<td width="32%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version,Add’s NAT Function,Able to upgrade to 24CH on Request</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9616nv-16p&amp;ed9624nv-16p/ed9616nv-16p&amp;ed9624nv-16p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9616NV-16P / 9624NV-16P</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9616nv-16p&amp;ed9624nv-16p/ed9616nv-16p&amp;ed9624nv-16p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">11/14/2014</td>
<td width="32%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version,Add’s NAT Function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9624nv&amp;ed9424nv/ed9624nv&amp;ed9424nv.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9624NV / 9424NV</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9624nv&amp;ed9424nv/ed9624nv&amp;ed9424nv.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">05/21/2014</td>
<td width="32%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version,Add’s NAT Function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9716nv&amp;ed9732nv/ed9716nv&amp;ed9732nv.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9716NV / 9732NV</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9716nv&amp;ed9732nv/ed9716nv&amp;ed9732nv.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">17/12/2014</td>
<td width="32%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9732nv-16p/ed9732nv-16p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9732NV-16P</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9732nv-16p/ed9732nv-16p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">17/12/2014</td>
<td width="32%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9808nv-8p/ed9808nv-8p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9808NV-8P</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9808nv-8p/ed9808nv-8p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">09/16/2014</td>
<td width="32%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9816nv-16p&amp;ed9824-16p/ed9816nv-16p&amp;ed9824-16p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9816NV-16P / 9824-16P</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9816nv-16p&amp;ed9824-16p/ed9816nv-16p&amp;ed9824-16p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">22/09/2014</td>
<td width="32%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9816nv-8p&amp;ed9824nv-8p/ed9816nv-8p&amp;ed9824nv-8p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9816NV-8P / 9824NV-8P</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9816nv-8p&amp;ed9824nv-8p/ed9816nv-8p&amp;ed9824nv-8p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">22/09/2014</td>
<td width="32%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9824nv/ed9824nv.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9824NV</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.3.0/ed9824nv/ed9824nv.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">11/09/2014</td>
<td width="32%">Latest Stable 3.3 Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.3/ed8404nv/TD3520A_PACK_21_BLACK_TOOL_BUTTON_IE1_U_ONVIF_NAT_IN_20150320.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED8404NV</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.3/ed8404nv/TD3520A_PACK_21_BLACK_TOOL_BUTTON_IE1_U_ONVIF_NAT_IN_20150320.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">20/03/2015</td>
<td width="32%">Improve’s ONVIF Compatibility</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.3/ed9424nv/TD3531_PACK_20_BLACK_TOOL_BUTTON_IE1_U_ONVIF_NAT_IN_20150327.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9424NV</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.3/ed9424nv/TD3531_PACK_20_BLACK_TOOL_BUTTON_IE1_U_ONVIF_NAT_IN_20150327.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">27/03/2015</td>
<td width="32%">Improve’s ONVIF Compatibility</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.3/ed9624nv/TD3531_PACK_20_BLACK_TOOL_BUTTON_IE1_U_ONVIF_NAT_IN_20150327.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9624NV</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.3/ed9624nv/TD3531_PACK_20_BLACK_TOOL_BUTTON_IE1_U_ONVIF_NAT_IN_20150327.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">27/03/2015</td>
<td width="32%">Improve’s ONVIF Compatibility</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.3/ed9516nv-8p/ed9516nv-8p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9516NV-8P</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.3/ed9516nv-8p/ed9516nv-8p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">01/06/2015</td>
<td width="32%">Improve’s ONVIF Compatibility</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.3/ed9616nv/TD3531_PACK_20_BLACK_TOOL_BUTTON_IE1_U_ONVIF_NAT_IN_20150327.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9616NV</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.3/ed9616nv/TD3531_PACK_20_BLACK_TOOL_BUTTON_IE1_U_ONVIF_NAT_IN_20150327.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">27/03/2015</td>
<td width="32%">Improve’s ONVIF Compatibility</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.4/ed9308nv-4p/ed9308nv-4p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9308NV-4P</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.4/ed9308nv-4p/ed9308nv-4p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.4</a></td>
<td width="21%">06/12/2015</td>
<td width="32%">Support API Integration,16x D-Zoom, Supports 6TB <a class="st_tag internal_tag" title="Tags related to the article hdd" href="https://www.dvrdestek.com/etiket/hdd/" rel="tag noopener" target="_blank">HDD</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.4/ed9516nv-8p/ed9516nv-8p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9516NV-8P</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.4/ed9516nv-8p/ed9516nv-8p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.4</a></td>
<td width="21%">06/12/2015</td>
<td width="32%">Support API Integration,16x D-Zoom, Supports 6TB HDD</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.4/ed9532nv/ed9532nv.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9532NV</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.4/ed9532nv/ed9532nv.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.4</a></td>
<td width="21%">06/12/2015</td>
<td width="32%">Support API Integration,16x D-Zoom, Supports 6TB HDD</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.4/ed9732nv-16p/ed9732nv-16p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9732NV-16P</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.4/ed9732nv-16p/ed9732nv-16p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.4</a></td>
<td width="21%">07/07/2015</td>
<td width="32%">Support API Integration,16x D-Zoom, Supports 6TB HDD</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.4/ed9732nv/ed9732nv.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9732NV</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.4/ed9732nv/ed9732nv.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.4</a></td>
<td width="21%">06/12/2015</td>
<td width="32%">Support API Integration,16x D-Zoom, Supports 6TB HDD</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed9308nv-4p/ed9308nv-4p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9308NV-4P</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed9308nv-4p/ed9308nv-4p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.5</a></td>
<td width="21%">15/09/2015</td>
<td width="32%">Supports 4MP IPC</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed9516nv-8p/ed9516nv-8p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9516NV-8P</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed9516nv-8p/ed9516nv-8p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.5</a></td>
<td width="21%">15/09/2015</td>
<td width="32%">Supports 4MP IPC</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed9532nv/ed9532nv.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9532NV</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed9532nv/ed9532nv.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.5</a></td>
<td width="21%">15/09/2015</td>
<td width="32%">Supports 4MP IPC</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed9732nv/ed9732nv.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9732NV</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed9732nv/ed9732nv.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.5</a></td>
<td width="21%">15/09/2015</td>
<td width="32%">Supports 4MP IPC</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed9732nv-16p/ed9732nv-16p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED9732NV-16P</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/3.4.5/ed9732nv-16p/ed9732nv-16p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.5</a></td>
<td width="21%">10/16/2015</td>
<td width="32%">Supports 4MP IPC</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.0.3/ed9304-4p%26ed9308h5nv-8p/ed9304_ed9308h5nv-p-09092016.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ED9304H5NV-4P &amp; ED9308H5NV-8P</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.0.3/ed9304-4p%26ed9308h5nv-8p/ed9304_ed9308h5nv-p-09092016.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Titanium 1.0.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">09/09/2016</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="32%">1. VGA/HDMI auto adapt function<br />
2. Can be enable/disable DST function<br />
3. autoddns.com setting interface is updated<br />
4. Not change the language settings when doing factory default<br />
5. show the correct IP address while DHCP enable in setting interface<br />
6. fixed no image problem of some 720P TVI cameras</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.0.3/ed9632h5nv-16p/ed9632h5nv-16p-09092016.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ED9732H5NV-16P</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.0.3/ed9632h5nv-16p/ed9632h5nv-16p-09092016.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Titanium 1.0.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">09/09/2016</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/webclient_9000-fix.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Titanium Web Client Plug-In Fix</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/webclient_9000-fix.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">1.0.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">10/02/2016</td>
<td width="32%">Fixed Titanium Web Client plug-in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.0.4/ed9304h5nv-4p_ed9308h5nv-8p/3204H1-4P&amp;3208H1-8P-FLASH.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ED9304H5NV-4P &amp; ED9308H5NV-8P</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.0.4/ed9304h5nv-4p_ed9308h5nv-8p/3204H1-4P&amp;3208H1-8P-FLASH.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Titanium 1.0.4</a></td>
<td width="21%">11/21/2016</td>
<td rowspan="3" width="32%"><u><b>Add functions</b></u>: reboot in schedule, add schedule in email receiver, support E-SATA recording in 2U device (need reboot to fit with this function), DDNS to add camera, adjust the camera order in dvr, support adjust the order of camera , and Web client same with the device site, add NAT settup in the wizard, inprovement of english keyboard, add 13 separate preview interfaceimproving web client functions, such as, adjusting the resolution/video format, manually stopping the recording, and adjusting AZ camera via web client, solved the bug of auto offline the camera issue, limit the mainstream</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.0.4/ed9532h5nv/3332H23532H8&amp;3564H8&amp;3532H8-16P-flash-20170103.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ED9532H5NV</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.0.4/ed9532h5nv/3332H23532H8&amp;3564H8&amp;3532H8-16P-flash-20170103.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Titanium 1.0.4</a></td>
<td width="21%">03/01/2017</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.0.4/ed9732h5nv-16p/3532H8-16P-FLASH.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ED9732H5NV-16P</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.0.4/ed9732h5nv-16p/3532H8-16P-FLASH.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Titanium 1.0.4</a></td>
<td width="21%">11/21/2016</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.0.4/ed9732h5nv_ed9764h5nv/3532H8&amp;3564H8-FLASH.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ED9732H5NV &amp; ED9764H5NV</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.0.4/ed9732h5nv_ed9764h5nv/3532H8&amp;3564H8-FLASH.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Titanium 1.0.4</a></td>
<td width="21%">09/09/2016</td>
<td width="32%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.0.4.2R5/ED9500H5NV-ED9700H5NV_3300H2&amp;3500H8.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ED9532H5NV &amp; ED9732H5NV &amp; ED9764H5NV</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr&amp;nvr/titanium1.0.4.2R5/ED9500H5NV-ED9700H5NV_3300H2&amp;3500H8.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Titanium 1.0.4.2R5</a></td>
<td width="21%">03/10/2017</td>
<td width="32%">Supports HD-CVI, IPV6, log-out video setup</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.1.0/ed9304h5nv-4p%26ed9308h5nv-8p/ed9304h5nv-4p%26ed9308h5nv-8p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ED9304H5NV-4P &amp; ED9308H5NV-8P</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.1.0/ed9304h5nv-4p%26ed9308h5nv-8p/ed9304h5nv-4p%26ed9308h5nv-8p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Titanium 1.1.0</a></td>
<td width="21%">01/05/2017</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="32%">1) MTU Value adjustment<br />
2) Special Characters are supported for passwords<br />
3) RTSP stream for NVR ( Which can be obtained through the API). This is good for Integration projects.<br />
4) Enabling of Push functions to the phone. ( Needs internet connection to work)<br />
5) Enable of Watermark settings<br />
6) Intelligent Functions (Object Detection/Line Cross/Exception/Intrusion Detection) for IPC’s only (Serial 1703 ver4.1.1 and later)<br />
7) Added – When you logout of system you can choose which cameras to Display</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.1.0/ed9532h5nv%26ed97XXh5nv%26ed9632h5nv-16p%26ed9732h5nv-16p/ed9532h5nv%26ed97XXh5nv%26ed9632h5nv-16p%26ed9732h5nv-16p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ED9532H5NV &amp; ED97XXH5NV &amp; ED9632H5NV-16P &amp; ED9732H5NV-16P</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_dvr%26nvr/titanium1.1.0/ed9532h5nv%26ed97XXh5nv%26ed9632h5nv-16p%26ed9732h5nv-16p/ed9532h5nv%26ed97XXh5nv%26ed9632h5nv-16p%26ed9732h5nv-16p.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Titanium 1.1.0</a></td>
<td width="21%">01/05/2017</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"></td>
<td width="12%"></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="32%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4" height="4">NVRs (H Series)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/nvr_firmware/nr50p,500,a00,a0r/NR50X_V3.4.2.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">NR50</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/nvr_firmware/nr50p,500,a00,a0r/NR50X_V3.4.2.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">3.4.2</a></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="32%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/nvr_firmware/nr31p/NR31P_V3.3.4_151121.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">NR31P</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/nvr_firmware/nr31p/NR31P_V3.3.4_151121.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3.4</a></td>
<td width="21%">10/28/2015</td>
<td width="32%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/nvr_firmware/nr31p/NP31X_V3.3.4_160106.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">NR31P</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/nvr_firmware/nr31p/NP31X_V3.3.4_160106.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3.4</a></td>
<td width="21%">06/01/2016</td>
<td width="32%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/nvr_firmware/nr50p,500,a00,a0r/NR50P_500_A00_A0R_V3.3.4_151202.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">NR50P&amp;500&amp;A00&amp;A0R</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/nvr_firmware/nr50p,500,a00,a0r/NR50P_500_A00_A0R_V3.3.4_151202.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">3.3.4</a></td>
<td width="21%">02/12/2015</td>
<td width="32%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/nvr_firmware/nr50p,500,a00,a0r/NR51P-510-A10_V3.4.82_160824.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">NR50P&amp;510&amp;A10</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/nvr_firmware/nr50p,500,a00,a0r/NR51P-510-A10_V3.4.82_160824.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">04/03/82</a></td>
<td width="21%">24/08/2016</td>
<td width="32%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/nvr_firmware/nr51p/NR51P-510-A10_V3.4.82_160824.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">NR51P&amp;510&amp;A10</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/nvr_firmware/nr51p/NR51P-510-A10_V3.4.82_160824.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">04/03/82</a></td>
<td width="21%">24/08/2016</td>
<td width="32%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"></td>
<td width="12%"></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="32%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4" height="4">NVRs (NV Series)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/nvr_firmware/nv3xxx/General_NVR3xxx_Eng_N_V2.616.0000.0.R.20140110.bin" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">NV3xxx</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/nvr_firmware/nv3xxx/General_NVR3xxx_Eng_N_V2.616.0000.0.R.20140110.bin" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">2616</a></td>
<td width="21%">01/10/2014</td>
<td width="32%">New Updated GUI</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/nvr_firmware/nv4xxx/general_nvr4xxx_eng_pn_v3.200.0000.9.r.20150529.bin" target="_blank" rel="noopener">NV4xxx</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/nvr_firmware/nv4xxx/general_nvr4xxx_eng_pn_v3.200.0000.9.r.20150529.bin" target="_blank" rel="noopener">3.2</a></td>
<td width="21%">29/05/2015</td>
<td width="32%">New Updated GUI.New Password requirement</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/nvr_firmware/nv5xxx/General_NVR5xxx_Eng_PN_V2.616.0000.0.R.20150316.bin" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">NV5xxx</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/nvr_firmware/nv5xxx/General_NVR5xxx_Eng_PN_V2.616.0000.0.R.20150316.bin" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">2616</a></td>
<td width="21%">03/16/2015</td>
<td width="32%">New Updated GUI.New Password requirement</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/nvr_firmware/nvr6000/164859_general_nvr6000_eng_v3.210.0002.0.r.150702.bin" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">NVR6000</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/nvr_firmware/nvr6000/164859_general_nvr6000_eng_v3.210.0002.0.r.150702.bin" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3:21</a></td>
<td width="21%">02/07/2015</td>
<td width="32%">Improves Network Management</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/nvr_firmware/nvr6xx-4k/general_nvr6xx-4k_eng_v3.210.0002.2.r.151127.bin" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">NVR6xx-4K</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/nvr_firmware/nvr6xx-4k/general_nvr6xx-4k_eng_v3.210.0002.2.r.151127.bin" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3:21</a></td>
<td width="21%">11/27/2015</td>
<td width="32%">New Pasword Requirement. Resovles Dewarping Issue.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/nvr_firmware/nvr7xx/General_NVR7xxx_Eng_PN_V3.200.0000.0.R.20150413.bin" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">NVR7xx</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/nvr_firmware/nvr7xx/General_NVR7xxx_Eng_PN_V3.200.0000.0.R.20150413.bin" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3:21</a></td>
<td width="21%">13/04/2015</td>
<td width="32%">New Password Requiement.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/nvr_firmware/nvr4xxx-4k/general_nvr4xxx-4k_eng_pn_v3.210.0002.0.r.20150928.bin" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">NVR4xxx-4K</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/nvr_firmware/nvr4xxx-4k/general_nvr4xxx-4k_eng_pn_v3.210.0002.0.r.20150928.bin" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3:21</a></td>
<td width="21%">28/09/2015</td>
<td width="32%">New Password Requirement.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Download All series HD-IP Cameras’ firmware</p>
<table class="table table-bordered" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="45%" height="25">Model</td>
<td width="7%" height="25">Download</td>
<td width="10%" height="25">Date</td>
<td width="38%" height="25">Notes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4" height="4">HD IP Cameras (ED Series)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/e_series/1.3mp/TD-130W-E-20150604.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP-xx13xx</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/e_series/1.3mp/TD-130W-E-20150604.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.2</a></td>
<td width="10%">06/04/2015</td>
<td width="38%">Resolves Gateway Resetting, Improves ONVIF Compatibility</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/e_series/2mp/TD-200W-E-20141230.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP-xx2Exx ( IP-IR2E42, IP-IR2E48VF, IP-IRD2E01, IP-IRD2E02, IP-IRD2E02VF, IP-VP2E30, IP-VP2E32VF)</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/e_series/2mp/TD-200W-E-20141230.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.2</a></td>
<td width="10%">12/30/2014</td>
<td width="38%">Improves ONVIF Compatibility</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/e_series/3mp/ip-xx3exx.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP-xx3Exx (IP-IR3E42, IP-IR3E48VF, IP-IRD3E02, IP-IRD3E02VF, IP-VP3E30, IP-VP3E32VF)</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/e_series/3mp/ip-xx3exx.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.2.1</a></td>
<td width="10%">10/23/2015</td>
<td width="38%">Resolves Gateway Resetting, Improves ONVIF Compatibility</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/t_series/3mp/3.4.2.1/ip-xx30xx.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP-xx30xx  ( IP-IR3042, IP-IR3048VF, IP-IRD3002, IP-IRD3002VF, IP-VP3030, IP-VP3032VF)</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/t_series/3mp/3.4.2.1/ip-xx30xx.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.2.1</a></td>
<td width="10%">10/23/2015</td>
<td width="38%">Resolves Gateway Resetting, Improves ONVIF Compatibility</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/1.3mp/v3.3_to_v3.4.2/ip-bo2020/ip-bo2020.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP-BO2020</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/1.3mp/v3.3_to_v3.4.2/ip-bo2020/ip-bo2020.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.2</a></td>
<td width="10%">12/30/2014</td>
<td width="38%">Stable Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/1.3mp/v3.3_to_v3.4.2/ip-ir2030-4mm/ip-ir2030-4mm.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP-ır2030-4mm</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/1.3mp/v3.3_to_v3.4.2/ip-ir2030-4mm/ip-ir2030-4mm.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.2</a></td>
<td width="10%">12/30/2014</td>
<td width="38%">Stable Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/1.3mp/v3.3_to_v3.4.2/ip-ir2042-4mm/ip-ir2042-4mm.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP-ır2042-4mm</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/1.3mp/v3.3_to_v3.4.2/ip-ir2042-4mm/ip-ir2042-4mm.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.2</a></td>
<td width="10%">12/30/2014</td>
<td width="38%">Stable Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/1.3mp/v3.3_to_v3.4.2/ip-ir2048vf/ip-ir2048vf.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP-IR2048VF</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/1.3mp/v3.3_to_v3.4.2/ip-ir2048vf/ip-ir2048vf.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.2</a></td>
<td width="10%">12/30/2014</td>
<td width="38%">Stable Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/1.3mp/v3.3_to_v3.4.2/ip-ird2030-4mm/ip-ird2030-4mm.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP-IRD2030-4mm</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/1.3mp/v3.3_to_v3.4.2/ip-ird2030-4mm/ip-ird2030-4mm.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.2</a></td>
<td width="10%">12/30/2014</td>
<td width="38%">Stable Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/1.3mp/v3.3_to_v3.4.2/ip-vp2031-4mm/ip-vp2031-4mm.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP-vp2031-4mm</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/1.3mp/v3.3_to_v3.4.2/ip-vp2031-4mm/ip-vp2031-4mm.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.2</a></td>
<td width="10%">12/30/2014</td>
<td width="38%">Stable Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/1.3mp/v3.3_to_v3.4.2/ip-vp2032vf/ip-vp2032vf.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP-VP2032VF</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/1.3mp/v3.3_to_v3.4.2/ip-vp2032vf/ip-vp2032vf.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.2</a></td>
<td width="10%">12/30/2014</td>
<td width="38%">Stable Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/2mp/v3.3_to_v3.4.2/ip-bo8020/ip-bo8020.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP-bo8020</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/2mp/v3.3_to_v3.4.2/ip-bo8020/ip-bo8020.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.2</a></td>
<td width="10%">01/06/2015</td>
<td width="38%">Stable Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/2mp/v3.3_to_v3.4.2/ip-ir8040vf/ip-ir8040vf.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP-IR8040VF</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/2mp/v3.3_to_v3.4.2/ip-ir8040vf/ip-ir8040vf.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.2</a></td>
<td width="10%">01/06/2015</td>
<td width="38%">Stable Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/2mp/v3.4.2.1/ip-ir8042-4mm.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP-ır8042-4mm</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/2mp/v3.4.2.1/ip-ir8042-4mm.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.2.1</a></td>
<td width="10%">10/17/2016</td>
<td width="38%">Stable Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/2mp/v3.3_to_v3.4.2/ip-ir8080vf/ip-ir8080vf.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP-IR8080VF</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/2mp/v3.3_to_v3.4.2/ip-ir8080vf/ip-ir8080vf.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.2</a></td>
<td width="10%">01/06/2015</td>
<td width="38%">Stable Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/2mp/v3.3_to_v3.4.2/ip-ird8030vf/ip-ird8030vf.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP-IRD8030VF</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/2mp/v3.3_to_v3.4.2/ip-ird8030vf/ip-ird8030vf.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.2</a></td>
<td width="10%">01/06/2015</td>
<td width="38%">Stable Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/2mp/v3.3_to_v3.4.2/ip-vp8030-4mm/ip-vp8030-4mm.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP-vp8030-4mm</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/2mp/v3.3_to_v3.4.2/ip-vp8030-4mm/ip-vp8030-4mm.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.2</a></td>
<td width="10%">01/06/2015</td>
<td width="38%">Stable Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/2mp/v3.3_to_v3.4.2/ip-vp8032vf/ip-vp8032vf.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP-VP8032VF</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/2mp/v3.3_to_v3.4.2/ip-vp8032vf/ip-vp8032vf.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.2</a></td>
<td width="10%">01/06/2015</td>
<td width="38%">Stable Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/2mp/v3.4.2.1/3516C-M-20150824.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP-xx80xx</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m_series/2mp/v3.4.2.1/3516C-M-20150824.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.2.1</a></td>
<td width="10%">24/08/2015</td>
<td width="38%">Must <a class="st_tag internal_tag" title="Tags related to the article update" href="https://www.dvrdestek.com/etiket/update/" rel="tag noopener" target="_blank">update</a> to 3.4.2 first</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/e1_series/2mp/TD-200W-E1-20151024.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP-xx2Mxx</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/e1_series/2mp/TD-200W-E1-20151024.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.2.1</a></td>
<td width="10%">10/24/2015</td>
<td width="38%">Stable Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/e2_series/3mp/E2-3MP-20151017.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP-5xx30xx(IP-5IR30xx, IP-5VP30xx)</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/e2_series/3mp/E2-3MP-20151017.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.2.1</a></td>
<td width="10%">10/17/2015</td>
<td width="38%">Stable Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/e2_series/4mp/E2-4MP-20151016.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP-5xx40xx(IP-5IR40xx, IP-5VP40xx)</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/e2_series/4mp/E2-4MP-20151016.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.2.1</a></td>
<td width="10%">10/16/2015</td>
<td width="38%">Stable Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m2_series/3mp/M2-3MP-20151016.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP-5xx3Mxx (IP-5IR3Mxx, IP-5VP3Mxx, Starlight)</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m2_series/3mp/M2-3MP-20151016.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.2.1</a></td>
<td width="10%">10/16/2015</td>
<td width="38%">Stable Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m2_series/5mp/M2-5MP-20151016.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP-5xx5Mxx (IP-5IR5Mxx, IP-5VP5Mxx, Starlight)</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/m2_series/5mp/M2-5MP-20151016.tar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.2.1</a></td>
<td width="10%">10/16/2015</td>
<td width="38%">Stable Firmware Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/e2_series/4mp/IP-E2-4MP-3-4-3.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP-5xx40xx (IP-5IR40xx, IP-5IR40xxVF, IP-5IRD40xx, IP5IRD40xxVF, IP-5VP40xx, IP-5VP40xxVF)</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/firmware_for_ipc/e2_series/4mp/IP-E2-4MP-3-4-3.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.3</a></td>
<td width="10%">13/03/2017</td>
<td width="38%">Enable HLC feature; only for 4MP IPC, serial number 1604 or later</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"></td>
<td width="7%"></td>
<td width="10%"></td>
<td width="38%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4" height="4">HD IP Cameras (NV Series)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/ipc_firmware/ipc2(1)xxx/general_ipc-hx2(1)xxx-adreia_eng_n_v2.420.0009.0.r.20151106.bin" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IPC-2(1)xxx</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/ipc_firmware/ipc2(1)xxx/general_ipc-hx2(1)xxx-adreia_eng_n_v2.420.0009.0.r.20151106.bin" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">2420</a></td>
<td width="10%">06/11/2016</td>
<td width="38%">Improves ONVIF Compatibility and Network Stability. Adds HLC to D/N</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/ipc_firmware/ipc3(2)xxx/general_ipc-hx3(2)xxx_eng_n_v2.212.0000.4.r.20151202.bin" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IPC-3(2)xxx</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/ipc_firmware/ipc3(2)xxx/general_ipc-hx3(2)xxx_eng_n_v2.212.0000.4.r.20151202.bin" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">2212</a></td>
<td width="10%">02/12/2015</td>
<td width="38%">Improves ONVIF Compatibility and Network Stability. Adds HLC to D/N</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/ipc_firmware/ipc5(4)xxx/general_ipc-hx5(4)xxx-adreia_eng_n_stream3_v2.420.0009.0.r.20151106.bin" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IPC-5(4)xxx</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/ipc_firmware/ipc5(4)xxx/general_ipc-hx5(4)xxx-adreia_eng_n_stream3_v2.420.0009.0.r.20151106.bin" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">2:42</a></td>
<td width="10%">11/06/2015</td>
<td width="38%">Improves ONVIF Compatibility and Network Stability. Adds HLC to D/N</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/ipc_firmware/ipc6xxx/general_sd-adreia_eng_n_v2.212.0000.0.r.20151023.bin" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IPC-SD6xxx</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/ipc_firmware/ipc6xxx/general_sd-adreia_eng_n_v2.212.0000.0.r.20151023.bin" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">2212</a></td>
<td width="10%">10/23/2015</td>
<td width="38%">Improves ONVIF Compatibility and Network Stability. Adds HLC to D/N</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/ipc_firmware/ipceb(w)8xxx/General_IPC-EB(W)8XXX-Cavlir_Eng_N_V2.400.0000.3.R.20150314.bin" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IPC-EB(W)8xxx</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/ipc_firmware/ipceb(w)8xxx/General_IPC-EB(W)8XXX-Cavlir_Eng_N_V2.400.0000.3.R.20150314.bin" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">2.4</a></td>
<td width="10%">14/03/2015</td>
<td width="38%">Resolves Dewarping Compatibility with 4K NVR</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/ipc_firmware/ipc59xxx/general_sd-adreia_eng_n_v2.212.0000.0.r.20151023.bin" target="_blank" rel="noopener">IPC-SD59xxx</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/ipc_firmware/ipc59xxx/general_sd-adreia_eng_n_v2.212.0000.0.r.20151023.bin" target="_blank" rel="noopener">2:21</a></td>
<td width="10%">10/23/2015</td>
<td width="38%">Improves ONVIF Compatibility and Network Stability. Adds HLC to D/N</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"></td>
<td width="7%"></td>
<td width="10%"></td>
<td width="38%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4">HD IP Cameras (H Series)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/ipc_firmware/nc303xxx/NC303_5.3.0_151027.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">NC303-xx</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/ipc_firmware/nc303xxx/NC303_5.3.0_151027.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">5.3.0</a></td>
<td width="10%">10/27/2015</td>
<td width="38%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/ipc_firmware/nc304xxx/NC304_V_5_3_3_151019.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">NC304-xx</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/ipc_firmware/nc304xxx/NC304_V_5_3_3_151019.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">5.3.3</a></td>
<td width="10%">19/10/2015</td>
<td width="38%">Fixes flashing problem</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/ipc_firmware/nc304xxx/digicap.dav" target="_blank" rel="noopener">NC304-xx</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/ipc_firmware/nc304xxx/digicap.dav" target="_blank" rel="noopener">new</a></td>
<td width="10%">11/15/2015</td>
<td width="38%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/ipc_firmware/nc304xxx/NC304_5.4.1_160810.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">NC304-xx</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/ipc_firmware/nc304xxx/NC304_5.4.1_160810.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">5.4.1</a></td>
<td width="10%">10/08/2016</td>
<td width="38%">Fixing IR flashing</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/ipc_firmware/nc304xxx/ipc_r6_en_neu_5.3.3_151028.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">NC304-TD / TB / XT / WD / WDA / VBA / VDA</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/ipc_firmware/nc304xxx/ipc_r6_en_neu_5.3.3_151028.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">5.3.3</a></td>
<td width="10%">10/28/2015</td>
<td width="38%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="45%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/ipc_firmware/nc304xxx/IPC_R6_EN_NEU_5.3.6_151105.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">NC304-XB</a></td>
<td width="7%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/ipc_firmware/nc304xxx/IPC_R6_EN_NEU_5.3.6_151105.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">5.3.6</a></td>
<td width="10%">11/05/2015</td>
<td width="38%"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Download Remote view software for DVRs, NVRs as well as Firmware Updates</p>
<table class="table table-bordered" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="35%">Model</td>
<td width="12%">Download</td>
<td width="21%">Date</td>
<td width="32%">Notes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/camera_tvt-20170425.c4z" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Control 4 Driver</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/camera_tvt-20170425.c4z" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">ED IPC 4.x.x</a></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="32%">Control 4 Driver for ED Series IP Cameras 4.x.x firmware ONLY</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/IPTool1.8.3.7.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP Tool</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/IPTool1.8.3.7.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">1.8.3.7</a></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="32%">Windows Based ED Series Software to Seach for IPC,NVR&amp;DVR</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/InstallIPTool_V2_0.exe" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IP Tool 2.0</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/InstallIPTool_V2_0.exe" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">2.0.1.5</a></td>
<td width="21%">11/06/2015</td>
<td width="32%">New GUI. Supports defult setting recovery on IP Cameras</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/UpgradeTool.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Update Tool for IPC (ED Series)</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/UpgradeTool.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">4.0.2.5</a></td>
<td width="21%">01/09/2017</td>
<td width="32%">New GUI. Supports defult setting recovery on IP Cameras</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/CMS20130705172632-1.8.6.0.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">CMS</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/CMS20130705172632-1.8.6.0.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">1.8.6.0</a></td>
<td width="21%">07/05/2013</td>
<td width="32%">Old <a class="st_tag internal_tag" title="Tags about text cms" href="https://www.dvrdestek.com/etiket/cms/" rel="tag noopener" target="_blank">CMS</a> Software for ED Series Equipment</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/NVMS1000%20Ver3.3.0.51103_EN.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">NVMS1000 for Windows – 1</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/NVMS1000%20Ver3.3.0.51103_EN.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3.0.51103</a></td>
<td width="21%">03/11/2015</td>
<td width="32%">New CMS Software for ED Series</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/NVMS1000%20Ver3.3.1.60127_EN.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">NVMS1000 for Windows – 2</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/NVMS1000%20Ver3.3.1.60127_EN.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3.1</a></td>
<td width="21%"> 01/27/2016</td>
<td width="32%">New CMS Software for ED Series</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/NVMS1000%20Ver3.3.2.60629_EN_N-NVMS-16-26.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">NVMS1000 for Windows – 3</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/NVMS1000%20Ver3.3.2.60629_EN_N-NVMS-16-26.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3.2</a></td>
<td width="21%"> 29/06/2016</td>
<td width="32%">New CMS Software for ED Series</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/NVMS1000-3_3_3.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">NVMS1000 for Windows – 4</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/NVMS1000-3_3_3.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.3.3</a></td>
<td width="21%"> 10/17/2016</td>
<td width="32%">New CMS Software for ED Series</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/NVMS-1000_Ver3.4.0.61217_EN.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">NVMS1000 for Windows – 5</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/NVMS-1000_Ver3.4.0.61217_EN.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.4.0</a></td>
<td width="21%"> 12/27/2016</td>
<td width="32%">New CMS Software for ED Series</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/NVMS1000-ppt-3_4_0.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">NVMS1000 V3.4.0 Introduction</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/NVMS1000-ppt-3_4_0.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">PPT</a></td>
<td width="21%"> 12/27/2016</td>
<td width="32%">New CMS Software for ED Series</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/NVMS-1200.pkg" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">NVMS1200 (Mac)</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/NVMS-1200.pkg" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">1.0.0</a></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="32%">New CMS Software for ED Series</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/NVMS-1200%20Ver1.1.2.70422.pkg" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">NVMS1200 (Mac)</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/NVMS-1200%20Ver1.1.2.70422.pkg" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">1.1.2</a></td>
<td width="21%">04/22/2017</td>
<td width="32%">New CMS Software for ED Series</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/nvms1200-user_manual.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">NVMS1200 User Manual</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/nvms1200-user_manual.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">NVMS1200 PDF</a></td>
<td width="21%">08/19/2016</td>
<td width="32%">NVMS User Manual</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/titanium_os-user_manual-20160815.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Titanium OS for NVRs User Manual</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/titanium_os-user_manual-20160815.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Titanium PDF</a></td>
<td width="21%">15/08/2016</td>
<td width="32%">Titanium OS User Manual</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/webclient_9000-fix.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Titanium Web Client Plug-In Fix</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/webclient_9000-fix.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">1.0.3</a></td>
<td width="21%">10/02/2016</td>
<td width="32%">Fixed Titanium Web Client plug-in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/software&amp;tools/DH_SmartPSS_Eng_Mac_IS_V1.11.1.R.20150114.tar.bz2" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">SmartPSS (Mac)</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/software&amp;tools/DH_SmartPSS_Eng_Mac_IS_V1.11.1.R.20150114.tar.bz2" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">1.11.1</a></td>
<td width="21%">14/01/2015</td>
<td width="32%">New CMS Software for NV Series</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/software&amp;tools/DH_Smart-PSS_Eng_IS_V1.11.1.R.20140910.exe" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">SmartPSS (PC)</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/software&amp;tools/DH_Smart-PSS_Eng_IS_V1.11.1.R.20140910.exe" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">1.11.1</a></td>
<td width="21%">09/10/2014</td>
<td width="32%">New CMS Software for NV Series</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/software&amp;tools/SmartPSS_V1.14.0.R.20160603.7z" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">SmartPSS (PC)</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/software&amp;tools/SmartPSS_V1.14.0.R.20160603.7z" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">1.14.0</a></td>
<td width="21%">05/30/2016</td>
<td width="32%">New CMS Software for NV Series</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/software&amp;tools/General_ConfigTool_Eng_V2.00.0.R.140410.exe" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Config Tool</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/nv_series/software&amp;tools/General_ConfigTool_Eng_V2.00.0.R.140410.exe" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">2.0.0</a></td>
<td width="21%">04/10/2014</td>
<td width="32%">Windows Based NV Series Software to Search for IPC,NVR&amp;DVR</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/software&amp;tools/SADPTool.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">SADP</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/software&amp;tools/SADPTool.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">3.0.0.10</a></td>
<td width="21%">29/05/2017</td>
<td width="32%">New password reset method</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/software&amp;tools/iVMS-4200(v2.4.1.3).rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">iVMS-4200 (International Ver.)</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/software&amp;tools/iVMS-4200(v2.4.1.3).rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">2.4.1.3</a></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="32%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/software&amp;tools/iVMS-4200v2.4.0.6.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">IVMS-4200 (USA Ver.)</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/software&amp;tools/iVMS-4200v2.4.0.6.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">2.4.0.6</a></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="32%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/software&amp;tools/Mac-v1.02.02.02.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">iVMS-4200 MAC (USA Ver.)</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/software&amp;tools/Mac-v1.02.02.02.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">1.02.02.02</a></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="32%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/software&amp;tools/v1.02.01.03-iVMS-4200(Mac10.10).rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">iVMS-4200 MAC (International Ver.)</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/h_series/software&amp;tools/v1.02.01.03-iVMS-4200(Mac10.10).rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">1.02.01.03</a></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="32%"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/SDK20160127(version%201.2.0.62).rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">SDK for DVR/NVR</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/SDK20160127(version%201.2.0.62).rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">1.2.0.64</a></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="32%">Instruction for Program Interface, for DVR/NVR 3.4.5&amp;below_IPC</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/TVTAPI1.4.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">API Document for IPC/DVR/NVR</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://www.easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/TVTAPI1.4.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">1.4</a></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="32%">Instruction for Program Interface, for DVR/NVR 3.4.5&amp;below_IPC</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/download/tools/wrar531.exe" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">WinRAR</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/download/tools/wrar531.exe" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">5:31</a></td>
<td width="21%"></td>
<td width="32%">The tool for .rar file</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/vlc-2.2.4-win32.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">VLC Video Player for ED Series NVRs/DVRs</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/vlc-2.2.4-win32.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">2.2.4</a></td>
<td width="21%">04/12/2017</td>
<td width="32%">The movie player for ED series NVRs/DVRs</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="35%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/vlc-2.2.4-win32.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">7-Zip</a></td>
<td width="12%"><a href="http://easterncctv.com/firmware/ed_series/software&amp;tools/vlc-2.2.4-win32.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">16:04</a></td>
<td width="21%">10/14/2016</td>
<td width="32%">7-Zip for 32-bit Windows. Supported formats: 7z, XZ, BZIP2, GZIP, TAR, ZIP and WIM Unpacking only: AR, ARJ, CAB, CHM, CPIO, CramFS, DMG, EXT, FAT, GPT, HFS, IHEX, ISO, LZH, LZMA, MBR, MSI, NSIS, NTFS, QCOW2, RAR, RPM, SquashFS, UDF, UEFI, VDI, VHD, VMDK, WIM, XAR and Z.For ZIP and GZIP formats</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/firmware/easterncctv-nvr-dvr-firmware-software-download.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>11</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Tutorial of General IP Security System</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system.html#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2022 19:17:21 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[h.264]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[h.265]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[HDD]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[HDMI cable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Memory card]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Monitor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network cables]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR Cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security System]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Switch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Text Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[View interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[waterproof tape]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=481</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Tutorial of General IP Security System Preparation 1. NVR, IP camera 2. Memory card, waterproof tape, HDD, HDMI cable, Network cables, Monitor,...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tutorial of General IP Security System</p>
<p>Preparation</p>
<p>1. NVR, IP camera<br />
2. Memory card, waterproof tape, HDD, HDMI cable, Network cables, Monitor, Switch</p>
<p>FAQ<br />
a) What can I do when NVR live view interface shows NO LINK?<br />
Check the online status of camera on Camera Management interface, insure the<br />
camera is online;  Check the Live View setting on Configuration—Live View—View interface, insure<br />
the channel live view setting is normal.<br />
b) What can I do when camera shows offline on NVR?<br />
Check the Status of camera on Camera Management interface, if it shows The user<br />
name or the password is wrong, change the channel password to camera password;<br />
If it shows IP camera does not exist ,check the PoE port status indicator light on<br />
PoE switch, insure the camera power supply is normal;<br />
If the power supply is abnormal, try to re-plug the network cable in PoE port or<br />
change the network cable<br />
If the power supply is normal, try to delete and re-add the camera on Camera<br />
Management interface of NVR<br />
c) What can I do when live view interface shows unsupported stream type?<br />
Change the encode type of camera sub stream from MJPEG to H.265 or H.264.<br />
d) What can I do when play back interface shows no video file?<br />
Check the status of HDD on HDD interface, if it shows uninitialized, initialize the<br />
HDD;<br />
Check the record schedule on Record—Schedule interface, if the record schedule is<br />
empty, set the record schedule.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system1.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-482" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system1.jpg" alt="tutorial of general ip security system1" width="710" height="508" title="Tutorial of General IP Security System 1087" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system1.jpg 710w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system1-300x215.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 710px) 100vw, 710px" /></a> <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system2.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-483" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system2.jpg" alt="tutorial of general ip security system2" width="649" height="882" title="Tutorial of General IP Security System 1088" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system2.jpg 649w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system2-221x300.jpg 221w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 649px) 100vw, 649px" /></a> <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system3.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-484" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system3.jpg" alt="tutorial of general ip security system3" width="685" height="881" title="Tutorial of General IP Security System 1089" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system3.jpg 685w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system3-233x300.jpg 233w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 685px) 100vw, 685px" /></a> <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system4.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-485" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system4.jpg" alt="tutorial of general ip security system4" width="677" height="833" title="Tutorial of General IP Security System 1090" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system4.jpg 677w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system4-244x300.jpg 244w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 677px) 100vw, 677px" /></a> <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system5.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-486" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system5.jpg" alt="tutorial of general ip security system5" width="703" height="891" title="Tutorial of General IP Security System 1091" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system5.jpg 703w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system5-237x300.jpg 237w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 703px) 100vw, 703px" /></a> <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system6.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-487" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system6.jpg" alt="tutorial of general ip security system6" width="674" height="911" title="Tutorial of General IP Security System 1092" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system6.jpg 674w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system6-222x300.jpg 222w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 674px) 100vw, 674px" /></a> <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system7.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-488" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system7.jpg" alt="tutorial of general ip security system7" width="665" height="855" title="Tutorial of General IP Security System 1093" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system7.jpg 665w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system7-233x300.jpg 233w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 665px) 100vw, 665px" /></a> <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system8.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-489" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system8.jpg" alt="tutorial of general ip security system8" width="686" height="899" title="Tutorial of General IP Security System 1094" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system8.jpg 686w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system8-229x300.jpg 229w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 686px) 100vw, 686px" /></a> <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system9.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-490" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system9.jpg" alt="tutorial of general ip security system9" width="682" height="849" title="Tutorial of General IP Security System 1095" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system9.jpg 682w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system9-241x300.jpg 241w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 682px) 100vw, 682px" /></a> <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system10.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-491" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system10.jpg" alt="tutorial of general ip security system10" width="696" height="874" title="Tutorial of General IP Security System 1096" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system10.jpg 696w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system10-239x300.jpg 239w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /></a> <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system11.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-492" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system11.jpg" alt="tutorial of general ip security system11" width="672" height="809" title="Tutorial of General IP Security System 1097" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system11.jpg 672w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system11-249x300.jpg 249w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></a> <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system12.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-493" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system12.jpg" alt="tutorial of general ip security system12" width="643" height="846" title="Tutorial of General IP Security System 1098" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system12.jpg 643w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system12-228x300.jpg 228w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 643px) 100vw, 643px" /></a> <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system13.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-494" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system13.jpg" alt="tutorial of general ip security system13" width="656" height="791" title="Tutorial of General IP Security System 1099" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system13.jpg 656w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system13-249x300.jpg 249w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 656px) 100vw, 656px" /></a> <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system14.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-495" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system14.jpg" alt="tutorial of general ip security system14" width="666" height="864" title="Tutorial of General IP Security System 1100" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system14.jpg 666w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system14-231x300.jpg 231w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 666px) 100vw, 666px" /></a> <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system15.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-496" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system15.jpg" alt="tutorial of general ip security system15" width="692" height="633" title="Tutorial of General IP Security System 1101" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system15.jpg 692w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system15-300x274.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 692px) 100vw, 692px" /></a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/tutorial-of-general-ip-security-system.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
